southeastern pennsylvania transportation authority septa ... · southeastern pennsylvania...

SOUTHEASTERN PENNSYLVANIA TRANSPORTATION AUTHORITY

SEPTA 69TH STREET TRANSPORTATION CENTER PARKING GARAGEPHASE 1 CONSTRUCTION – TRANSFORMER SUBSTATION

SEPTA PROJECT NO. CAS-SN

SPECIFICATIONS

PREPARED BY

4507 North Front StreetSuite 300

Harrisburg, PA 17110215-526-7911

cdeats

Snapshot

cdeats

Snapshot

cdeats

Snapshot

69th Street Transportation Center Parking GaragePhase 1 Construction – Transformer Substation

Index of Specifications i

INDEX OF SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NUMBER Summary of Work 01010Summary of Project 01011Measurement and Payment 01025Project Coordination 01041Cutting and Patching 01045Field Engineering 01050Regulatory Requirements and Safety 01060Health and Safety Plan for Hazardous Waste Management Activities 01064Subway Elevated Safety Requirements 01066References 01090Special Project Procedures 01100Project Progress Meetings 01200Submittals 01300Requests for Information 01305Construction Photographs 01380Quality Requirements 01400Testing and Inspection Services 01410Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 01500Mobilization 01505Maintenance Support and Restoration of Existing Utility Facilities_____________01510Site Access 01550Maintenance and Protection of Vehicles Pedestrians and Passengers 01570Project Identification Signs and Other Construction Signage 01580SEPTA Field Office 01590Material and Equipment 01600Contract Closeout 01700Final Cleaning 01710Project As-Built Documents 01720Commissioning of Systems 01810Operation and Maintenance Data 01830

DIVISION 2 – SITE WORK NUMBERDemolition 02050Handling and Disposal of Contaminated Soils 02086Removal of 500 Gallon UST 02087Site Preparation 02100Excavation Support and Protection 02160Earthwork 02200Excavation, Backfill and Compaction 02220Vibration and Displacement Monitoring 02221Subbase Course 02230


Index of Specifications ii

Erosion and Sedimentation Controls 02270Trenchless Installation 02300Bituminous Concrete Paving 02520Chain Link Fences and Gates 02821Seeding and Mulching 02900Site Restoration 02950

DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE NUMBERConcrete Formwork 03100Concrete Reinforcement 03200Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300

DIVISION 16 – ELECTRICAL NUMBERBasic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050Grounding and Bonding 16060Electrical Supports and Seismic Restraints 16072Electrical Identification 16075Conductors and Cables 16120Raceways 16130Electricity Metering 16211Overhead Electrical Distribution 16315Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems 16320Unit Substation Transformers-Liquid-Filled 16361Medium Voltage Load Interrupter Switchgear 16370Automatic Transfer Switch 16415Metal-Enclosed Drawout Switchgear (Magnum DS)-Low Voltage 16426Packaged Engine Generator 16460

69th Street Transportation Center Parking Garage Phase 1 Construction – Transformer Substation 100% Submission

SECTION 01010

SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

The Work of this Contract consists of Phase 1 Construction for the 69th Street Transportation Center Parking Garage transformer substation and includes the following:

• Erosion and sediment pollution control • Installation of a new electrical substation for SEPTA 69th Street

Transportation Center • Demolition of the existing electrical substation • Jacking and Boring Steel Sleeve under tracks

1.02 RELATED WORK:

Agreement Section 01025: Measurement and Payment

Section 01060: Regulatory Requirements and Safety

Section 01066: Subway – Elevated Safety Requirements

1.03 QUALITY CONTROL AND QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. The contractor will assume responsibility for executing a quality control and quality assurance program. This program’s basic form will be specified in his Quality Control Plan as submitted under Section 01400 and will include the tests & inspections called for in the technical sections of the specifications. The contractor shall be responsible for requiring all subcontractors and suppliers to adhere to his quality assurance program and participate in quality assurance activities.

B. If a project is governed by “Buy America” requirements, SEPTA will require documentation to confirm the country of origin of all applicable products and materials. Each prime contractor is responsible for communicating Buy America requirements to his subcontractors and suppliers. The lack of sufficient documentation may be grounds for rejecting a product or material.

C. Quality activities will be documented by the contractor. SEPTA may audit the contractor’s quality assurance and quality control activities. The contractor will make his and his subcontractor’s, applicable documentation available to

Summary Of Work 01010-1


SEPTA. D. The contractor, and their subcontractors, is required to cooperate fully with

testing and inspection activities carried out by SEPTA and its agents. The contractor will provide the SEPTA PM with adequate (as determined by the SEPTA PM) notification, for all activities which require testing and/or inspection. For all inspections and testing required by code, work may not proceed until this testing and inspection has been completed.

E. Once a product or material has been accepted through the Submittal process, no substitution of this material or product will be allowed without resubmitting it following the provisions of Section 01300. SEPTA reserves the right to require removal of any non-reviewed material and product.

1.04 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Furnish all materials, tools, equipment, supervision, administration and transportation, and perform all labor and services necessary to furnish, deliver, construct, install, connect and/or to interconnect and test as required to complete all work described in the Specifications and indicated in the Contract Drawings.

B. The contractor is responsible for securing and paying for all necessary permits and approvals required to complete the work. No work may commence on site without securing and paying for the necessary approvals including but not limited to:

1. Permits

2. Governmental Fees

3. Licenses

C. SEPTA Notification

1. Give written notices necessary for, and incidental to, the due and lawful prosecution of the Work.

2. Provide 14 day notification to SEPTA for all construction work which

requires observation, testing and/or testing. 3. Notify the Project Manager at least 14 days in advance of the date the

individual construction stages and elements will be fully complete and ready for inspection.



4. Notify the Project Manager at least 10 days in advance of the date the entire work will be substantially complete and ready for inspection.

5. Notify the Project Manager at least 14 days in advance of the date the

entire work will be complete and ready for final inspection.

D. Utility Notification

Known existing utilities may be indicated on the Contract Drawings but the contractor may not interpret this information as either complete or accurate. Regardless of those shown on the drawings, the contractor must identify and verify the location of all existing utilities prior to working by following applicable regulations and procedures, such as contacting the PA One Call system and asking SEPTA personnel to identify utilities at the site. The contractor shall determine ownership of all utilities and notify utility owners prior to intended start work date. Deliver a copy of this notice to the Project Manager within 24 hours of the submittal of the notification.

E. Protection and Repair of the Work and Adjacent Property 1. Prior to the commencement of Work, the contractor and the SEPTA

Project Manager shall examine the site and document the condition of all areas not intended to be changed by the project. Depending on the scope of work, this may include features such as sidewalks, driveways, roadways and adjacent facilities.

2. The contractor must repair any damage to property caused, directly or indirectly, by the actions of the contractor to the satisfaction of the SEPTA PM (and property owner if the damage is to [property not owned by SEPTA) and at no cost to SEPTA

3. Until Final Acceptance of the Work by SEPTA, the Contractor(s) shall be responsible for maintaining the executed work in its finished condition as determined by the SEPTA PM. All work shall be restored to its finished condition prior to final acceptance at no expense to SEPTA.

F. Support of Existing Structures & Right of Way

1. Existing structures, adjacent to the project work area, must be supported adequately utilizing underpinning, shoring and other temporary stabilization measures. A plan to execute this temporary support and stabilization must be approved by the SEPTA PM prior to any excavation commencing. At the discretion of the SEPTA PM, the contractor may be required to have this plan prepared and sealed by a licensed engineer.

2. Under no circumstances excavate in the vicinity of track, embankment and



right-of way without the prior approval of the SEPTA PM.

G. Contractor’s Field Staff

1. The Superintendent shall have demonstrated competency in the work (electrical substations, jacking of piped utilities) of the project.

2. Safety Officer: The Contractor shall assign a designated on-site Safety

Officer. The Superintendent may perform the duties of the Safety Officer in addition to his own. The presence of the Safety Officer at the site is mandatory while work is being performed.

3. Quality Manager: The Contractor shall assign a Quality Manager for the

duration of the work. Those duties may be shared with other duties assigned to a member of the Contractor’s staff, not the Superintendent.

4. Project Coordinator: The Project Coordinator shall coordinate the prosecution of the Work with prime contractors, public utilities, governmental bodies, PECO, SEPTA Operations and other contractors having access; The Project Coordinator will be responsible to either eliminate or minimize, as possible, delays in the Work and conflicts with those utilities, governmental bodies and contractors. This coordination may include preparation of diagrams and delivery schedules, and control of site utilization, from beginning of construction activity through project closeout and warranty periods.

H. Staff Qualifications

The work of this contract requires specified experience in description of the specialized work of the contract. The positions referenced above in Article 1.03I are considered key personnel and the review of their resumes and experience is a responsibility requirement under paragraph 4d 6) of the Instructions to Bidders. The lowest bidder shall furnish SEPTA with the resumes for the people who will hold the above positions within five (5) days of receipt of SEPTA’s written request. If, in the course of the work, these individuals are proposed to be replaced by the Contractor and/or SEPTA deems that their work is no longer satisfactory, the terms of the Paragraph VIII K of the Agreement will be invoked.

I. SEPTA Construction Sustainability Policies SEPTA has adopted a series of sustainability policies which it expects its contractors to follow. These include but are not limited to the following:

a. Building Site Waste Management - Within 10 days of Notice To Proceed, Summary Of Work 01010-4


and before any site work begins, the contractor shall submit a building site waste management plan. The plan shall specify which site debris shall be recycled, reused or otherwise diverted. The goal of this plan shall be to reuse or salvage 75% of the land clearing debris including rock, trees, stumps and associated vegetation and 100% of excavated soils. Any materials which are disposed of off-site must meet all applicable regulations and be specifically approved by the SEPTA project manager. For material which is disposed of off-site, the contractor will be responsible for chain of custody documentation.

b. Material and Waste Management – Within 10 days of Notice to Proceed, and before any site work begins, the contractor shall submit a construction material and waste management plan. The plan shall specify which construction and demolition materials shall be recycled, reused or otherwise diverted. The goal of this plan shall be to divert 50% of nonhazardous materials and waste (measured by weight or volume) from landfills unless the local municipality has designated a greater amount.

c. Sustainability documentation – All sustainability strategies which are fulfilled by the contractor’s actions must be documented to the satisfaction of the SEPTA project manager.

1.05 SEPTA RESPONSIBILITIES

A. SEPTA shall, furnish free of charge to the Contractor, 3 complete sets of the Contract Documents including full size Contract Drawings, Specifications and Addenda. Additional copies are available from Project Manager at cost of reproduction.

1.06 CONTRACTOR’S USE OF WORKSITE

A. General

1. The Contractor(s) shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, and permits, according to the schedule and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with any materials or equipment.

2. Keep existing driveways and entrances serving the site clear and

available at all times, except as otherwise specified.

3. The contractor shall not interfere with SEPTA or public circulation by the storage or staging of equipment or material. SEPTA reserves the right to require the contractor to relocate equipment or material immediately and at any time even if the current location has been previously approved.



4. Keep the predefined portions of the worksite available for the SEPTA's operations during the construction period as noted in the construction phasing plan and other submittals. SEPTA reserves the right to take control of any part of the work at any time without prior notice.

B. Storage of materials and equipment and deterring vandalism

1. Consider the safety of the Work, and that of people and property on and adjacent to the worksite, when determining amount, location, movement, installation, and use of materials and equipment on worksite. All storage and staging areas must be approved by the SEPTA PM.

2. Do not load finished Work with equipment and products that would endanger the integrity of the finished Work

3. Move stored products as often as necessary if it interferes with foreseeable operations of SEPTA, public and private utilities, and other Contractors at no additional expense to SEPTA. Security of stored materials shall be the Contractor's sole responsibility. Secure additional storage and work areas if needed for construction operations at no additional expense to SEPTA.

4. The contractor shall take precautions to prevent vandals from placing loose construction debris, supplies and equipment into positions that might foul the track or otherwise interfere with the operation of SEPTA vehicles. These steps shall include, but not be limited to, securing movable items, like construction fencing and scaffolding, and storing debris and material in fenced & locked enclosures.

5. Failure to take adequate steps may result in the contractor having to go to the job site and secure these materials during non-construction hours, at no cost to SEPTA. SEPTA will hold the contractor responsible for any damage or injury caused, or contributed to, by failure to take these precautions effectively.

C. Protection of the public & SEPTA

1. Protection the general public and SEPTA operations from construction-related activities shall always have the highest priority. Any work on streets or access ways which could affect traffic or pedestrian access must receive prior approval by SEPTA and other agencies as required by law. Conduct work on streets and access ways on SEPTA property in a manner, which will ensure that pedestrian and vehicular traffic will either not be obstructed or obstructed to the least possible degree. Employ appropriately trained and authorized flagmen where required by ordinance or to create a safe job site.

D. Construction operations requiring SEPTA service interruptions and/or utility

interruptions must meet the following requirements: Summary Of Work 01010-6


1. Should any temporary disruption of SEPTA's operations and/or use of the electric, water or telephone utilities at such site be necessary, it will be undertaken only pursuant to reasonable notices (not less than 10 days) given to the Project Manager and shall not continue beyond the previously agreed-upon period, without further written concurrence from SEPTA.

1.07 SEPTA OPERATIONAL CONSTRAINTS

A. Holiday Service - SEPTA will prohibit service shut downs, and diversions on

certain Holidays and Holiday weekends. Holidays include Memorial Day weekend, the Welcome America Celebration one week before the Fourth of July weekend, the Fourth of July (and the Fourth of July weekend, if applicable), and Labor Day weekend. Outages, shutdowns and diversions shall not be permitted during the “Holiday Season” which is defined as the period starting 5:01 am on the Wednesday before Thanksgiving Day until January 2, inclusive.

B. SEPTA reserves the right to return any track to service without prior notification at any time and make other adjustments as needed to facilitate operations.

1.08 WORK SEQUENCE OR CONSTRUCTION PHASING Work Sequence: The Project has a specific Work sequence shown on the Contract Documents that was dictated by design and site constraints. The phasing plan indicated were developed to maintain both SEPTA’s and Upper Darby’s operations throughout the construction period. The phasing plan was also developed to establish a minimum level of detail to ensure that construction activities can be accomplished in an efficient and orderly fashion within the specified construction schedule. The Coordinating Contractor shall submit a detailed Phasing Plan to SEPTA for review and concurrence within 21 days of NTP.

A. The actual construction activities associated with jacking the casing and/or interfering with SEPTA operations and passenger movement shall not begin until:

1. The Contractor provides a Site Specific Work Plan (SSWP) to SEPTA

indicating but not limited to locations of the jacking pits, equipment used to excavate the pits, equipment used to jack pipe, location of movement monitoring devices, duration of jacking operation, list of names, companies and years’ experience in jacking operation and any impact to passenger flow, vehicle flow and SEPTA Operations.

2. The plan is approved in writing by SEPTA. Contractor shall be responsible Summary Of Work 01010-7


for revision and resubmittal of the plan until it is approved by SEPTA.

B. If the plan calls for the contractor to gain access to track or facilities, operational constraints may delay actual occupancy, or require the contractor to give up occupancy early, for a period usually not exceeding one hour.

C. Before starting work on a construction phase, the Contractor may submit a written request to SEPTA to amend or adjust the phasing plan. The criteria detailed on paragraph 1 below must be satisfied in the proposed amendment.

1. Operational Criteria: Work shall start at 8PM and continue continuouslyuntil completed with only one track outage available at any one time.

2. Review Procedures: Amended phasing plan must be reviewed andapproved by SEPTA PM

1.09 DAMAGES FOR FAILURE TO RETURN (TBD Track and/or Facilities) TO SERVICE (If applicable, related to above articles).

Typical approach A. The damages for failure to return rail service at 4:30 a.m. Monday morning

for any given weekend outage is the actual cost estimated by SEPTA for bridging the trenchless installation for train traffic to resume.

1.10 SEPTA OCCUPANCY AND USE

A. Portions of the Work will be placed in operation by the SEPTA in advance of the completion of all Work, following an inspection to determine completion of these portions of the work and completion of appropriate field tests. Operation of parts of the Work by SEPTA will not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for proper integrated operation of all parts of the Work, nor shall it act to relieve the Contractor of any responsibilities under the Contract Documents for warranty of the Work.

1.11 CONCURRENT OR FUTURE WORK A. SEPTA 69th Street West Terminal construction B. SEPTA 69th Street T-wall construction on south side of tracks C. SEPTA 69th Street Yard dumpster (spoils and trash) D. SEPTA various buildings and bridge work

1.12 EXISTING CONDITIONS

A. The existing conditions represented in the Contract Drawings are based on the best available information obtained from one or any combination of the following sources: field survey, as-built documents, reference drawings,



and/or visual investigation. Every effort has been made to present as much information as is possible to obtain.

B. On the basis of the information presented on the Contract Drawings, visual

and physical verifications shall confirm the conditions presented. If verified conditions are close to those represented on the Contract Drawings, the Contractor shall, in addition to reporting the verification to the Project Manager, proceed with the Work at no additional cost to SEPTA. If conditions are significantly different to those presented on the Contract Drawings, the Contractor shall, in addition to reporting the verification to the Project Manager, submit a detailed scheme and associated cost for completing the required work for review and comment. The Contractor shall allow 21 days for review and comment.

C. The Contract Documents establish specific criteria and standards of

performance. The Contractor shall use its discretion to determine means of compliance and is responsible for coordinating with other Contractors at the site in order to achieve compliance.

END OF SECTION



THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


69th Street Transportation Center Parking Garage Phase 1 Construction – Transformer Substation

SECTION 01011

SUMMARY OF PROJECT PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This specification covers one single Prime Contract representing significant elements of related work in the Phase 1 Construction of the SEPTA 69th Street Transportation Center Parking Garage project as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. The Contractor for this project is:

1. Contractor for Construction Work including the construction of site work,

demolition work, erosion control, all electrical work for the new electrical substation and demolition of the existing electrical substation.

B. The work of this Contract consists of demolition of the existing substation;

erosion, sediment and pollution control; the jacking of a 4-foot diameter casing beneath the MFL tracks between jacking pits on either side of the MFL ROW; and the construction and installation of a new electrical substation for the 69th Street Transportation Center.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01010: Summary of Work 2. Section 01041: Project Coordination 3. Section 16010: Basic Electrical Materials and Methods

1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROCEDURAL SECTIONS (applicable to all

contractors)

Agreement and Exhibit III scheduling requirements Section 01025: Measurement and Payments Section 01060: Regulatory Requirements and Safety Section 01200: Project Progress Meetings Section 01300: Submittals Section 01400: Quality Requirements Section 01410: Testing and Inspection Services Section 01500: Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls Section 01600: Material and Equipment

Summary Of Project 01011-1


Section 01700: Contract Closeout Section 01720: Project As-Built Documents

1.04 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND SERVICES

A. Section 01500: Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls B. Section 01580: Project Identification Signs and Other Construction Signage C. Section 01590: SEPTA Field Office

1.05 CONTRACTOR

A. The Contractor shall coordinate all work and shall be responsible for the coordination of all shop drawings for items having major elements involving interfacing between general, mechanical and electrical work.

B. The Contractor shall furnish all materials, tools, equipment, supervision,

administration and transportation, and perform all labor and services necessary to furnish, deliver, construct, install, connect and/or to interconnect and test as required to complete all General Requirements described in Division 1 and General Construction Work described in Division 2 through 16 of the Specifications as listed below and indicated in the Contract Drawings.

C. The Work includes but not limited to the following:

1. Furnish and install work associated with General Requirements including

but not limited to the following:

a. Permits associated with work. b. Project staffing and coordination. c. Cutting and patching as described in Division 2 and 3 of the

Specifications. d. Field engineering. e. Regulatory requirements and safety including temporary traffic and

pedestrian signs. f. Construction photographs. g. Testing laboratory services. h. Construction facilities and temporary controls. i. Maintenance, support and restoration of existing utilities. j. All temporary construction. k. Maintenance and protection of vehicles, pedestrians and passengers. l. Project identifications signs. m. SEPTA field office. n. Project record documents. o. Commissioning of systems. p. Instruction manuals for operation and maintenance of equipment.

2. Furnish and install all Site Work including but not limited to the



following:

a. Demolition, removal, disposal and salvage of existing structures in the site as shown on the Drawings.

b. Handling and disposal of contaminated soils, removal of underground fuel oil storage tank, and any Phase III archaeological investigation and mitigation if required.

c. Site preparation at the construction site including clearing, grubbing and removal of existing site appurtenances as noted in the Drawings, including sidewalk paving, curbs, islands, bollards, posts, barriers, signs, lights, sewers, inlets, and billboards.

d. Jacking of steel pipe casing under SEPTA tracks. e. Earthwork including excavation, soil remediation, backfilling,

excavation support and protection, and all earthwork materials involved.

f. Furnishing, installing, maintaining and removal of erosion and sedimentation control.

g. Permanent and temporary pavement markings including traffic control signs, striping, traffic arrows and accessibility symbols within the construction site

h. Chain link fences and gates at the construction site. i. Construction fencing and all traffic control means and methods. j. Landscaping including finish grading and lawns. k. Site and street furnishings. l. Salvage all existing signs at the site and store in a protected area for

SEPTA.

3. Furnish and install all Concrete Work including but not limited to the following:

a. Cast-in-place concrete including formwork, reinforcement, concrete

materials, mix designs, placement procedures and finishes. This includes the following:

1) Footings. 2) Foundations. 3) Equipment pads and bases.

b. Structural precast concrete including concrete materials, mix designs,

fabrication, storage, handling and transport, staging and sequencing procedures, erection and guying. This includes the following:

1) Precast concrete units. 2) Bearing pads. 3) Miscellaneous loose connection assemblies and fastening devices. 4) Grout materials. 5) Erection crane and miscellaneous erection appurtenances.



4. Furnish and install all Metals including but not limited to the following:

a. Fencing including steel pipe posts, balusters, fittings and welded wire mesh balustrades.

5. Furnish all materials, tools, equipment, supervision, administration and

transportation, and perform all labor and services necessary to furnish, deliver, construct, install, connect and/or to interconnect and test as required to complete all Electrical Work listed in Division 16 of the Specifications. The work shall also include general requirements, excavation and backfill, miscellaneous concrete, metal and specialty work, which shall be performed as described by applicable Sections in Divisions 1, 2, and 3, of the Specifications, as listed below, and indicated in the Contract Drawings. a. The work includes but not limited to the following:

1) General requirements associated with electrical work including

permits, project staffing and coordination, cutting and patching, construction facilities, record documents, commissioning of systems and instruction manuals for operation and maintenance.

2) Related site work including trench excavation and backfill for

underground electrical and telecommunication conduits, and duct banks. This includes but is not limited to excavation, soil remediation, backfilling, excavation support and protection for all earthwork specified

3) Concrete encasement for electrical duct banks.

4) Electrical work including conduits and cables, ductbanks,

emergency generator, load break disconnect switches, panelboards and switchboards, and cast coil transformer.

5) Standard electrical wiring.

6. Other miscellaneous work.

D. Administrative and Temporary Services:

1. Section 01050: Field Engineering

1.06 WORK REQUIRING INTERFACE BETWEEN PRIME CONTRACTORS

A. Cutting and Patching:

1. The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting and patching associated Summary Of Project 01011-4


with its own work including cutting of existing pavement, trench excavation and backfill, and temporary patching that may be required to avoid disruption of normal operation in the surrounding vicinity.

2. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final restoration of all pavement affected within the construction site prior to project closeout.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01025

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This section specifies general requirements for measurement of quantities and schedule of values required to process payment applications according to the provisions set forth in the Agreement.

B. Provide a detailed breakdown of the Contract Sum showing values allocated to each of the various parts of the Work, as specified herein, and as required by other provisions of the Contract Documents.

1.02 RELATED WORK:

Exhibit III of the Agreement

1.03 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES

The Work performed under the Contract will not be measured, except to establish percentage of completion for each value line payment item.

1.04 SCOPE OF PAYMENT

Payment for work performed under the Contract will be paid in accordance with the agreement, for the:

SEPTA 69th Street Transportation Center Parking Garage – Phase 1 Construction

Complete in place and in conformance with the Contract Documents.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

Prior to applying for first application of payment, each Prime Contractor shall secure SEPTA’s approval of the schedule of values.

During the progress of their respective work, including any change order work, each Prime Contractor shall modify their schedule of values as required and as approved by SEPTA.

Each Prime Contractor shall provide data, including detailed bid preparation documents to substantiate each value line.

1.06 SCHEDULE OF PAYMENTS

Submit a schedule of values in accordance with the requirements specified in the Agreement.

END OF SECTION

Measurement and Payments 01025-1



Measurement and Payments 01025-2


SECTION 01041

PROJECT COORDINATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

This specification covers project coordination responsibilities of the Contractor for this Project.

Throughout the progress of the Work, perform coordination responsibilities as defined herein and as noted in related sections of the Specification.

A. Coordinate the Work of its own employees and subcontractor(s).

B. Coordinate the work with the Work of other Contractor(s) and/or SEPTA.

C. Expedite coordination process to assure compliance with the project schedule.

1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Agreement and Exhibit III B. Division 1:

1. Section 01010: Summary of Work 2. Section 01011: Summary of Project 3. Section 01045: Cutting and Patching 4. Section 01060: Regulatory Requirements and Safety 5. Section 01400: Quality Requirements 6. Section 01500: Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls

C. Technical Section 1. Section 16010: Basic Electrical Materials and Methods

1.03 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS

A. The Contractor, as designated under Exhibit III of the Agreement and Section 01011, is hereby assigned the full responsibility to insure that the work to be performed by other Separate Contractors under this Project is coordinated in a manner to eliminate any impact to the schedule, and any installation sequencing conflicts.

B. The Contractor shall conduct regular construction coordination meetings, prepare written memoranda regarding coordination activities, including such items as required notices, resolution of conflicting activities reports and attendance at meetings. Distribute such memoranda to each

Project Coordination 01041-1


Contractor performing Work at the site and provide copies to SEPTA's Project Manager within 5 days of the meeting date. In addition to other responsibilities noted elsewhere in this specification, the Contractor shall:

1. Establish administrative procedures and distribute these procedures toeach Contractor within 14 days from the date of the notice to proceed.

2. Arrange and conduct pre-installation meetings affecting all Contractors atsite, as may be required for quality control, access and sequencing.

3. Resolve schedule and installation conflicts among Separate Contractors(see Section 1.04 below).

4. Establish control for the use of site, maintenance of traffic, and QualityControl (QC) monitoring during construction.

5. Monitor and enforce general discipline among the contractors at siteconcerning safety, site protection and cleaning. The Contractor isresponsible for coordinating and monitoring activities among theSeparate Contractors so as to secure, protect and waterproof unfinishedand exposed work.

6. Inform SEPTA’s PM of the time and place of each constructioncoordination and pre-installation meeting. SEPTA may elect to have aPM’s representative present.

1.04 COORDINATION AMONG CONTRACTORS

A. All Contractors are alerted to the importance of coordination and cooperation among themselves. It is essential to the expeditious and accurate completion of this project that the Contractors meet at an early stage in the work for the purpose of allocating their construction space requirements. In such areas where their installations are in close proximity, or are likely to be in conflict or interfere with one another, it is mandatory that the Contractor set up regular meetings as shop drawings are developed. The meetings shall be for the purpose of modifying work schedules to adjust for conflicts and to arrive at an orderly sequence of operations agreeable to all Contractors so delays may be avoided. The meetings are also intended to determine the need to prepare coordination drawings for the use and guidance of each Contractor.

B. The meetings will be arranged through and managed by, the Contractor, and shall be separate from, and in addition to, the regular job progress meetings. If it is desired that the Architect/Engineer be present at such meetings, a request to this effect should be directed to SEPTA’s Project Manager. Attendance by all of the separate contractors and their subcontractors/vendors (as needed) is mandatory. The Contractors’



representatives at the meetings shall have the competence and authority to make any necessary decisions and their statements shall commit the Contractors to the agreed procedures, sequence of operations and time schedules.

C. The Contractor must insure that coordination drawings and related shop

drawings are submitted for SEPTA’s review after the drawings have been reviewed and approved by the other Separate Contractors. Coordinate work with architecture and structural drawings for exact space conditions; where not readily discernible, request information from the Architect/Engineer before proceeding. These coordination drawings must be fully dimensioned including clear dimensions, elevations, and location relative to the building lines and/or baselines, and other adjacent structures. The Contractor shall prepare the coordination drawings (in ¼” = 1’-0” scale) of equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. to be installed at site, and submit drawings to all other Contractors for review, comments, coordination and approval before any contractor begins work.

D. Where procedures have been agreed upon and coordination drawings

accepted by all Contractors concerned, the coordination drawing(s) must be transmitted as a formal shop drawing, and it shall become binding upon all Contractors to follow the coordination drawings and procedures. A responsible supervisor from the staff of each Contractor shall supervise the work of his contract. Each Contract shall provide its own drafting equipment and supplies.

1.05 FIELD COORDINATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS

A. In deciding construction conflicts in the field, the following is the order of

priority for construction space (Note – Finished ceiling heights to be maintained as indicated on the contract documents):

1st - Ductwork 2nd - Fire Protection Piping 3rd - Other Piping 4th - Electrical Conduit

B. If a structure and/or enclosure is to be constructed over equipment, the Contractor shall deliver, set and protect equipment and materials before erection of confining enclosures. All equipment and materials so confined shall be inspected and tested prior to delivery. Should equipment or materials fail to meet the requirements of the specifications, the Contractor who did not provide the specified testing shall replace equipment or materials and pay all costs, including costs for modifications of completed areas that are required to provide passage.

C. Failure to be represented at any of these meetings shall subject the absent



Contractor to liability for any and all damages, delays, costs of alterations, etc., which result from the fact that its representative was not present to coordinate its work with the other contractors.

D. If a conflict develops as a result of coordination failure of any Contractor, SEPTA will determine which Work shall be relocated or replaced, regardless of which was installed first, and the cost shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor(s) who failed to properly coordinate.

1.06 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Coordination drawings must be prepared using field verified dimensions

including clear dimensions, elevations, and locations relative to the building lines and/or baselines, and other adjacent structures. The Contractor shall prepare the coordination drawings (in English scale) of equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. to be installed at site, and submit drawings to all other Contractors for review, comments, coordination and approval before any contractor begins work.

B. The Contractor must insure that coordination drawings and related shop drawings are submitted for SEPTA’s review after the drawings have been reviewed and approved by the other Separate Contractors. Coordinate work with architectural and structural drawings for exact space conditions; where not readily discernible, request information from the Architect/Engineer before proceeding.

C. Where procedures have been agreed upon and coordination drawings accepted by all Contractors concerned, the coordination drawing(s) must be transmitted to the SEPTA PM as a formal shop drawing, and it shall become binding upon all Contractors to follow the coordination drawings and procedures. A responsible supervisor from the staff of each Contractor shall supervise the work of his contract.

1.07 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. The Contractor is responsible to coordinate the Work of all separate Contractors at the site to eliminate any scheduling conflicts in the installation of each unit of work.

B. Each Contractor shall schedule and conduct pre-installation meetings with its own subcontractors, suppliers, manufactures, fabricators and other affected trades for each unit of work affecting the quality or proper sequencing of Work, prior to the construction coordination meeting with the Contractor.

C. Each contractor will provide SEPTA with 10 days notice for all pre-installation meetings so that SEPTA may participate if it chooses.

D. The pre-installation meetings must at least include following topics of discussions:



1. Requirements of the Contract Documents and the approved shop drawings, product data and quality (see 1.04 above) control samples.

2. Coordination with other contractors. Possible installation conflicts and resolutions with existing and new work not resolved during the construction coordination meetings.

3. Delivery Schedule and Site Access

4. Weather limitation

5. Space and access limitations 5. Regulatory requirements

7. Safety during installation

1.08 COORDINATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS AT SITE

A. There may be other active contracts (refer to Section 01010, Article 1.08) on the project site engaged in activities not directly associated with the Work of this project. The Contractor will consider these other contracts when developing the project schedule. SEPTA's PM and/or Architect/Engineer will be responsible for the day-to-day coordination of the Work of the other contractors as required.

B. SEPTA will not consider any time extension or monetary compensation for delays or damages as a result of the Contractor’s failure to adequately document or communicate the other Contractor’s activities in the integrated schedule or the separate Contractor(s)’ failure to act on the information furnished by the Contractor. SEPTA may only consider a time extension to the Contract if it is documented by the Contractor, to the satisfaction of SEPTA that the Contractor has responsibly complied with these coordination requirements.

If the damage to the project's Work occurs as a result of the other contractor’s activities, the Contractor shall promptly settle the matter with the other Contractor to avoid impacting the schedule and warranty provisions of this Contract.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01045

CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. Work included: This section of the Specifications covers general requirements pertaining to cutting (including excavating), fitting, and patching of the work required to:

1. Make the installation fit properly in the existing and new structure;

2. Uncover work to provide for installing, inspecting, or both.

3. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of the Contract

Documents; and

4. Remove and replace defective work.

5. Coordinate the Work with other separate contractors.

6. Repair holes and cracks caused by removal of accessories and

equipment.

B. Responsibilities: Each separate Contractor shall be responsible to perform its own cutting, fitting and patching work except where otherwise specifically noted in the Contract Documents.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Section: 01010: Summary of Work

B. Section: 01011: Summary of Project

C. Section: 01041: Project Coordination

D. Section: 01060: Regulatory Requirements and Safety

E. Section: 01300: Submittals

F. Section: 01400: Quality Requirements

G. Section: 01600: Materials and Equipment

H. Section 02160: Excavation Support and Protection

I. Section: 02200: Earthwork

J. Section: 02220: Excavation, Backfill and Compaction

K. Section: 02300: Trenchless Installation

L. Section: 16050: Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Cutting and Patching 01045-1

69th Street Transportation Center Parking Garage Phase 1 Construction – Transformer Substation 1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Prior to cutting or modifying any element, submit written a request to the SEPTA Project Manager for permission to proceed with any demolition, cutting or patching.

B. The SEPTA PM may require the contractor to submit a detailed plan, at least 10 business days in advance of the desired date of the work, with any or all of the following information:

1. Explanation of why this work is needed. 2. Extent of work and how adjacent work will be protected and blended in

at the work’s conclusion. 3. Modifications to existing structural components including stamped

calculations and drawings by a licensed engineer. 4. Products and methods to be used in the work. 5. Schedule of when the work is to be done. 6. Utilities (both SEPTA and non-SEPTA) affected by the work. 7. At historical locations, specific procedures which will mitigate the

impact of the cutting and patching on the historical integrity of the structure.


A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the Work of this Section.

B. Provide a plan for the inspecting/testing of all modified structural components

to ensure structural integrity is maintained. This plan shall be stamped by a structural engineer and submitted to the SEPTA PM.

C. The SEPTA PM reserves the right to require an approved mock-up for any

cutting and patching work prior to execution of the entire work.

1.05 RESTRICTIONS

A. Structural elements shall not be cut or patched in a manner that would reduce the load carrying capacity or load deflection ratio. All processes which affect structural members must be sealed by a licensed engineer and submitted to SEPTA for review before work begins.

B. Operating elements or safety related components shall not be cut or patched

in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or result in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.

C. Construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces shall not be cut

or patched in a manner that would, in the opinion of the SEPTA Project Manager, reduce the building elements’ aesthetic qualities, or result in visual

Cutting and Patching 01045-2


evidence of cutting and patching. The responsible Contractor shall remove and replace work cut and patched in a manner deemed to be visually unsatisfactory by the SEPTA Project Manager.

Dispose of all waste in a legal manner following all local codes and regulations.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Except as otherwise indicated in the contract documents or approved by the SEPTA Project Manager, provide materials for cutting and patching which will result in equal or better work than work being cut-and-patched, in terms of performance characteristics and including visual effect where applicable.

B. Use materials identical with original materials where feasible and satisfactory results can be produced subject to review by the SEPTA PM. If original materials are unavailable, use materials which match appearance and match or exceed performance of the original material as interpreted by the SEPTA PM.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSPECTION

A. Inspect existing conditions, including elements subject to movement or damage during cutting, excavating, patching, and backfilling.

B. Provide temporary support before uncovering any hidden conditions. See 3.02 below.

C. After uncovering existing conditions, inspect conditions affecting installation of new work, including the suitability of all substrates to receive new material.

3.02 HAZARDOUS AND DANGEROUS CONDITIONS

A. If, during the preliminary inspection and/or the cutting and patching procedure, material of a suspicious nature is discovered, the contractor shall stop work in the vicinity immediately, abandon, isolate and mark the area, erect signs saying Do Not Enter and alert the SEPTA PM immediately.

B. If, during the preliminary inspection and/or the cutting and patching procedure, the safety of the structure appears to be endangered, or there appears to be movement in structural elements, the contractor shall stop work immediately, install bracing, and mark the area, erect signs saying Do Not Enter and alert the SEPTA PM immediately.

3.03 DISCREPANCIES

A. If uncovered conditions are inconsistent with the construction documents, immediately notify the SEPTA Project Manager and secure needed direction.

B. Do not proceed until undocumented conditions are resolved and the SEPTA



PM gives direction.

3.04 TEMPORARY SUPPORT AND PROTECTION

A. Provide adequate temporary support to prevent instability of Work to be cut. Do not endanger adjacent Work. See Section 02160: Excavation Support and Protection for requirements

B. Provide adequate protection of the work, including adjacent areas during cutting and patching, to prevent damage, and to protect from adverse weather exposure.

C. Where services and utilities are to be affected by cutting and patching work, attempt to bypass to avoid interruption or obtain prior approval for this work.

3.05 PERFORMANCE

A. Perform required excavation and backfilling in accordance with the pertinent sections of the Specification and in conformance with all safety regulations and requirements.

B. Cut work in a matter which avoids damage to work to be retained and adjoining work. Where physical cutting is required, cut Work with sawing and grinding tools maintaining a neat straight finished edge. Core drill openings through concrete and masonry work. Cut from exposed finishes through to unexposed material

C. Obtain prior approval for all equipment to be used and all demolition procedures. Do not cut with hammer and chipping tools. Use water and adequate ventilation to control dust.

D. Do not cut mechanical or electrical equipment or conduit without determining status of equipment with certainty and consulting with the appropriate contractor. Never assume equipment or conduit is abandoned without establishing its status. Cap or seal piping, ductwork and conduit to prevent moisture from entering.

E. Patch seams to be durable and invisible to the satisfaction of the SEPTA PM. Restore exposed finished or patched areas in a manner to eliminate evidence of patching.

F. Do not cut and patch operational elements or safety related components in a manner that would result in a reduction of their capacity to perform in the manner intended, or that would result in increased maintenance, or decreased operational life or decreased safety.

G. Where new or enlarged doorways or openings are shown in existing construction, take the necessary precaution to support the walls above the openings and install new steel lintels above the openings. Where the wall finish is plaster or CMU, reinforced precast block lintels may be used where approved by the SEPTA Project Manager. New wall materials shall be toothed into existing wall materials. New metal frames shall be anchored and grouted identically to what is required for all new work.

H. If existing utilities, pipes, and/or conduits must be relocated by any contractor; the affected contractor shall install by-pass services of quality equal to the existing system prior to beginning the work subject to the approval of the SEPTA PM

I. When painting patched areas, continue painted area to a visual barrier such Cutting and Patching 01045-4


as an expansion joint, edge of material, corner or other joint. Obtain approval for paint color matches on a mock-up which, if approved by the SEPTA PM, may become part of the work.

J. At exterior locations, test all patches to determine if they create a water tight condition.

3.05 CLEANING

A. Before an area is turned back to SEPTA for use, thoroughly clean areas and spaces where work has been performed or used as access to work.

B. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit and similar fixtures before painting or other finishing is applied.

C. Restore items suffering incidental damaged, such as pipe covering and miscellaneous finishes, to their original condition.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work included: This Section of the Specifications covers field engineering

services as necessary to correctly complete the Work including, but not limited to:

1. Establishing and maintaining lines, levels and other survey controls as

dictated by the specific project parameters.

2. Structural design of sheeting, shoring, formwork, temporary supports/falsework and other similar items provided by the Contractor as part of the means and methods of construction.

3. Responsibilities: Each Separate Contractor is responsible to perform its

own field engineering/surveying work. 1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Section 01300: Submittals B. Section 01700: Contract Closeout C. Section 01720: Project As-Built Documentation

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01300.

B. Contractors in all cases shall submit:

1. Data demonstrating qualifications of persons proposed to be engaged for field engineering/survey services.

2. Documentation detailing the methods that the Contractor proposes

to use to achieve and verify required survey accuracy. 3. All survey-related submittals shall be accompanied by a

certification, signed by the Contractor's retained field engineer, stating that elevations and locations of improvements are in conformance or nonconformance with the requirements of the Contract documents.

. 4. Shop drawings and design calculations for all falsework and

temporary or interim supports including sheeting, shoring, excavation supports, cofferdams, concrete forming systems and steel erection devices among others.

Field Engineering 01050-1

69th Street Transportation Center Parking Garage Phase 1 Construction – Transformer Substation 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Use adequate numbers of skilled professionals and technicians who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary areas and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section.

B. A Professional Land Surveyor (PLS) Licensed to Practice in the

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania shall perform the survey work for the Contractor. The PLS shall be on the Work site whenever survey activities are taking place.

C. Temporary support/excavation support shop drawings shall be prepared,

signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

1.05 ENGINEERING PROCEDURES

A. The contractor’s engineer shall design all construction related structures to the satisfaction of SEPTA . All designs must be submitted at least 21 days before construction to allow sufficient tome for review. SEPTA will not be responsible for delays caused by resubmittals if required.

1.05 SURVEYING PROCEDURES

A. In addition to procedures directed by the Contractor for proper performance of the Work the Contractor shall:

1. Locate and protect control points before starting work on the site.

2. Preserve permanent reference points during progress of the Work.

3. Not change or relocate reference points or items of the Work without

specific approval from SEPTA.

4. Promptly advise SEPTA when a reference point is lost or destroyed, or requires relocation because of other changes in the Work.

a. Upon direction of SEPTA, require the Contractor's surveyor to

replace reference stakes or markers.

b. Locate such replacements according to the original survey control.

B. Before proceeding with the layout of actual work, the Contractor shall verify the layout information shown on the drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. As the work proceeds, the surveyor shall check every major element for line, level and plumb. A surveyor's log or record book of such checks shall be maintained current at all times. Make this log or record book available for SEPTA or SEPTA's Architect and/or Engineer's reference. The surveyor shall record deviations from the required lines and levels, and shall, upon detection, promptly advise SEPTA of



deviations exceeding indicated or recognized tolerances. The Contractor shall update final survey information on as-built drawings.

C. The General Contractor shall be responsible for the stakeout of all property

lines and corners required to establish the location of fences and other items of work, of which location is referenced thereto.

D. The General Contractor shall assume full responsibility for dimensions and

elevations taken from benchmarks and baselines and for the setting of lines and grades.

E. The General Contractor shall provide SEPTA with any assistance required for checking lines, grades, and measurements as may be requested by SEPTA.

1.06 PROJECT SURVEY RECORDS

A. On completion of any major structural element of the Work such as foundations, abutments, piers or other significant site improvement, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a certified survey illustrating dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of the final construction and site work.

B. The Contractor shall preserve all field books and stakeout data until Final Acceptance of the Work at which time they will be signed and sealed by the licensed Surveyor (PLS) and turned over to SEPTA. The Contractor shall comply with any requests by SEPTA to review field books and stakeout data at any time during the course of Work. Submit field books and stakeout data to SEPTA as part of Project Closeout. The field books and stakeout data will become the property of SEPTA.

1.07 SURVEY CREWS

A. The Contractor shall employ a survey crew of a minimum of two persons. The minimum required crew shall be onsite at all times to perform all survey related tasks as necessary to properly execute the Work in accordance with these specifications and the Contract Drawings.

B. In addition, the members of the survey crew must be located in such proximity to the Work site that mobilization is possible within four hours of notification by SEPTA when an unanticipated need for their services occurs.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01060

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND SAFETY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This Section specifies the regulatory and safety requirements for prosecution

of the Work and supplements the requirements specified in the Agreement. The Contractor is required to assure that all employees, subcontractors, and suppliers/vendors, while on the Work site and/or in the conduct of the Contract, comply with the provisions of this Section.

B. The Contractor shall take every precaution necessary to assure the safe

access and egress of all SEPTA patrons and employees, the safe and continuous operation of all SEPTA vehicles, ensure the appropriate protection of the environment as well as the safety and general welfare of the public at large.

1.02 RELATED WORK Agreement

Section 01041 Project Coordination Section 01066 Subway Elevated Safety Requirements

Section 01100 Special Project Procedures Section 01400 Quality Requirements Section 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 1.03 SUBMITTALS

The Contractor shall furnish a copy of the Contractor’s employee safety program to the Project Manager within 30 days from receipt of the Notice to Proceed.


A. The Contractor shall daily monitor and document the compliance and performance of the requirements set forth in this Section consistent with appropriate SEPTA Work rules and Local, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, and Federal rules and regulations. The Contractor’s shall document the Contractor's compliance with all of the above-referenced codes.

B. The Contractor’s employee safety program, as a minimum, shall include but

not be limited to the following:

1. Construction Orientation Regulatory Requirements and Safety 01060-1


2. OSHA Inspection and Compliance

3. General and Site Specific Safety

4. Workmen’s Compensation Reporting

5. Fall Protection/Personal Protective Equipment

6. Confined Space

7. Hazardous Materials

8. Trenching and Excavation

9. Cranes

10. Electrical Protection

11. Drug and Alcohol

12. Public and Passenger Protection

C. The Contractor shall provide a qualified safety officer who shall be responsible for all safety-related activities until the completion of the Work. The safety officer shall report all on-the-job injuries at once to the Project Manager and submit all paperwork pertaining to such injuries, as required.

D. The Contractor's superintendent or safety officer shall as a minimum hold

weekly (tool box) safety meetings with all of the Contractor’s personnel. Subjects, time, and location may be set at the Contractor's convenience. SEPTA requires at least three (3) days prior notice of location and time of each meeting, and an agenda shall be submitted to the Project Manager. Minutes of each safety meeting shall be provided to the Project Manager at each regularly-scheduled project coordination meeting.

E. The Contractor is required, by Agreement, to maintain an alcohol and drug

free environment. The Contractor shall describe in their employee safety program on how this contract stipulation is to be accomplished and maintained. Please note that SEPTA reserves the right to restrict access to it’s property, because of the inherent safety hazard to its employees and general public. Any person shall be removed and barred from SEPTA property if in the opinion of SEPTA’s Project Manager, and/or other appropriate SEPTA representative that person constitutes a safety risk.

1.05 GENERAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. All work shall be performed in accordance with rules, regulations,

procedures, and safe practices of SEPTA, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, OSHA, and all other governmental agencies having jurisdiction over the Work. The following safety rules are highlighted from the aforementioned documents and are considered especially applicable to all of the contractor’s employees in regard to conduct while on SEPTA property.

Regulatory Requirements and Safety 01060-2


1. Contractor’s employees shall wear hard hats, suitable work shoes or boots (as required), vests and full body cover clothing, at all times, and safety glasses if required.

a. Hard hats shall be ANSI-Z89.1, Class E b. Work shoes shall have nonslip soles. Permanent metal plates or

cleats on the sole or heel of shoes are prohibited. Shoelaces are to be kept short so they do not pose a tripping hazard. Athletic shoes, sandals, open-toed shoes, moccasins and/or shoes with heels higher than 1” are not permitted.

c. Contractor personnel shall wear eye protection for all structural

track and specialized work activities and any other protective equipment in accordance with the applicable OSHA regulations. Eye protection shall be safety glasses with rigid side shields that comply with ANSI Z-87.1. Prescription eyewear shall also meet the same requirements as described above, or the individual shall wear equivalent eye protection over their prescription glasses or contact lenses.

d. The safety vest shall be ANSI 107, Class 2 high-visibility with a

yellow-green background and 2-inch retroreflective striping.

e. The Contractor’s personnel shall wear long pants (without cuffs) and, at a minimum, short sleeve shirts.

B. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions and provide protective

measures to prevent injury to the public and damage to property of others. Before commencing operations, the Contractor shall furnish and erect construction fencing or barricades and signage, as specified, for the safeguarding of the public against accident or damage resulting from the Contractor's operations, and as required to prevent unauthorized access to the Work and to the storage areas. The Contractor shall maintain the protective measures and/or construction fencing until removal.

The Contractor shall dismantle and remove construction fencing when required or when directed by the Project Manager.

1.06 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES A. The Contractor shall set up emergency procedures and prepare written

guidelines discussing such procedures for the following categories: 1. Fire 2. Injury to employees


69th Street Transportation Center Parking Garage Phase 1 Construction – Transformer Substation 3. Injury to general public 4. Property damage, including property of utilities, i.e., gas, water, sewage,

electrical, telephone or pedestrian and vehicle routes.

5. Hazardous/toxic material spill discharges.

6. Site evacuation.

B. Copies of all guidelines for emergency procedures shall be written and posted prior to the initiation of actual construction. Posting shall include emergency telephone numbers and directions to and from the nearest hospital. The Contractor shall have standing arrangements for the transportation and hospital treatment of any employees who may be injured or who may become ill. These guidelines shall be included in the Contractor's written safety program and shall be submitted to SEPTA.

C. The Contractor shall provide and fully equip a first aid station at the site, for first-aid service to any that may be injured in the progress of the Work. D. SEPTA operational emergencies will be handled by the senior SEPTA

Operations personnel present. This individual “The Incident Commander” is responsible for summoning the number of persons required by the situation and assignment of all recommended procedures.

1.07 PROTECTION OF SEPTA FACILITIES

A. The Contractor shall be cognizant of and bound by SEPTA's safety rules and regulations specified herein and conduct operations in strict accordance with same.

B. SEPTA shall be the sole judge of protection necessary for the safe operation of its facilities.

C. SEPTA’s Facilities and/or Structures shall not be utilized by the Contractor

for temporary scaffolding and/or support for the construction effort. A Contractor may however, request SEPTA’s consideration for such action. The Contractor shall provide a detailed plan to utilize SEPTA’s Facilities and/or Structures. The plans will be submitted for SEPTA’s review and approval prior to the initiation of any work. SEPTA also reserves the right to have the drawings and supporting calculations sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania of deemed appropriate.

1.08 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF MATERIALS Regulatory Requirements and Safety 01060-4

69th Street Transportation Center Parking Garage Phase 1 Construction – Transformer Substation A. The Contractor shall store equipment and materials at the job site in

accordance with instructions of the Project Manager and in conformance with applicable regulatory provisions. The Contractor shall not store unnecessary items at the job site. Flammable materials shall not be stored in confined spaces, or other area’s such as subways, tunnels and building basements. Flammable materials shall be stored in accordance with applicable NFPA 30 guidelines. The Contractor shall enforce the instructions of the Project Manager regarding such items as fires and smoking.

B. The Contractor shall take care to prevent any structure from being loaded

with a weight which will endanger its security or the safety of persons.

C. Where it is permitted to store materials on streets, the Contractor shall place such materials in a secured place in accordance with local jurisdictions so as to cause minimum obstruction to traffic and the public safety. The Contractor shall not place materials within 15 feet of fire hydrants nor obstruct drainage gutters or inlets. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all required permits relative to storage of materials.

D. The Contractor shall submit for review by the Project Manager, sketches

defining the operations of all cranes used in support of construction during periods of train operations. The Contractor shall submit, at the Project Manager's request, similar information for cranes or other equipment in use and capable of encroachment.

1. These sketches shall include planned locations and movements of the

equipment, calculations demonstrating the adequacy of the capacity of the crane for the loads, the interface between the footprint of the equipment the movement of the boom and loads relative to the existing structure and surrounding buildings, the support grillages and the protection of existing utilities and facilities, and any other pertinent details required by the Project Manager.

2. The following data shall be required for all hoisting operations adjacent to

active SEPTA operations and facilities and shall be prepared by and sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed in Pennsylvania.

a. Plans and sections showing locations of cranes, horizontally and

vertically, operating radii, with delivery of disposal locations shown. The location of the SEPTA Right of Way and all active facilities shall also be shown.

b. Crane rating sheets showing cranes to be adequate for 150% of the

actual weight being lifted. A complete set of crane charts, including crane, counterweight, and boom nomenclature is to be submitted.



c. A location plan showing all obstructions such as wires, poles, adjacent structures, etc., and that the proposed lifts are clear of these obstructions.

d. A data sheet shall be prepared listing the type, size, and arrangements

of slings, shackles, or other connecting equipment, all to be designed for 150% of the actual weight being lifted. Copies of a catalog or information sheets for specialized equipment shall be included.

e. A complete procedure is to be included, indicating the location and

order of lifts and any repositioning or rehitching of the crane or cranes.

f. Temporary support of any components or intermediate stages is to be shown and detailed.

g. A time schedule of the various stages must be shown as well as a

schedule for the entire lifting procedure.

E. Materials Handling:

1. Reinforcing steel shall not be used as a lifting ("pick") point on any load nor as a guyline anchor.

2. All scrap material of any kind, type, or nature shall be placed daily into

designated confined areas or containers specifically supplied for this purpose. Containers shall be removed from the job site when full.

3. All loose material on platforms or other exposed locations shall be removed or secured at the end of each day to prevent dislodgment by train movement, wind, vandalism or other causes.

4. The Contractor shall assure that all chemicals, paints, solvents, and cleaners are maintained per OSHA's hazard standards. Discarded chemicals shall be disposed of in accordance with Pennsylvania D.E.P. requirements. Copies of all Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), OSHA Form 20, and the Product Use sheets shall be sent to SEPTA's Project Manager. All training shall be done in accordance with OSHA's Hazard Communication Standard.

1.09 SNOW REMOVAL

A. The Contractor shall remove all snow and ice within the project site as required for the proper protection and prosecution of the Work. The Contractor shall at all times provide and maintain adequate protection against weather so as to preserve all Work, materials, equipment, apparatus, and fixtures free from damage.



B. The Contractor shall not use sodium chloride (or any chloride) on any facilities adjacent to SEPTA electric rail lines where the possibility exists that melting mixture may leach onto the contact rail within the Right of Way.

1.10 WELDING, CUTTING AND OTHER HOT WORK

Gas or electric cutting, burning, or welding shall be done in accordance with the guidelines of NFPA 51 B or the provisions below which ever is more restrictive. A.. If hot work is to be executed at a job site, the prime contractor’s safety

officer must have a copy of the current version of NFPA 51B at the job site. The prime contractor’s safety officer shall act as a Permit Authorizing Individual (PAI) and issue permits required by 51 B for all torch work. The SERPTA PM will be notified at least 48 hours in advance of any torch use on site. A copy of all permits shall be sent to the SEPTA PM and reviewed at the next job progress meeting.

B. Spark shields and a fire watch must be posted when using a torch and

for a period of at least four hours after all activity has been completed. A supply of water and an approved fire extinguisher shall be readily available to the location where the work was done.

C. All oxygen/acetylene bottles must be removed and stored outside of all

tunnels, underground stations and other confined spaces at the end of the workday. While in use in a tunnel, underground station or other confined space, they shall be attended at all times. At no times when not in use shall oxygen and acetylene bottles be stored together.

1.11 UTILITIES

A. As per 73 P.S., § 176, et seq., the Contractor is required to notify utilities prior to all excavations. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any damage done to any utility in the prosecution of the Work. The Contractor shall exercise any precautions necessary to prevent damage in working underneath or adjacent to any underground structure. If it becomes necessary for a utility company, through emergency procedures or because of unforeseen conditions, to repair, reconstruct, relay or relocate utilities within the contract area, after work has commenced by the Contractor, then the said utility company and the Contractor shall make suitable arrangements to overcome such interference. No compensation shall be allowed the Contractor for the disruption to his work. A no-cost time extension may be granted in accordance with the Contract to the Contractor by SEPTA for the delay that has occurred.

B. All of the above shall be accomplished at no extra cost or charge to SEPTA.

1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Regulatory Requirements and Safety 01060-7


A. Environmental protection considerations consist of, but are not limited to, the following factors:

1. Natural resources, including air, water, and land 2. Solid waste disposal. 3. Noise.

4. Control of toxic substances, hazardous materials, and radiation. 5. The presence of chemical, physical, and biological elements and agents

that adversely affect and alter ecological balances. 6. Degradation of the aesthetic use of the environment. 7. Historical, archaeological, and cultural resources. B. General Requirements: 1. The Contractor shall provide and maintain environmental protection as

defined herein. 2. The Contractor's operation shall comply with all applicable Federal,

Commonwealth and Local laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to environmental protection.

3. Compliance of subcontractors with the provisions of this and various other

sections of these Specifications shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

4. The Contractor shall not use equipment from which factory-installed

antipollution and noise control devices have been removed or rendered ineffective through lack of proper maintenance.

5. The Contractor shall provide adequate pollution controls for painting and

surface preparation in compliance with the State Department of Environmental Resources Regulations.

C. Protection of Natural Resources: 1. General:

It is intended that the natural resources within the project boundaries and outside the limits of permanent Work performed shall be preserved in their existing condition or be restored to an equivalent of the existing condition, as approved by the Project Manager upon completion of the



Work. The Contractor shall confine its on-site construction activities to areas defined by the Contract Drawings and Specifications or directed by the Project Manager.

2. Protection of Project Site and Existing Roadways:

Debris or rubbish of any kind shall not be dumped onto the site or roadways. This shall include paint splatters and spillage during painting operations. Care shall be taken to prevent damage and injury to personnel, vessels, and vehicles using roadways, or areas accessible to pedestrians. Devices shall be provided and maintained by the Contractor as required to prevent such occurrences. Material or items falling onto roadways shall be promptly removed at the Contractor's expense.

3. Land Resources:

a. Except in areas indicated to be cleared or excavated, the Contractor shall not remove, cut, deface, injure, or destroy trees, shrubs, or vegetation. No ropes, cables, or guys shall be fastened or attached to any existing nearby trees for anchorage unless otherwise permitted by the Project Manager. Where such use is permitted, the Contractor shall be responsible for any resulting damage.

b. The use of herbicides is not permitted unless otherwise specified.

c. The Contractor shall submit a plan for protecting existing trees and

vegetation that are to remain and that may be injured, bruised, defaced, or otherwise damaged by construction operations. Rocks that are displaced into uncleared areas shall be removed. Monuments, markers, and works of art shall be protected prior to the start of the operations. A preconstruction survey, including photographs, shall be performed by the Contractor, and a written report of the survey shall be furnished to SEPTA within five (5) days of its request by the Project Manager.

d. Repair and Restoration: All trees, vegetation and other landscape

features that are to remain and become scarred or damaged by the Contractor's equipment or operations shall be repaired and restored to their original condition at the Contractor's expense. The Project Manager shall approve the repair and restoration program prior to its initiation and after completion.

4. Water Resources: At all times, measures shall be taken to prevent oil,

gasoline and other hazardous substances from entering the ground, drainage areas, sewers, streams, and other local bodies of water.


69th Street Transportation Center Parking Garage Phase 1 Construction – Transformer Substation 5. Wildlife Resources: The Contractor shall not disturb native habitat

adjacent to the project construction area. D. Erosion and Sediment Controls: 1. Burning of ground cover shall not be permitted. 2. The Contractor shall conform to all applicable requirements of the

Department of Environmental Resources of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania with respect to erosion and sediment control measures to prevent discharge into storm water discharge systems and active waterways.

E. Toxic Substances: 1. The Contractor shall comply with the Toxic Substance Control Act, P.L.

94-469 (TSCA). a. No toxic chemical substance, mixture, equipment, container,

sealant, coating, or dust-control agent shall be used except in accordance with all provisions of the TSCA as interpreted by the rules and regulations of 40 CFR 761.

b. Any toxic chemical substance, mixture, equipment, container,

sealant, coating, or dust-control agent found stored within the project area shall be immediately reported to the Project Manager in writing and Work shall be stopped in the area. The Project Manager shall make arrangements for the removal of the toxic materials, after which the Contractor may continue work in the area.

F. Control and Disposal of Chemical and Sanitary Wastes: 1. Trash shall be picked up and placed in containers that shall be emptied

on a regular schedule. Handling and disposal shall be so conducted as to prevent contamination of the site and other areas, and shall not be disposed of in wetlands or burned on the right-of-way. On completion, the area shall be left clean and in natural condition.

2. Disposal of rubbish and debris shall be as follows: The Contractor shall

transport all waste, including excess excavated material, off the site and dispose of it in a manner that complies with the Federal, Commonwealth, and Local requirements. The Contractor shall secure a permit or license prior to transporting any material off the site. Waste materials shall not be burned on the site.

3. The Contractor shall transport the garbage to a pickup point or disposal Regulatory Requirements and Safety 01060-10


area.

4. Chemical waste shall be stored in corrosion-resistant containers, removed from the project site, and disposed of as necessary, but not less frequently than monthly. Disposal of chemical waste shall be in accordance with standard established practices as approved by the Project Manager. Fueling and lubricating of equipment and motor vehicles on the site shall be conducted in a manner that affords the maximum protection against spills and evaporation. Lubricants to be discarded, including burned oil, shall be disposed of in accordance with approved procedures meeting Federal, Commonwealth, and Local regulations. For oil and hazardous material spills that may be large enough to violate Federal, Commonwealth or Local regulations, the Project Manager shall be notified immediately.

G. Dust Control:

1. Dust shall be kept down at all times, including non-Working hours, weekends, and holidays. Soil at the site, station platforms, haul roads, and other areas disturbed by the Contractor's operations and materials stockpiled for the project shall be treated with dust suppressors or covered to control dust. Dry power brooming shall not be permitted. Vacuuming, wet mopping, wet sweeping, or wet power brooming shall be used instead. Air blowing shall be permitted only for cleaning off non-particle debris, such as that from reinforcing bars. Sandblasting shall not be permitted except as otherwise specified elsewhere. Only wet cutting of concrete block, concrete, and asphalt shall be permitted.

2. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable provisions of the National

Emission Standards for Asbestos (40 CFR 61 Subpart B).

3. The Contractor shall inspect all vehicles for dirt prior to their leaving the construction site. Dirt, soil, and rubble likely to be dislodged during transit shall be removed from the trucks and other vehicles prior to leaving the site.

4. The Contractor shall ensure that equipment transporting material to and

from the site that may become airborne is covered.

5. The Contractor shall not cause or permit fugitive particulate matter to be emitted into the outdoor atmosphere from any source such that emissions are visible beyond the project property line.

1.13 PROTECTION OF EXISTING WATER AND SEWER LINES

When the equipment axle load exceeds 15 tons, the Contractor shall provide and work from timber mats placed over existing underground water lines and sewer lines.



END SECTION



SECTION 01064

HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN FOR HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This work is for the preparation, implementation, and revisions as required of a Health and Safety Plan (HASP) for hazardous waste management activities for the construction of the 69th Street Terminal Parking Garage Phase 1 Construction or as directed by the Engineer.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to this Section.

B. Section 02086: Handling and Disposal of Contaminated Soils

C. Section 02087: Removal of 500 Gallon UST

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Prepare and submit a HASP for review and acceptance by SEPTA. Acceptance by SEPTA is required prior to commencement of on-site activities. Prepare the HASP in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.120. This work includes provision of adequately trained, experienced, and certified personnel; materials; equipment; and specified instrumentation to provide monitoring of all waste management activities on-going at any one time at the site. The Contractor will coordinate such activities so as to allow complete monitoring by the appropriate personnel of those activities. Personal protective equipment, training, and medical surveillance will be provided by the Contractor to all site personnel, including SEPTA personnel and the SEPTA's representatives. The Contractor will ensure all on-site operations are conducted in accordance with all applicable regulations and the accepted HASP. All sample analyses required for air and soil monitoring are considered incidental to implementation of the HASP. Revise HASP as necessary to address changing site conditions. All revisions to the HASP must be reviewed and accepted by SEPTA. No work will be permitted until the revision to the HASP has been acknowledged by SEPTA.

END OF SECTION

Health and Safety Plan for Hazardous Waste Management Activities 01064-1



Health and Safety Plan for Hazardous Waste Management Activities 01064-2


SECTION 01066 - SUBWAY/ELEVATED SAFETY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

This Section specifies the general requirements and safety regulations governing the Contractor's activities when its work impacts an active Subway/Elevated Line.

1.02 RELATED WORK

Section 01041 Project Coordination Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements and Safety Section 01100 Special Project Procedures Section 01400 Quality Requirements (Inspection and Test Plans) Section 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Refer to Section 01060 - 1.04 1.04 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

A. General:

The information contained in this Section is intended to provide guidance and safety precautions to the Contractor when working on a live rail line. The Contractor is advised that SEPTA shall operate trains over this location during the performance of Work under the Contract, except as specified otherwise. The Contractor shall comply with all parts of this Section, as well as with the general intent of this Section.

B. Responsibility:

The Work covered by the Contract shall involve safety of persons and property on a live electrified rail line. Therefore, relevant skill and experience is required of the Contractor to do its work safely. The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of its construction operations. The Contractor shall, therefore, be expected to post adequate watchpersons and/or protective devices to protect its work crews, equipment and the work site. Pertinent safety rules, which shall be followed, are listed in, but not limited, to Paragraphs F, G, and H of this section. The Contractor shall exercise proper

Subway/Elevated Safety Requirements 01066-1


care at all times. C. Operations:

When work is being performed under active SEPTA train operations the safety and continuity of train operation shall be of the first importance. Train operation shall, at all times, be protected and the Contractor shall arrange Work accordingly. Whenever the Work may affect the safety or movement of trains, the method of doing such Work, together with the proposed sequence of operations and time schedules for same, shall be submitted to the Project Manager for approval.

1. No work shall be prosecuted until such approval has been obtained.

However, such approval of the Project Manager or a duly authorized representative shall not be considered as a release of the Contractor from responsibility for any damage to SEPTA by the acts of the Contractor, its employees, and/or its subcontractor's employees.

2. In the event of an unplanned discontinuation of train service due to the

Contractor's operations, the Contractor is not only liable for any injury or damage that might occur, but also for the full cost of any detour of train traffic, shuttle bus service and any associated costs.

D. SEPTA Personnel:

1. Flagperson: SEPTA Flagpersons are responsible for the safety and continuity of operations. The SEPTA Flagperson shall have authority to direct the stoppage of trains. Any sharing of protective duties between SEPTA and the Contractor within the work site can be considered coincidental.

2. Pilots: If the Contractor wishes to occupy live or operating tracks with on-

track equipment, the Contractor shall request a SEPTA pilot who will obtain exclusive track occupancy on the live track. All SEPTA pilots shall be requested from the Project Manager a minimum of 1 week in advance of the required starting time.

3. Project Manager: The Project Manager or a duly authorized

representative shall have complete authority in matters related to the safety of SEPTA's operations and facilities.

4. Qualified Protection Employee (QPE): A SEPTA employee qualified on

operating rules, physical characteristics, and on-track protection procedures and is responsible for establishing on-track protection and safety. The QPE is responsible for conducting Job Briefings relative to on-track protection, and works with the Contractor’s PAR to ensure proper



oversight of activities. E. Contractor's Personnel:

1. Protection Assurance Representative (PAR): The Contractor’s Protection Assurance Representative (representative) may be the Superintendent, Safety Officer or responsible foreperson. The representative shall be present at all times when the Contractor’s employees are working within the SEPTA operating envelope and under the requirements of this Section. In general the PAR shall be responsible for day to day oversight of the Contractor’s watchperson and employees so that they are working safely, according to all parts of this Section, to coordinate construction activities with SEPTA’s Flagging personnel.

2. Watchperson: The role of the Contractor’s watchperson is solely for the

safety for the Contractor’s employees when external influences, i.e. rail traffic, shall expose the workers to a safety hazard. The watchperson must be on site with each work crew at all times. If it becomes necessary for the watchperson to leave the site, work shall be suspended until he/she returns or is replaced by another qualified watchperson.

F. Right of Way Restrictions:

1. SEPTA shall protect its service from the Contractor's operations in the

Contractor’s work area by establishing SEPTA Work Zones. Within a SEPTA Work Zone are one or more SEPTA Work Areas. A SEPTA Work Zone is the pre-arranged limits of a work project along the right-of-way, which is then defined for operational safety purposes in bulletin information disseminated to SEPTA personnel. A SEPTA Work Area is the actual working limits within the pre-defined boundaries of the SEPTA Work Zone. The SEPTA Work Area is more clearly defined visually in the field by the erection in place of specific SEPTA Work Area signage.

a. A SEPTA Work Zone will be established by SEPTA for fouling type

work on or about the operating tracks as follows:

1) For Maintenance or work that is unable to normally clear 15 seconds before train arrival.

2) For Contractor's work which extends off the edge of a station

platform that is unable to normally clear 15 seconds before train arrival.

3) For Contractor's work which is outside of the above limits that

may foul.



4) For track(s) adjacent and accessible to tracks placed out of service for work.

5) For Contractor's employee(s) requiring protection when working

on or about operating tracks.

b. Contractors Work Area

1) Fouling is defined as any type of work that may strike or interfere with the safe passage of trains.

2) The limits of the SEPTA Work Area, in accordance with SEPTA

operating rules, is visually identified in the field by a Stop Sign (or substitution of a Work Area Speed Limit Sign by the Flag person) AND a Work Area Resume Speed Sign. The approach to the Work Area is visually identified in the field by an Approach Sign.

2. The SEPTA Work Zones established by SEPTA for the control of train

operations are defined by applicable Work Area signs or portable signals, set at prescribed distances from the Contractor's actual work area. The spacing of the SEPTA Work Areas and positioning of SEPTA Flagperson are prescribed based on safe stopping distances or emergency situations. The Contractor's employees shall confine themselves to stay within the limits of their SEPTA Work Area at all times. Movement out of the SEPTA Work Area into another SEPTA Work Area or another SEPTA Work Zone with personnel, equipment and/or material shall not be permitted and shall be considered a violation of the safety regulations.

Note that a SEPTA Work Zone is not required when the Contractor’s work is two (2) feet or less from the trackside edge of a station platform, and not fouling. The Contractor however is responsible for placing workers portable warning signals at the entrance to the platforms in accordance with SEPTA’s safety rules.

3. The Contractor shall insure that the Contractor's equipment will not foul

any track until proper protection has been afforded. While trains or cars are passing on an adjacent track, any work that has the potential to foul shall be stopped.

4. The Project Manager shall have the right to restrict the operations of

fouling or on-track equipment when, in the Project Manager's opinion, the equipment is not in satisfactory condition to be safely operated or where operation will adversely affect the track structure. The Project Manager shall also have the right to prohibit the operation of any fouling or on-track equipment by any Contractor-employed operator who is, in the Project Manager's opinion, not qualified or able to operate said equipment in a safe manner.


69th Street Transportation Center Parking Garage Phase 1 Construction – Transformer Substation 5. When the Contractor is working outside of an area as defined in 1.04 F.1.

above, where fouling is not possible or if working in de-energized tracks of the Market Frankford Subway/Elevated (MFSE) or a de-energized track which can be physically separated from an adjacent Broad Street Subway (BSS) or (MFSE) track provisions, of 1.04 G3 are revised as follows: The Contractors non-certified employees are allowed to work in such areas. The Contractor's supervisors and foreperson shall attend the track safety seminar and obtain certification in accordance with 1.04 G3 below.

6. When any excavation extends below the bottom of the crossties, or

where the stability of the railroad embankment and/or structure many be affected by excavation, such excavation shall be adequately braced by the Contractor. Prior to starting any such excavation, detailed drawings of the proposed bracing method shall be prepared and submitted to the Project Manager for approval. When deemed appropriate by SEPTA’s Project Manager, the shop drawings shall be accompanied by structural calculations. Both the shop drawings and calculation shall be sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

G. General Safety Rules:

The following safety rules of SEPTA are applicable to all of the Contractor's employees and those of its subcontractors in regard to conduct while on or close to the track area:

1. At all times while working on or adjacent to operating tracks, the Contractor,

its subcontractors, and all of their employees, shall closely observe the applicable flagging rules and regulations of SEPTA.

2. The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure that all of its employees and

the employees of its subcontractors are familiar with the safety rules, safety instructions and safe performance of work. These employees shall so conduct themselves so as not to violate any of such flagging or safety rules.

3. Prior to the start of construction, all of the Contractor's employees scheduled

to work on or near trackage shall attend a safety seminar on track safety rules conducted by SEPTA. If these individuals are replaced, during the course of the Project, the replacements and any other new employees shall also be required to attend this seminar, before being able to work. The attendance certification is logged into SEPTA’s database. Re-certification is required on an annual basis.

4. Before permitting workperson on the track, the Contractor shall hold a Job

Briefing conducted by the contractor-employed Protection Assurance Representative and/or SEPTA QPE (as prescribed by SEPTA’s Rail Construction Safety Plan) and verify and document that the foreperson and



watchperson have an understanding with all employees as to the location they will go when necessary to clear for trains. The Contractor’s PAR shall make certain that the SEPTA QPE responsible for track safety explains the track safety methods being utilized during the work. These Job Briefings will be documented by the Contractor at the time of the briefing(s). The record of “Job Briefings” shall be maintained by the Contractor for inspection by SEPTA.

5. The Contractor's watchperson must give their entire attention to watching for

trains and warning the employees and are prohibited from performing any other duties. They must not leave their posts until instructed by SEPTA that the protection is unnecessary or other watchperson have been assigned and are in position and watching in the direction of an approaching train.

6. The Contractor's Protection Assurance Representative shall be responsible to

insure the safety of all personnel. The Contractor shall furnish and equip its foreperson or watchperson with audible and visible warning devices to warn personnel of the approach of trains.

7. The Contractor’s Protection Assurance Representative shall, before

permitting employees on or close to the track, ensure that:

a. All employees shall have an understanding as to where they shall go when necessary to clear for trains.

b All employees performing work on or about operating energized tracks

may use worker’s portable warning signal if deemed necessary in accordance, with SEPTA's Operating Rules. The warning signal can be a Starlight Lantern, Model 215-TL or approved equal. Contractor shall have to replace with a "Amber" lens cover to be in conformance with these regulations.

8. The Contractor’s job forepersons presence at the work site is mandatory

while the work is being performed on or close to the track area.

9. A maximum of five non-certified contractor's employees who are not performing work may enter track areas where third rail power is energized accompanied by a certified employee, (SEPTA or Contractor's) with the approval of the Train Dispatcher or a duly authorized representative.

10. While working with scaffolding or non-conductive ladders on the platform, the

Contractor’s employees shall secure scaffolding/ladder to eliminate rolling or falling.

11. When small hand tools or construction equipment are used in electrified

territory, the Contractor shall exercise due care including the clearance



requirements to safeguard persons and property in the area. If the required clearance cannot be maintained or any hazards are involved, prior guidance from SEPTA's Project Manager shall be requested.

12. The Contractor's employees shall consider all tracks as operating tracks and

be on the alert for trains operating in either direction at all times. When it is necessary to walk in the track area, it is the Site Superintendent and/or Foreperson/Watchpersons responsibility to let the train operator’s know where the employees are. To do this, first notify and gain approval of the Train Dispatcher, protect the employees by displaying a lighted lantern, flashlight, and/or flags at all times. At first indication of an approaching train, get off the track promptly, and conceal light from train operator’s view.

13. Any employee leaving the work area for any reason shall receive permission

from the on-site safety supervisor and protect himself with a lighted lantern or flashlight. He shall follow route to and from the work location designated by the foreperson in order to avoid crossing of track insofar as possible.

14. When standing in the track area, the Contractor's employees shall allow

sufficient room for the car and third rail shoes, which extend beyond the car body to clear body, clothing, or any object they may have in their hands. This includes keeping their coats buttoned up so that they cannot catch on any part of a moving car.

15. The Contractor's employees shall not step on track behind stopped trains,

particularly those that have just arrived at stations, due to possibility of train having overrun the platform and being reversed to place doors properly for opening.

16. The Contractor's employees shall carry hand held flashlights at all times

when working at night, in the tunnel area or when visibility is restricted. 17. Contractor's employees provided with a flag person, when hearing flag

persons whistle and/or watchpersons horn warning of the approach of a train, shall place tools and material clear of the track and depart the track area immediately to the nearest platform or place of safety without interfering with the pathway of passengers.

18. Contractor's employees shall avoid track switches by walking around them.

19. Contractor's employees shall observe and acknowledge whistle signals as

required. A warning whistle from vehicle operator must always be acknowledged by a proper hand, lighted lantern or flashlight signal to proceed when you are in the clear except when you are working under protection of flag person. If carrying a light, it must be concealed after proceed signal is given.


69th Street Transportation Center Parking Garage Phase 1 Construction – Transformer Substation H. THIRD RAIL SAFETY: 1. Contractor shall require each employee to:

a. Not stand on, walk on, sit on, or use the third rail or protection board/cover as a step.

b. Not come in contact with the third rail unless specifically required in

the performance of duty. When working directly on the third rail, it shall be de-energized by SEPTA.

c. Not carry metal objects when close to the third rail.

d. Keep as far as possible from the third rail during wet conditions.

e. Never assume that the third rail is dead. When directed by SEPTA

that it is de-energized, remain isolated from the circuit if it is necessary to work close to it. Avoid stepping on loose material piled close to the third rail.

f. Not come in contact with any third rail shoe of a car, as all third rail

shoes are energized if at least one shoe is in contact with the third rail.

g. Not walk between the running and third rail of any track.

h. Avoid additional tripping hazards and be aware of third rail anchors

(braces) and cable feeds.

i. Not look at train collector shoes during movement, particularly at tracks switches (turnouts) and third rail gaps.

j. Metal and/or electrically conductive ladders shall not be used.

2. EMERGENCY GUIDELINES

The following procedures shall be observed by the Contractor's personnel in the event of any emergency:

a. When an emergency occurs endangering life of a person that

requires the power off, contact the Train Dispatcher. Contact the Train Dispatcher by the fastest means available, either by radio, emergency call box located on platforms, or telephone (215) 580-8555. Give the proper location requiring de-energizing by indicating the closest station, proper track number, and line.



b In such a case of electrical contact, personal judgment and initiative has to be used: bearing in mind that the rescuer's safety should not be imperiled. Contact with a live third rail may prove fatal in a matter of seconds. The most important thing is to stop the flow of electricity through the victim's body and then apply mouth-to-mouth resuscitation (or CPR when necessary and if qualified to do so) until he or she recovers consciousness or trained help arrives. Once a victim is freed from the third rail, do not move him or her unless they can do so under their own power. Except for qualified rescuers, moving an injured person may result in further injury.

c. If a fire in the vicinity of the third rail can be readily extinguished, use

a dry chemical extinguisher, do not use water.

END SECTION



SECTION 01090

REFERENCES

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. This Section includes requirements for compliance with reference standards used in the project and for requiring copies of the standards at the site.


A. Section 01010: Summary of Work B. Section 01400: Quality Requirements


A. For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or other consensus standards; comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes.

B. Obtain copies of standards referenced by the Contract Documents.

C. Maintain copies at project site during submittals, planning, and progress

of the specific work, until Substantial Completion.

D. Should specified referenced standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from SEPTA and its Architect/Engineer before proceeding.

E. The contractual relationship, duties, and responsibilities of the parties in

the Contract and those of the Architect/Engineer shall not be altered by reference or inference by any reference document.

END OF SECTION

References 01090-1



References 01090-2


SECTION 01100

SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This section provides for the procedural requirements to enable the contractor to plan and be granted concurrence for Track Outages specified under this contract.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Section 01010: Summary of Work B. Section 01060: Regulatory Requirements and Safety. C. Section 01065: Railroad Safety Requirements

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Requests for service outages and Site Specific Work Plans (SSWP) shall be submitted to the Project Manager (PM) by the Contractor for concurrence 21 calendar days prior to the above referenced operation. The PM will respond within seven (7) calendar days of receipt of the submittal.

Once reviewed by SEPTA, any changes to the SSWP will be subject to a subsequent review by SEPTA. These submittals must be annotated and reissued weekly to reflect changes to the scope or schedule created during the 21 day period between the original issue and the date of operation. Not later than 7 days before a planned track outage, a new revision of the submittal incorporating all changes and reflecting the final work plan, must be submitted to the PM.

B. Should the Contractor desire to cancel an approved track outage, the

written cancellation request shall be received by the PM a minimum of 4 calendar days prior to the track outage date so that affected SEPTA operations can be rescheduled. Late cancellation requests shall result in the outage costs being assessed against the Contractor.

1.04 REQUEST FOR TRACK USAGE

A. The Request for Service outage shall be a time-scaled logic network. This network is to fully detail the extent of work proposed and the Contractor's plan and means for accomplishing same in the inclusive 21

Special Project Procedures 01100-1


day period. Specific separate operations and planned service disruptions should be highlighted in these submittals. 1. The SSWP shall provide a description of work; time scaled hourly

logic network, breakdown of labor force, materials and the type of equipment that will be utilized. The SSWP shall include Contractor's watchperson, required SEPTA flagging and support, construction methods, arrangements for emergency clearing and restoration of service, and sketches for defining the configuration of rail service and other operational elements at the end of the Contractor's outage.

2. All work by SEPTA Force Account Track, Signals, etc. or other

contracts that are defined in Section 01010 and subsequent reviews that has the potential of delaying either the work by this Contractor, or the restoration of service, must be identified clearly in terms of scope and schedule for coordination with others.

B. SEPTA will not grant the track outage until the Contractor's SSWP has

been reviewed by the Engineer and approved by SEPTA in writing.

The Contractor shall not perform any of the work requiring the track outage until written approval has been received from SEPTA.

END OF SECTION

Special Project Procedures 01100-2


SECTION 01200

PROJECT PROGRESS MEETINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

Work included: To enable orderly review during progress of the Work, and to provide for systematic discussion of problems. The Project Manager or a designee will conduct project meetings throughout the construction period. The progress meetings are in addition to the coordination, pre-construction and scheduling meetings noted elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

1.02 RELATED WORK:

A. Agreement and Division 1.

B. The Contractor's relations with its subcontractors, and discussions relative thereto, are the Contractor's responsibility and are not agenda items in the project progress meetings.

C. The discussions and minutes of meeting shall exclude any claims related issues not directly impacting the progress of the Work, and other items for which SEPTA has provided clarifications/directives/ change order(s), but remain disputed by the Contractor.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Agenda items:

1. To the maximum extent practicable, Contractor shall advise theProject Manager at least 48 hours in advance of project meetingsregarding items to be discussed during the meeting.

2. Technical questions requiring Architect/Engineer’s response shallbe submitted in writing, at least three (3) days prior to the projectmeeting.

B. Minutes:

1. The Project Manager will compile minutes of each project meeting,and will furnish one copy to the Contractor.

2. The Contractor may copy and distribute other copies as required.

Project Progress Meetings 01200-1

69th Street Transportation Center Parking Garage Phase 1 Construction – Transformer Substation 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE Contractor's Superintendent shall attend and participate in each project meeting and shall represent the Contractor consistent with Contract and commit the Contractor to solutions agreed upon during the project meetings. PART 2 – PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MEETING SCHEDULE A. Project meetings will be held biweekly unless otherwise specified. B. The Project Manager will coordinate as required to establish a mutually

acceptable meeting schedule. 3.02 MEETING LOCATION

The Project Manager will determine meeting location. To the maximum extent practicable, meetings will be held at the job site.

3.03 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Attendance:

1. Contractor's Superintendent shall attend and participate in each project meeting and shall represent the Contractor consistent with Contract and commit the Contractor to solutions agreed upon during the project meetings.

2. Subcontractors, and others may be invited to attend those project meetings in which their aspect of the Work is involved.

3. If notified of the need 10 days in advance, the SEPTA PM will request the attendance of the appropriate members of the design team to participate in technical discussions.

B. Minimum agenda for each meeting: 1. Review and revise, the minutes of previous meetings. 2. Safety including the presence of hazardous materials and other

environmental issues. Project Progress Meetings 01200-2


3. Quality Control Issues including outstanding non-conformance reports/issues.

4. Review progress of the Work since last meeting, including status of submittals for approval.

5. Status of coordination and installation meetings with other prime and sub-contractors engaged in the work of the project.

6. Identify problems, which impede planned progress. 7. Develop corrective measures and procedures to regain planned

schedule, if applicable. 8. The status of Requests for Information (RFI) and all Potential

Change Orders (PCO) shall be discussed and updated. The Contractor’s PCO listing shall conform to SEPTA’s listing.

9. Contractor shall provide and discuss "30 day look ahead" activity schedule if the work is not progressing per the early start/finish activity dates as noted in the latest update of the approved schedule.

10. Discuss and review As-Built Drawings/Specification Status. 11. Complete other current business.

C. Revisions to minutes: 1. Unless published minutes are challenged in writing, within five (5)

working days of the distribution date they will be accepted as properly stating the activities and decisions made at the meeting.

2. Any individual challenging published minutes shall provide proper

supporting documentation acceptable to the Project Manager to verify that the challenged item was truly discussed during the subject meeting.

3. Challenge to minutes shall be settled as priority portion of "old

business" at the next regularly scheduled meeting. SEPTA's Project Manager decisions concerning challenged item(s) shall be binding on the Contractor.



END OF SECTION



SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This section of the Specifications covers all submittals including shop drawing submission and concurrence requirements, and further complements the requirements of Paragraph VIII.N. of the Agreement. Make submittals required by the Contract Documents, and revise and resubmit as necessary to establish compliance with the specified requirements.

B. The following products require only the submittals, and no further review is

required except for interface within Work.

1. Products specified by reference to standard specifications such as ASTM and similar standards, PennDOT Publication 408 and similar standards.

2. Products specified by manufacturer’s named and catalog model

number.

C. C. SEPTA reserves the right to not formally respond to any submittal which is

not required.

D. The Contractor may require subcontractors to provide drawings, installation diagrams, and similar information to help coordinate the Work, but such data shall not be reviewed by SEPTA unless it is required by other pertinent sections of the Specifications.

E. With the SEPTA PM’s permission, the contractor may submit information in an electronic format for review.

F. In addition to any other documentation responsibility, the Contractor shall

provide copies of all approved and/or incorporated submittals in an electronic format as defined by the SEPTA PM to fulfill Contract closeout requirements.

1.02 RELATED WORK:

A. Section 01010 - Summary of Work

Submittals 01300-1

69th Street Transportation Center Parking Garage Phase 1 Construction – Transformer Substation B. Section 01011 - Summary of Project

C. Section 01041 - Project Coordination

D. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements

E. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout

1.03 SUBMITTAL PREPARATION

A. The Contractor, within two weeks of the receipt of the designer of record’s computerized listing of Contractor(s) submittals, shall review, revise and/or amend, if applicable, and resubmit the revised listing of submittals.

B. The contractor will assess material availability and all long lead items shall be identified. Specifically the component for the proposed substation and generator should be submitted within 21 days of notice to proceed to account for the long lead times.

C. After checking and verifying all field measurements and, after complying

with the applicable procedures of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit shop drawings, catalog cuts, samples and substitution(s) for review and action.

D. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordination between the

Contractor/Fabricator/Detailer and SEPTA for each complex submittal requiring detailed coordination, including all structural items. This coordination may be executed in a meeting called at the request of the contractor or SEPTA. The purpose of the meeting(s) shall be to establish guidelines for details and information necessary to prepare the shop drawings.

E. All submittals will be sent directly to the SEPTA PM unless the PM

specifically directs the contractor to do otherwise.

1.04 SUBMITTAL REVIEW

A. The results of review of submittals will be designated as follows:

NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN

PROCEED AS NOTED; PROCEED AS NOTED; REVISE AND RESUBMIT

DO NOT PROCEED; REVISE AND RESUBMIT

Submittals 01300-2


REJECTED

NOT APPLICABLE

B. Submittals not in compliance with the Contract will be returned to the Contractor for revision. Any losses of time and additional costs associated with resubmittal(s) are the Contractor's responsibility.

C. Each submission and re-submission shall give specific written notice on

the transmittal of each variation that the shop drawings or samples may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each shop drawing submitted for review and approval of each such variation.

D. Each resubmission(s) shall clearly identify and make specific notation(s)

on each shop drawing concerning the:

1. Changes that are made as a result of comments on the previous submittal(s).

2. Changes that are not made, but commented on the previous

submittal(s). The Contractor shall provide detailed explanations and justifications as to why the comments are not addressed.

3. Changes that are solely made by the Contractor, but were not

commented on the previous submittal(s). The Contractor shall provide a detailed explanation and justification for such changes.

E. Submittals that are "Proceed as Noted" are for the purpose of expediting

procurement/fabrication/Installation of the intended work. If re-submittal is required, the Contractor shall incorporate all corrections and resubmit original drawings and required copies of drawings to SEPTA, within 30 days. If re-submittal is not required, then it is understood that the Contractor will proceed in accordance with the comments. For “Proceed as Noted; Revise & Resubmit” items, payment for completed work that is related to these items will not be made until the corrected and final resubmittal is accepted in writing by SEPTA.


A. SEPTA reserves the right to require mock ups of any material and/or assembly, at any time during the construction process. Once approved, the mock-up will set a minimum standard of performance and/or appearance for the work. Mock-ups will be provided at no cost to SEPTA. The approved mock-up may, at the discretion of the SEPTA project manager become part of the work.

Submittals 01300-3


B. Electronic Submittals

1. SEPTA uses software to track submittals. The Contractor’s forms, e.g.

transmittal etc., will be submitted in a form compatible with this software.

2. For its records, SEPTA requires that all approved submittals be converted to electronic format (at no additional cost to SEPTA) for SEPTA’s document retention purposes.

C. Coordination of Submittals:

1. Prior to making each submittal, the Contractor shall carefully review

and coordinate all aspects of each item being submitted. Shop drawings of systems containing closely related items and components must be submitted, as a single submission showing the interrelationship of the components required for that system.

2. The Contractor shall verify prior to submission that each shop drawing

is well prepared and that the submittal conforms in all respects with the specified requirements. The drawings shall provide complete information regarding proper fabrication and installation.

3. The Contractor shall sign each submittal or shop drawing original and

copies and affix a stamp with specific written indication that the Contractor has reviewed the submittal and is satisfied that it conforms to the requirements of the contract documents. For submittals which are substitutions see 1.05 below.

4. Shop drawings shall be tailored to the specific project need including

coordination of various trades and should include material descriptions, quantities, dimensions, design criteria and similar data to enable review information as required. The shop drawings must show clear and complete information for the fabrication and installation of materials.

5. Where feasible, orient the plan(s) on the shop drawing(s) in the same

manner as the plans on the Contract Drawings.

6. Shop drawings with reproduction(s) of the Contract Drawings will not be accepted.

7. Structural fabrication and erection drawings shall be prepared,

checked, signed and sealed, by a Professional Engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania with proven qualifications and similar experience.

Submittals 01300-4


Unless the Contract Documents indicate specific steel connections, the Contractor shall design steel connections, stamped and sealed by an engineer licensed in the State of Pennsylvania, and provide sufficient details for the SEPTA’s review and approval.

D. Responsibility: The Contractor is solely responsible and accountable for:

1. Means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of

construction including fabrication, assembly, installation/erection, safety precautions and programs incidental to any submittal.

2. Accuracy of all submittals and shop drawings and final installation.

3. Arranging submittals and shop drawing standards review meetings

with SEPTA.

4. Converting all approved submittals to an agreed on electronic format (PDF unless otherwise noted) and providing these files to SEPTA at no cost to SEPTA.

1.06 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. "Or Equals" Substitutions:

1. Restricted Items (sole sourced items) - Where the contract documents specifically require the use of certain equipment and/or materials they will indicate that substitutions will not be allowed.

2. Equals Considered – Unless otherwise noted, whenever a material

or article required is specified or shown on the plans by using the name of the proprietary product or of a particular manufacturer or vendor, any material or article with matching characteristics, will be considered equal and satisfactory provided the material or article has equal properties and function in the opinion of SEPTA's Project Manager. It shall not be purchased or installed without SEPTA's Project Manager's written approval.

The Contractor shall document each request with complete data

substantiating compliance of the proposed Substitution with the Contract Documents. "Or Equal" requests will be considered only when substantiated by the Contractor's submittal of data documenting the "or equal" nature of material or article within thirty-five (35) calendar days after the date of receipt of Notice to Proceed. A request constitutes a representation that the Contractor:

Submittals 01300-5


a. Has investigated the proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product.

b. Shall provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the

specified product.

c. Shall coordinate installation and make changes to other work, which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to SEPTA.

d. Shall waive claims for additional costs or time extension,

which may subsequently become apparent.

e. Shall reimburse SEPTA (if applicable) for review or redesign services associated with review and approval by SEPTA, if the substitution is rejected as not being equivalent.

B. OTHER SUBSTITUTIONS

1. For any reason, including a lack of availability of the original material, the contractor may ask permission to substitute a material or assembly which is not fully equal to the one specified. This will be processed as a change order (a no cost change order only if there is no cost difference compared to the original specified material). All substitutions will be evaluated following Value Engineering principles. The results of SEPTA’s evaluation will be final, and SEPTA is has the right to make a final determination over which items are judged to be acceptable.

The Contractor shall document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed Substitution with Contract Documents. A request constitutes a representation that the Contractor:

a. Has investigated the proposed product and determined that it

meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product.

b. Shall provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product.

c. Shall coordinate installation and make changes to other work,

which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to SEPTA.

d. Shall waive claims for additional costs or time extension,

which may subsequently become apparent. Submittals 01300-6


2. The Contractor shall provide substitutions in a timely manner and in accordance with the construction contract, so as to not have a negative impact on the construction schedule.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SHOP (FABRICATION/INSTALLATION) DRAWINGS

A. A. Shop drawings shall be based on field dimensions and other information gathered by the contractor and his agents. When SEPTA or the designer of record takes no exceptions to the drawings or directs the contractor to proceed as noted, it is only claiming that there are no apparent deviations from the design intent of the contract documents.

B. Final fit and placement may be affected by fabrication and field installation

tolerances as well as other factors beyond the knowledge of SEPTA and the designer of record. Installation and final fit remains the sole responsibility of the contractor. Language placing this responsibility on SEPTA or the designer of record is strictly prohibited.

C. Scale and measurements: Shop drawings shall be made accurately to a

scale sufficiently large to show all pertinent aspects of the item and its method of connection to the Work. SEPTA reserves the right to demand additional detail and information to facilitate the submittal process.

D. Required Copies:

2. Shop drawings shall be submitted in the form of 3 copies of each

sheet in a media acceptable to the SEPTA Project Manager.

E. Review comments will be shown on one set which will be returned to the Contractor. The Contractor may make and distribute such copies as are required for its purposes.

2.02 MANUFACTURERS' LITERATURE (INCLUDING CATALOG CUTS)

A. The Contractor shall submit only the original printed literature and product data sheets available from the manufacturer(s) and 1 copy. SEPTA will keep the original of all items submitted.

B. Where contents of submitted literature from manufacturers includes data

not pertinent to the submittal, the Contractor shall clearly show which portions of the contents are being submitted for review.

C. The Contractor shall submit the number of copies which are required to

Submittals 01300-7


be returned, plus 1 copy for SEPTA's use and distribution. 2.03 SAMPLES

A. The Contractor shall provide sample(s) identical to the precise article proposed to be provided. Identify as described under "Identification of submittals" below.

B. Number of samples required:

1. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall submit samples in

the quantity, which is required to be returned, plus one, which will be retained.

2. By prearrangement in specific cases, a single sample may be

submitted for review and, when approved, be installed in the Work at a location agreed upon by SEPTA.

2.04 COLORS AND PATTERNS

A. Unless waived in the specific section of the Contract Documents, whenever a choice of color or pattern is available in the specified products, the Contractor shall submit accurate color and pattern charts for selection.

B. SEPTA reserves the right to require samples and/or a mockup of any material, to determine actual appearance.

C. Unless waived elsewhere, two copies of each sign face in accurately color matched proofs of all permanent signage, at a scale specified by the SEPTA PM, will be submitted.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 IDENTIFICATION OF SUBMITTALS

A. The Contractor shall assign a date and unique number to each submittal and an indication that the contractor has reviewed the submittal for conformance to the contract documents. This information shall appear on each submittal original and copy. 1. Each submittal subject to approval must receive a separate number

not shared by any other component, information or process. Only one approval/rejection will be given per submittal number.

Submittals 01300-8


2. Each submittal number must include the specification section that the submittal most applies to followed by a hyphen and a sequential number (the first submittal for Section 05500 would be 05500-1 and so on)

3. When a resubmittal is made for any reason, the Contractor shall transmit under a new letter of transmittal with a new submittal number in the form of the original number plus the letters a,b,c and so on for each subsequent resubmittal (05500-1a using the above example) and a new date for that resubmittal.

B. The Contractor shall maintain an accurate submittal log for the duration

of the Work, showing current status of all submittals at all times. The Contractor shall make the submittal log available for review by SEPTA upon request.

3.02 GROUPING OF SUBMITTALS

A. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall make submittals in groups (with separate numbers) containing all associated items to assure that information is available for checking of each item when it is received.

B. Each grouping shall be accompanied by a dated transmittal letter which lists each transmittal by number and the number of copies submitted.

C. Partial, confusing and poorly prepared submittals will be rejected as not

complying with the requirements of the Contract. The Contractor will be liable for delays so occasioned.

3.03 TIMING OF SUBMITTALS

A. The Contractor shall make submittals consistent with early start dates shown on the approved baseline schedule, but sufficiently in advance of early scheduled dates for installation to provide the necessary time required for reviews, for securing necessary approvals, for possible revisions and resubmittals, and for placing orders and securing delivery.

B. In scheduling, the Contractor shall allow 4 days for review and

processing by the Architect/Engineer and/or SEPTA following its receipt of the submittal.

This review time will be increased for the submittal(s) that are so extensive that 6 days of turn around period is unreasonable as determined by the Architect/Engineer and SEPTA. This determination shall be binding on the Contractor.

Submittals 01300-9


C. Continued submission of material and repetitious submittals which clearly fail to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents which may cause delays in the completion of the Contract and any such delays be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.

3.04 SEPTA'S REVIEW

A. Review and Processing shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors, which may exist in the submitted data.

B. SEPTA does not confirm dimensions or make any representation that

parts will fit together properly if fabricated in the sizes shown on the shop drawings. SEPTA requires that the contractor take all necessary site measurements and that the shop drawings represent an accurate documentation of these dimensions.

C. The contractor assumes responsibility to exercise control over all

construction tolerances and ensure that these tolerances do not result in construction which violates regulations, codes or clearances.

D. Revisions:

1. The Contractor shall make required revisions as noted on initial the

submittal.

2. If the Contractor considers any required revision to be a change, it shall so notify SEPTA as provided for in the Agreement. Such notification shall be made no later than 10 calendar days from the date of return of such submittals by SEPTA to the Contractor.

3.05 SHOP DRAWING AND SUBMITTAL CONFLICTS WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. Unless the Contractor submits data as a substitution as specified in

section 1.06 above, submitted information which departs from the contract documents will be understood to be contractor /subcontractor errors and have no effect on the contract, even if not identified by SEPTA during the review process.

3.06 FINAL ELECTRONIC SUBMISSION

A. As part of the Contractor’s Closeout Documentation requirements, the Contractor shall submit to the SEPTA PM All approved submittals and other documentation in an electronic format (PDF files unless otherwise approved by the SEPTA PM).

Submittals 01300-10


END OF SECTION

Submittals 01300-11



Submittals 01300-12


SECTION 01305 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This section stipulates procedural requirements for processing of Contractor Request(s) for Information (RFI) and complements the requirements of the Contract Agreement, Paragraphs V.B and VIII.B.

B. An RFI is a written communication originated by a construction

Contractor to request clarification of the intent of the Construction documents. It results in an exchange of information only. If the contractor believes the response triggers a change in the project scope he must submit a change order request. No response to an RFI may be interpreted as a change order request or approval.

1.02 RELATED WORK:

A. Agreement

B. Section 01010 – Summary of Work

C. Section 01011 - Summary of Project

D. Section 01041 - Project Coordination

E. Section 01300 - Submittals

F. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements

G. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout

H. Section 01720 – Project As-Built Documents

I. Attachment - Request for Information Form

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of Section 01300. B. The Contractor shall submit RFIs using the attached RFI form and shall

provide specific reference to the section of the Construction documents to which the RFI refers. RFIs that are incomplete, unsigned or otherwise not submitted in compliance with the Contract, will be returned to the Contractor.

Requests for Information 01305-1


C. Any losses of time and/or additional costs associated with frivolous RFI

submittals are the responsibility of the Contractor.


A. All RFIs will be signed by the Contractor's representative and submitted to SEPTA in "hard" copy.

B. The primary purpose of an RFI is to clarify the Contract Documents

1. The Contractor has the responsibility to be familiar with the

Contract documents. RFIs that request clarification of items that in the judgment of the PM, are clearly evident in the Contract documents, shall be rejected by SEPTA.

2. The Contractor shall not use RFIs for the following:

a. To facilitate construction coordination between contractors and subcontractors/vendors.

b. To initiate substitutions in material, methods and or systems.

c. To transfer their responsibility for reviewing Contract documents

to SEPTA and/or the Architect/Engineer.

3. RFIs, which fail to reference the specific Contract documents in question, will be rejected. If the Contractor uses an RFI for the purposes described above in 1.04 B2 it will also be rejected. In these cases, the Contractor will be directed to meet the requirements specified in Section 01300 by the PM.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

NOT USED

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 IDENTIFICATION OF REQUEST(s) FOR INFORMATION

A. The Contractor shall consecutively number all RFIs. For projects with separate contracts, each Contractor shall include a prefix (G, E, M etc.) in their numbering sequence to designate the submittal as originating from the "General", Electrical" or "Mechanical" Contractor. RFIs shall be submitted using the attached form. When an RFI must be resubmitted



for any reason it shall be sent using a new RFI number with reference provided to the previous RFI.

3.02 TIMING OF REQUEST(s) FOR INFORMATION

A. The Contractor shall submit RFIs sufficiently in advance of early construction schedule “Start” dates for fabrication and/or installation activities in order to provide the necessary time required for reviews, possible revisions and subsequent resubmittals.

B. For scheduling purposes, the Contractor shall allow 7 days for review

and response by the Architect/Engineer and/or SEPTA following their receipt of the RFI.

This review time will be increased for RFIs that are sufficiently extensive or complex that the above turnaround period is unreasonable as determined by the Architect/Engineer and SEPTA. This determination shall be binding on the Contractor.

C. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for delays in the completion of

the Contract that result from the submission of RFIs which clearly fail to meet the requirements of this Section.

3.03 SEPTA'S REVIEW

A. The Architect/Engineer is responsible to review Contractors' RFIs and provide clarifications and/or interpretations as they relate to design documents. SEPTA is responsible to provide clarifications and/or interpretations to RFIs that are related to the Agreement or SEPTA operational issues and service. A clarification will not result in a change to the Construction Contract cost. SEPTA is responsible for coordinating all RFI clarifications with the Contractor.

B. If the Contractor considers any clarifications to an RFI to be a change; it

shall so notify SEPTA in the manner provided for in the Agreement.

Such notification shall be made no later than 7 calendar days from the date of the return of such clarifications by the designer of record or SEPTA to the Contractor.



END OF SECTION


ATTACHMENT

REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI)

PROJECT:

1. RFI Number

Responsible Contractor

Date

Description:

Requested By (Signature): Due Date

2. A/E Response, or SEPTA Comments(if applicable):

A/E (Signature):

Date

Contract Document Impact Yes No Revisions Attached Yes No

3. Transmitted to Contractor

4. PCO Yes No Impact PCO Number:

CD&C PM (Signature):

Date

Filling out the RFI Form 01: This section is to be completed by the Contractor. The SEPTA Project

Manager (PM) shall provide RFI Forms to the Contractor(s) at the Pre-construction Meeting.

02: This section is to be completed by the A/E. All technical inquiries are to be

responded to by the A/E. The section must be signed and dated within the contractual time frame. The SEPTA PM may use this space to add comments or directly respond to non-technical queries, involving contractual matters or SEPTA Operational issues.

03: This section is to be completed by SEPTA project staff to return the RFI to

Contractor. The distribution must include the Project File. 04: This section is to be completed by SEPTA project staff. The RFI response

will be reviewed for its potential to result in a Change Order. This box should be appropriately completed as a result of this review.


SECTION 01380

CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. The Contractor shall provide professional quality construction record photographs periodically during course of the Work as determined by the SEPTA PM

B. In addition to photographs generally describing the progress of the work, the SEPTA PM will require specific components and processes be documented.

C. SEPTA reserves the right to require that an approved professional photographer be used if, in the opinion of the SEPTA PM the photographs submitted at any time are inadequate in quality or coverage.

D. Pictures shall record before and after construction including all access points.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Section 01010: Summary of Work B. Section 01011: Summary of Project C. Section 01720: Project As-Built Documents

1.03 PHOTOGRAPHY REQUIRED

A. The Contractor shall provide SEPTA with the photographs taken. Photographs shall only be used for the purpose of fulfilling the requirements of this section. Other uses, without written permission from SEPTA's Project Manager, are prohibited. The contractor may not take photographs for any other purpose on SEPTA property without the written consent of SEPTA.

B. Views and Quantities Required 1. As specified above, the Contractor shall photograph project from two (2)

different views, as directed by SEPTA. 2. The Contractor shall provide two (2) prints of each view, enclosed in two

(2) separate binders with double faced plastic sleeves.

C. Ownership of Electronic Files

1. The prints and electronic files shall be furnished to SEPTA at the Contractor’s expense and all images collected during the course of the

Construction Photographs 01380-1


contract shall become the sole property of SEPTA. The contractor shall turn over all copyright rights to SEPTA in a written document to be approved by SEPTA.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PRINTS

A. Prints shall be provided in glossy finish color. date encoded of sufficient quality to render detail in a satisfactory manner as determined by the SEPTA PM. 1. Finish: Smooth surface, glossy. 2. Size: 8 X 10 in.

B. The Contractor shall identify each print on back, listing:

1. Southeastern Pennsylvania Transportation Authority 2. FTA Project Number 3. SEPTA Project Number (if applicable) 4. Project Name 5. Bi-weekly progress photographs 6. Date: _______________________ 7. Description/Key Plan

a. Orientation of view b. Date and time of exposure c. Key plan in lower right hand corner permanently affixed.

8. Name and address of photographer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 TECHNIQUE

A. Paramount importance shall be given to factual detailed presentation with maximum depth of field, proper exposure with adequate shadow and highlight detail and minimum distortion.

B. The photographer will be required to use fill in electronic flash technique to adequately light high contrast scenes and assemblies. Electronic flash shall also be used at all interior locations and other locations where the available light is not adequate for recoding appropriate detail.

C. Camera capture (non-enhanced) must provide a minimum image size of

3500 x 2500 pixels unless otherwise determined by the SEPTA PM.



D. Take views as directed and in the presence of SEPTA's representative. 3.02 DELIVERY OF PRINTS AND FINAL DELIVERY OF ELECTRONIC FILES

A. The Contractor shall deliver two sets of prints and JPG files of adequate quality as determined by the SEPTA PM with each Application for Payment.

B. At the conclusion of the project the, the contractor will provide a complete

set of all electronic files delivered in a medium as directed by the SEPTA PM.

END OF SECTION


69th Street Transportation Center Parking Garage Phase 1 Construction – Transformer Substation SECTION 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY

A. The Contractor shall establish and maintain a project specific Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) system documented by a program manual and supporting plans and/or procedures. These documents will address the methods to be used to control the quality related aspects of all materials, components and assemblies to be furnished and installed under the Contract Documents.

B. The Contractor shall have the primary responsibility for the quality of all its

work and shall ensure that the pertinent requirements for the achievement of quality are included and implemented in all relevant sub-contracts.

C. The QA/QC program shall include a description of the organization the

contractor will establish and shall identify the responsibilities and accountabilities of all personnel performing quality-affecting activities.

D. The QA/QC program and/or procedures shall include those checklists and

test & inspection forms the contractor will use to properly document the activities performed to achieve the quality of the Work. The contractor will be responsible for completing the checklists and activities called for in SEPTA’s Construction Inspection/ Monitoring Program as part of their Quality Control program.

The Contractor will cooperate fully with SEPTA’s QA/QC efforts including, but not limited to, providing requested information in a timely fashion when SEPTA executes quality audits of the project. All information generated during the project, of a non-confidential nature, including but not limited to the internal QA/QC audits executed by the contractor must be made available to SEPTA in a timely manner.

1.02 DEFINITIONS

A. The Following definitions pertain to requirements of this section.

1. Quality Assurance (QA): QA is a program of planned and

systematic actions that provide adequate confidence that all activities affecting quality have been accomplished in accordance with governing codes, standards and contract requirements. QA oversight of activities affecting quality is accomplished through field and manufacturing facility surveillance, audits or other documented measures conducted to verify that requirements have been met.

Quality Requirements 01400-1


2. Quality Control (QC): Quality Control is the act of examining, witnessing, inspecting, checking and/or testing of in-process or completed work to determine conformity with specified requirements and documenting the results.

3. QA Audit: A documented activity performed by written procedure or

checklist to verify that selected elements of the Quality Assurance/Quality Control Program have been developed, documented, and implemented in accordance with specified requirements.

4. Calibration: Comparison of two instruments or measuring devices,

one of which is of known accuracy traceable to national standards, to detect, correlate, report or eliminate by adjustment any discrepancy in the accuracy of the instrument or measuring device being compared with the standard.

5. Certification: The action of determining, verifying and attesting, in

writing, to the qualifications of personnel, materials, and/or equipment.

6. Inspection: A phase of Quality Control, which by means of

examination, observation, or measurement, determines the conformance of materials, components , parts, appurtenances, systems, processes, installations, or structures to predetermined quality requirements.

7. Source Inspection: Source inspection consists of the review,

monitoring, observation, and/or inspection, random or consistent, or at selected stages of manufacture or construction, of manufacturer or sub-manufacturer's personnel, material, equipment, processes, or tests.

8. Site Inspection: Site Inspection consists of reviewing, monitoring,

observing and inspecting the Work at the project site.

9. Surveillance: Term used to describe a review performed for the purpose of verifying that applicable quality requirements are properly accomplished.

1.03 RELATED WORK

A. Requirements of the Agreement.

B. Section 01410: Testing and Inspection Services



C. Section 01700: Contract Closeout. D. Specific requirements of Agreement Paragraph XVIII.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. A. B. SEPTA reserves the right to require mock-ups of any material and/or

assembly, at any time during the construction process of a size determined by the SEPTA PM. Once approved, the mock-up will set a minimum standard of performance and/or appearance for the work. Mock-ups will be provided at no cost to SEPTA. The approved mock-up may, at the discretion of the SEPTA project manager, become part of the work.

C. The contractor will create a job specific Quality Assurance and Control Plan

(QACP) which clearly and comprehensively specifies the actions the contractor will take to achieve the quality required by the contract documents. This plan will be submitted no later than 15 days from the notice to proceed. No work may take until the QACP has been accepted by SEPTA. The following areas will be addressed in this plan:

1. The Quality Assurance procedures shall define the organizational structure within which the programs are to be implemented, and delineate the responsibility and authority of the various personnel involved

2. Shop Fabrication: The Contractor shall develop and submit inspection and test plans and procedures for all elements of the work that will be shop fabricated and tested. The inspection plans/procedures shall include source inspection and testing that will be performed, accept/reject criteria and the witness/hold points to be implemented to control the quality of work.

3. Site Construction/Installation: The Contractor shall develop and explain inspection and test plans and procedures for all elements of the Work that will be site constructed and installed, including the storage and installation of shop fabricated items. The installation plans and procedures shall include checklists, which outline the sequence of construction/installation activities and describe the verification checks for each step in the sequence, which must be found acceptable prior to proceeding. The plans and checklists shall be submitted to SEPTA for the identification of hold and/or witness points by SEPTA.

4. The Contractor shall develop and explain a Quality Assurance program and surveillance methods to verify that reviewed inspection, testing and documentation activities have been performed to assure that shop fabricated and site construction/installation comply with the quality standards defined in the contract documents.

5. SEPTA's review of the QA/QC program shall not relieve the Contractor Quality Requirements 01400-3


from its primary responsibility for the quality of the work.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

A. Engage an adequate number of skilled professionals who are thoroughly trained, experienced and familiar with the specific requirements and methods needed for the proper performance of the Work.

B. Establish technical and administrative surveillance and/or audit methods

to ensure the highest degree of quality, and to correct potential problems without affecting the Contract schedule.

C. Verify that the required quality control inspection, testing and

documentation activities have been performed to assure that the equipment, materials and construction comply in all respect to the requirements of the contract documents.

D. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators,

products, services, site conditions, workmanship and installation to produce work of the quality required by the contract documents.

E. Take corrective actions in a timely manner to identify conditions adversely

affecting the quality of Work and the contract schedule.

F. All test results shall clearly include a statement that the item tested or analyzed conforms or fails to conform to the contract requirements. Each report shall be conspicuously stamped on the cover sheet in large red letters a minimum of ½ inch high "CONFORMS" or "DOES NOT CONFORM" to the Specifications as the case may be.

G. All test reports shall be signed by a testing laboratory's authorized person

and counter signed by the Contractor. The testing agency shall provide all tests, reports, certifications and other documentation sent directly to the SEPTA PM at the same time results are made available to the Contractor.

H. The quality assurance functions shall include, but not be limited to.

· Contract Review

· Factory and Field Testing

· Document Control · Handling and Storage

· Procurement · Packaging and Shipping

· Shop Fabrication · Quality Records

· Field Fabrication · Non Conformance Reporting

· Field Installation · Corrective Action (s)



· Field Assembly · QA Audits

· Receiving Inspections · Training

· Final Inspection

· Control of In Process Activities

· In process inspections · Identification and Traceability

I. The Contractor shall promptly reject work, which does not comply with the

requirements of the contract documents. If the contractor elects to propose that SEPTA accept work that is nonconforming, the contractor shall reimburse SEPTA for the costs associated with the review of the nonconforming work by the designer of record.

J. Develop quality assurance forms in a format acceptable to SEPTA for all

major elements of the Work including any additional elements K. The Contractor shall perform audits periodically, no less than four times a

year, to maintain level of quality. The results of these audits must be documented and shown to SEPTA on request.

1.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONTRACTOR

A. Document that each material, manufactured product and fabricated item is produced and tested to comply with quality standards required by the contract documents. The Contractor shall perform audits periodically, no less than four times a year, to maintain level of quality.

B. Do not deliver material, manufactured product or fabricated item until

certified quality assurance documents are satisfactorily reviewed by SEPTA.

C. Do not schedule any factory tests/inspections by SEPTA until these

documents are satisfactorily reviewed by SEPTA. Twenty-one (21) day’s prior written notice is mandatory for (re) scheduling any factory tests or inspections by SEPTA.

D. SEPTA reserves the right to source inspect the material, manufactured

product or fabricated item after acceptance of the certified quality assurance documents. Any and all costs related to reinspection(s) by SEPTA shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

E. The quality assurance documents shall identify any changes made to the

material, manufactured product or fabricated item as compared to the Contract requirements and approved shop drawings. The Contractor shall describe as to how each change will affect the installation, space and subsequent operations.



F. SEPTA's review of quality assurance documents and inspections shall not relieve the Contractor from its "primary" responsibility for the quality of work.

1.07 CONTRACTOR QUALITY MANAGER (QM)

A. A. The Contractor shall identify an individual (QM) within its organization at the site of the Work, who shall be responsible for overall management of Contractor's Quality Assurance/ Quality Control (CQC) system. An individual who has no other duties shall fill the function of the QM.

1. The QM shall be experienced in the performance and supervision of the

inspections and tests required by the specifications. 2. The QM shall be on the work site at all times that work is taking place

and have complete authority to take any action necessary to ensure conformance with the Contract.

3. The QM will be the point-of-contact for all quality matters. The QM is expected to represent the Contractor with respect to all QA audit and review activities performed on the Contractor by outside parties.

4. The QM shall be appointed by letter and may not be replaced without written permission form SEPTA.

5. The QM may take daily direction from the Contractors Superintendent however unless prohibited by organizational size the QM shall independently report to an official within the Contractor's organization who is separate from direct responsibility for the outcome of the project.

6. The QM shall be responsible for the documented incoming inspection and determination of acceptability in conformance with Contract requirements of all material arriving at site.

7. Receiving inspection(s) shall include the review of associated documentation where necessary to verify the compliance of the item. Segregate and remove from the site, any nonconforming material.

1.08 SITE QUALITY CONTROL RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONTRACTOR

A. Unless otherwise specially allowed elsewhere in the contract, do not deliver reconditioned material to site. Protect all stenciled markings, labels and any other type of identification(s) to clearly identify the originality of the material.

B. As soon as the material arrives at site, (but before beginning installation)



provide to SEPTA the original Bill of Lading and Certification that the material complies with the requirements of the contract documents.

C. Installation shall comply with approved shop drawings. Do not begin

installation until relevant installation shop drawings have been appropriately reviewed by SEPTA. If for any reason the material or component cannot be installed according to the approved shop drawing and the installation instructions provided by the manufacturer/fabricator the contractor is to alert the SEPTA immediately and not begin installation without concurrence from the SEPTA PM.

D. Perform necessary and specified tests and document the results. Replace

material that fails the tests at no cost to SEPTA.

E. Remove and replace material that is damaged in storage or in the performance of Work unless specifically accepted in writing by SEPTA's Project Manager.

F. No Work shall be performed at the site if the Contractor's Superintendent

or his authorized representative, as approved by SEPTA, is not present at the location where Work is being performed.

1.09 NON-CONFORMANCE REPORTS A. A non-conformance report (NCR) shall be issued when any material or

component does not meet the requirements of the contract documents in the opinion of the SEPTA Project Manager or other approved SEPTA personnel.

B. Once issued, the contractor has ten (10) days to challenge the NCR in a written response to the SEPTA PM.

C. Any NCR not withdrawn in writing by the SEPTA PM or other approved SEPTA personnel, must be corrected in a timely manner.

D. The contractor is obliged not to proceed with any work which would cover or reduce access to the non-conforming work.

1.10 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION AND MONITORING PROGRAM A. The contractor will be required to complete checklists, usually in the

presence of a member of the SEPTA project team, at specific critical points of the project’s execution to verify quality assurance procedures. SEPTA reserves the right to provide these checklists and require their completion in a timely manner without prior notification.

1.11 SUGGESTED CONTENTS OF A QA/QC PLAN



The contractor’s inspection and testing plan must be specific and not generic; tailored to the actual requirements of the project. Most plans will include many of the following items:

A. Organization & Responsibilities

1. Provide an organizational chart showing who has responsibility for quality control functions and how they interact with the rest of the project team. The QA/QC team must report directly to upper management and not to the project manager overseeing day to day activities of the project.

2. Supply brief resumes of key personnel 3. Document how the QA/QC personnel will oversee the QA/QC

activities subcontractors and fabricators.

B. Procedures and Documentation

1. Samples of logs and checklists to be used in QA/QC activities. 2. A schedule of tests, inspections and mock-ups required by the

contract documents and governmental authorities 3. Procedures which guarantee that any material which must meet a

specific test or other definition of quality is delivered to the job site accompanied by written verification that the material does meet these requirements. Included in this procedure is the process of gathering this information and retaining it by the contractor.

4. Procedures which insure that handling and storage instructions are obtained and followed for all material.

5. Procedures that insure that the contractor effectively controls documents at the job site. Included in this responsibility is a requirement that a copy of the most current construction documents is present at the job site at all times; including but not limited to drawings, specifications, addendum items, change orders and RFI’s.

C. Inspection and Testing Activities 1. List of inspection devices to be used by the contractor or a

subcontractor which must be calibrated, the proposed frequency of calibration and who will calibrate them.

2. Procedures to ensure that testing and inspections will be done in a timely manner and will not negatively impact the progress of the work.

3. Procedures to insure that mock-ups and preinstallation conferences



are done in a timely manner and give the SEPTA PM sufficient time to participate and review them without negatively impacting the schedule.

4. Procedures that insure that material which fail tests or inspections is identified and segregated.

D. Audit Activities 1. Define how and how often the QA/QC efforts for key construction

activities will be audited and how the results of this audit will be presented to the job superintendent.

2. Define when anticipated audits may be implemented.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01410 - TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES PART I - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. The Contractor shall employ a testing and inspection agency fully licensed and competent in the field of testing and inspecting specific elements of the project. The Contractor shall submit such testing agencies and their qualifications for SEPTA's prior written approval.

B. The required testing and inspections shall include the tests commonly used in the construction industry including but not limited by those called for in the attached technical sections and the following:

1. Section 02086 Handling and Disposal of Contaminated Soils 2. Section 02087 Removal of 500 Gallon UST 3. Section 2190 Site Monitoring 4. Section 02200: Earthwork 5. Section 02220 Excavation Backfill and Compaction 6. Section 02221 Vibration and Displacement Monitoring 7. Section 02230 Subbase Course 8. Section 02520 Bituminous Concrete Paving 9. Section 03300: Cast-In-Place Concrete 10. Divisions 16 Sections requiring inspection and testing.

C. The Contractor shall pay for all necessary testing and inspection services.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Agreement B. Section 01400: Quality Requirements

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Prior to start of Work, submit testing and inspection agency name, address, and telephone number, and names of full time (registered Engineer) and responsible officer.

B. Submit information on the agency’s participation in accreditation

program(s) such as those run by the Construction Materials Testing Laboratory Accreditation Program of the National Institute of Standards and Technology and AASHTO Materials Reference Laboratory in the AASHTO Accreditation Program (AAP) in construction materials engineering and testing. Non-participation in appropriate third party accreditation programs may result in rejection.

Testing and Inspection Services 01410-1


C. Provide schedule of agency’s activities commitment with the Contractor(s) schedule and work to be provided.

D. Other information and qualifications to allow SEPTA to determine their appropriateness for the tasks involved.

1. After each inspection and test, the testing agency must promptlysubmit a copy of draft results directly to the SEPTA PM withoutcontractor review.

2. Include:

a. Date issued,b. Project title and numberc. Name of inspector,d. Date and time of sampling or inspection,e. Identification of product and specifications section,f. Location in the Project,g. Type of inspection or test,h. Date of test or inspection,i. Results of tests or inspection,j. A statement of Conformance or Non-Conformance with the

Contract Documents.

3. When requested by SEPTA, provide a written clarification andinterpretation of test/inspection results.


A. The testing and inspection agency shall be approved by SEPTA.

C. The Laboratory shall comply with requirements of [ASTM C802,] [ASTM C1021,] [ASTM C1077] [ASTM C1093,]...etc.

D. Laboratory: Authorized to operate in the Commonwealth of PA.

E. Laboratory Staff: Maintain a full time registered Engineer on staff to review services.

F. Testing Equipment: All equipment must be calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of an accuracy traceable to either the National Bureau of Standards or accepted values of natural physical constants defined by industry standards.

G. Testing, when required, shall be the strictest of all pertinent codes and regulations, including selected standards of the American Society for



Testing and Materials.

G. All site testing and taking of the specimens and samples shall be performed in the presence of the Contractor's Superintendent and the SEPTA PM unless the PM waives the right to be present, in writing.

1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. The Contractor shall comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01600. B. The Contractor shall promptly process and submit required copies of test reports and related instructions to assure necessary retesting and replacement of materials without any possible delay in the progress of the Work. 1.06 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Representatives of the testing and inspection agency shall have access to the

Work at all times and at all locations including manufacturing facilities where the Work is in progress. The Contractor shall provide facilities for such access to enable the agency to perform its functions properly.

B. By advance discussion with the agency, the Contractor shall determine the time

required for the agency to perform its tests and inspections and to issue each of its findings.

C. The Contractor shall provide all required time within the approved construction

schedule. D. Deliver to agency at designated location, adequate samples of materials

proposed to be used which require testing, along with proposed mix designs. E. Provide incidental labor and facilities:

1. to provide access to Work to be tested or inspected,

2. to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be

tested,

3. to facilitate tests and inspections,

4. to provide storage and curing of test samples.

F. Notify the SEPTA PM 48 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspecting and testing services.

G. When initial tests indicate non-compliance with the Contract Documents, Testing and Inspection Services 01410-3


subsequent retesting occasioned by the non-compliance shall be performed by the same testing agency, at no additional cost to SEPTA.

H. Inspecting and testing performed exclusively for the Contractor's convenience

shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

The Contractor shall provide temporary facilities and controls needed for the performance of its Work, provide for public and employee safety and protect SEPTA property. This may include, but not necessarily limited to:

1. Temporary utilities such as heat, water, electricity, and telephone; 2. Field office for the Contractor's personnel and a separate facility

for SEPTA’s personnel use 3. Sanitary facilities 4. Enclosures such as tarpaulins, barricades and canopies; 5. First-aid facilities 6. Temporary fencing and other safety devices for pedestrian and

vehicular traffic as well as isolating the construction area. 7. Entry Control 8. Personnel Identification

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Agreement B. Section 01010: Summary of Work

C. Section 01011: Summary of Project

D. Section 01041: Project Coordination E. Section 01060: Regulatory Requirements and Safety F. Section 01580: Project Identification Signs and Other Construction

Signage

G. Section 01590: SEPTA Field Office 1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. The Contractor shall comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01300.

B. If required by the SEPTA PM, the Contractor shall provide shop Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 01500-1


drawings (including sealed engineering drawings if requested) for any temporary facility.

1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING

A. The Contractor shall maintain and protect all temporary facilities and controls in proper and safe condition throughout progress of the Work. For facilities visible to the public, the contractor will maintain them in an acceptable appearance and repair any vandalism within 24 hours or as requested by the SEPTA PM.

1.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND SERVICES

A. Water

1. The Contractor shall provide drinking water from an approved source, so piped or transported as to keep it safe and fresh and served from single service containers or satisfactory types of drinking stands or fountains. All such facilities and services shall be furnished in strict accordance with existing governing health regulations.

2. Refer to the Agreement, Paragraph VIII.D. The Contractor shall

protect pipes from freezing during inclement weather and any vandalism.

B. Sanitary facilities:

1. Refer to the Agreement Paragraph VIII.D. 2. The contractor is prohibited from using existing toilet facilities –

either those intended for SEPTA personnel or those intended for the public at large.

2. The Contractor shall furnish for the work force on this project, the

necessary toilet conveniences, secluded from public observation. The conveniences shall be kept in a clean, sanitary condition and shall comply with the requirements and regulations of the agencies having jurisdiction. The SEPTA PM must approve all toilet locations and may demand increased maintenance if he finds the level of maintenance unacceptable.

C. Power and Lighting:

1. The Contractor shall provide, maintain and pay for all costs of

temporary electrical and lighting services required at the site for the proper performance and inspection of work. The level of lighting shall not be less than the existing. Remove services and lighting after completion of work and repair of all damages.

Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 01500-2

69th Street Transportation Center Parking Garage Phase 1 Construction – Transformer Substation 2. The Contractor shall provide area distribution boxes so located

that the individual trades may furnish and use 100 ft. maximum length extension cords to obtain power and lighting at points where needed for work, inspection, and safety.

3. The Contractor shall provide all necessary items such as

breakers, transformers, panel boards, and cable required for the service. The Contractor shall provide a complete distribution system expanded as required during the construction including wiring devices, outlets, distribution panels, transformers, cable and other related work necessary to provide a temporary power system for use during construction.

4. The Contractor shall pay all costs associated with the utility tie-ins,

physical plant, maintenance of system throughout construction, removal of same at project completion and any other items necessary in providing temporary power and light.

5. The temporary power and lighting system shall at all times

conform with the applicable codes and regulations of OSHA, NEMA, UL, and the local municipality.

D. Telephones: The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and

pay costs for installation, maintenance and operation of direct line (non-pay type) telephone services in SEPTA's field office at the site. Portable (cellular) may be provided to fulfill this requirement at the SEPTA PM discretion.

E. Heating: The Contractor shall provide and maintain heat necessary for

proper conduct of operations. 1.06 ACCESS, STORAGE AND PARKING AREAS

A. The General Contractor shall establish a construction compound in which the Coordinating Contractor provided SEPTA office trailers will be located adjacent to the Coordinating Contractor’s office trailers. The physical location of the compound will require written approval of SEPTA's Project Manager.

B. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of 2 parking spaces adjacent

to the SEPTA trailers within the compound for SEPTA vehicles.

C. The Contractor shall provide all necessary security for this compound area. The Contractor shall provide all necessary keys to SEPTA's Project Manager so as to provide access to the compound at any time.



D. The Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a plan layout of the Compound within 7 days after Notice to Proceed (NTP).

E. The Contractor shall coordinate the provision of utility services for all

trailers and be responsible for all installation charges, removal costs at Project completion, and any periodic or other charges incidental to the provision of those utility services.

F. Upon final acceptance of the Work, the Contractor shall clean up the

work areas and leave them in a neat and orderly condition. The Contractor shall dismantle and remove all temporary fencing and barricades and other temporary items installed, unless otherwise directed by the Project Manager. Repair damaged areas to their original condition.

1.07 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS

A. Contractor's Field Office:

1. Furnish and maintain a field office with a telephone at the site during the entire period of construction. The Contractor’s superintendent shall be present at said office at all times while its work is in progress. Keep readily accessible, at the field office, copies of both the Contract Documents and the latest approved shop and working drawings.

2. Submit for SEPTA's written acceptance, working drawings

showing proposed locations and size of offices and shops.

B. Field Office Security

The Contractor shall Guard against unauthorized or illegal entry and protect the field office against vandalism, theft and mischief. The Contractor shall be responsible for the replacement and/or compensation for any items owned by SEPTA or SEPTA employees, which are related to the subject work, which are removed or damaged as the result of vandalism, theft, mischief or illegal entry to the field office.

C. Upon project completion, the Contractor shall assume ownership of and remove temporary field offices and appurtenances from the job site, except as otherwise noted.

1.08 TEMPORARY BARRICADES, ENCLOSURES AND FENCING

A. The Contractor shall provide all temporary barricades required by the Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 01500-4


Phasing Plans, including barricades for designated Contractor work areas, Contractor laydown areas, and public access for areas that must remain open during a phase. 1. Where barricades are required outside a designated work area for

the exclusive use of a Contractor, that Contractor shall provide them.

2. SEPTA reserves the right to require the contractor to provide all

necessary barricades to insure the safety of SEPTA personnel and passengers as determined by the SEPTA PM, whose decision shall be final

B. Submit drawings of the proposed temporary barricades for SEPTA’s

review. Do not install barricades until the drawings for them have been reviewed by SEPTA.

C. The temporary barricades shall be of a design as shown on the

drawings.

1. Barricades shall enclose and prevent entry into the work area and shall be full height and dustproof.

2. Barricades shall be constructed of materials suitable for location.

At open location in unconfined spaces - Wood construction shall conform to the AFPA “National Design Specification for Wood Construction”, the latest edition. As a minimum, the barricades shall be constructed of 5/8 “thick APA rated exterior grade plywood. Framing members shall be Spruce-Pine-Fir No.2 or better, a minimum of 2” x 4” and larger sizes as necessary, spaced at a maximum 16” on center to provide a rigid temporary structure to resist all applicable loads.

All barriers in confined spaces, as determined by the SEPTA PM, must be constructed to not contribute smoke to or support flame spread of a fire. To achieve this, such barriers shall be built of metal studs and Wonderboard style cement board.

3. Barricades shall be painted on all solid surfaces exposed to public

view.

4. Traffic cones and/or stakes with ribbons shall not be used in SEPTA Stations to differentiate construction areas in lieu of barricades.

D. Temporary Doors: The temporary barricades shall have a reasonable

number of hollow metal doors and frames, with locksets, at locations acceptable to SEPTA. The locksets on the doors requiring SEPTA



access for operational and safety reasons shall be keyed to SEPTA’s Standard Lock System.

E. On a daily basis, the Contractor shall maintain the temporary barricades

in a “like new” condition. The Contractor shall remove graffiti and restore surfaces on a continual maintenance basis. Maintenance shall continue until the barricades are removed.

F. The Contractor is required to enclose areas required by SEPTA for

access and maintenance. If these areas are in public areas they shall be secured with temporary barricades and doors in accordance to 1.08 C&D above. The Contractor shall take all means to alleviate any or all tripping and falling hazards both within the work site but also in public areas. Areas where the general public or passengers may fall shall be secure and covered.

1.09 TEMPORARY SIGNAGE (CONSTRUCTION)

A. The contractor must provide an adequate number (minimum of 20 - 48” x 48” wayfinding signs) of signs to direct the public around the construction site, as determined by the SEPTA PM. These signs must be professionally fabricated and maintained/replaced to keep an “as new” appearance.

B. The contractor must install project identification signs as defined in

Section 01580: Project Identification Signs and Other Construction Signage. These signs must be professionally fabricated and maintained/replaced to keep an “as new” appearance.

1.10 PROTECTION OF NEW WORK AND AREAS OUTSIDE OF THE PROJECT

A. The contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect new work (whether executed by him or others). All damage which does occur shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the SEPTA PM at no cost to SEPTA.

B. The contractor must avoid damaging all property and facilities not

included in the project scope. All damage which does occur shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the SEPTA PM at no cost to SEPTA. If non-SEPTA property is damaged it must be repaired to the written satisfaction of the owner and at no cost to SEPTA.

1.11 DUST CONTROL

A. The contractor shall take all necessary precautions to eliminate dust Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 01500-6


and dirt created during the construction process from entering non-project areas and those areas not owned by SEPTA. The contractor shall be responsible for cleaning affected areas and restoring then to their preconstruction condition to the satisfaction of the property owner and at no cost to SEPTA.

1.12 SECURITY

A. The Contractor shall provide adequate security measures to protect material, equipment, and work from incidental and intentional damage or theft at project site locations, staging areas and fabrication yards.

B. The use of guard dogs and the possession of firearms on SEPTA property are prohibited.

C. The contractor shall be responsible for supplying the following security measures:

1. Exterior lighting of 20 – 30 lux within the yard areas.

2. 8’ high chain link fence enclosure with gate(s) so the yard areas may be fully secured during non-work periods. Chain link fence fabric to have openings no greater than 2 1/2”.

D. The Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a plan layout of the security measures within 21 days after Notice to Proceed (NTP). This information may be included in the compound plan required by 1.06 D above.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01505 - MOBILIZATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

This Section specifies the mobilization of the construction plant and equipment at the Work site; for materials and supplies necessary for the prosecution of the work, but not to be incorporated in the Work; for construction of temporary facilities; for work preparatory to commencing the Work and for demobilization of the construction plant.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. SEPTA 69th Street West Terminal construction B. SEPTA 69th Street T-wall construction on south side of tracks C. SEPTA 69th Street Yard dumpster (spoils and trash) D. SEPTA various buildings and bridge work

1.03 SUBMITTALS

Submit within 21 days after the Notice to Proceed, a layout of the proposed construction site including fences, roads, buildings, trailers and storage areas. If non-SEPTA property is to be utilized, submit a proposal and obtain tentative approval for this arrangement before committing to any lease arrangements or other legal agreements for the use of this land.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Construction plant and equipment shall be of the capacity, type, quality, function and in the quantity necessary for the timely prosecution of the Work.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL

A. Construction plant, equipment, materials, supplies, temporary buildings, facilities and other items necessary for mobilization shall be available at the work site at the times they are to be built, used, installed or operated.

Mobilization 01505-1


B. Construction plant location shall be approved by SEPTA and shall be

appropriately close to the portion of the Work for which it will be used. The construction plant, including equipment and personnel, shall have sufficient capacity, in the opinion of the Project Manager, to permit a rate of progress which will insure completion of the Work within the contract time required by the Agreement and shall also have sufficient excess capacity for emergencies and overloading.

The Project Manager shall have the right to reject construction plants and apparatus which, are in its opinion, unsafe, improper, or inadequate. Rejected construction plants and apparatus shall be brought to acceptable condition or shall be removed from the jobsite by the Contractor.

3.02 DEMOBILIZATION

A. Upon completion of the Work. The Contractor shall remove construction plant, equipment, materials, supplies, temporary building, facilities and other items that were necessary for mobilization. The Contractor shall return the area allocated for the construction plant to its condition prior to the start of the Work.

END OF SECTION

Mobilization 01505-2


SECTION 01510 - MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING UTILITY FACILITIES


A. This Section specifies the coordination, maintenance, support, protection and restoration requirements of existing public and private utilities affected by construction.

B. Existing Utility Facilities: Existing utility facilities include, but are not

limited to the following: Electric

C. Utilities impacted:

PECO Energy – Peter Kirlin 450 S. Henderson Road, Suite B King of Prussia, PA 19406 215-841-4000 [email protected]

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Section 01010: Summary of Work B. Section 01011: Summary of Project

C. Section 01060: Regulatory Requirements and Safety

D. Section 01300: Submittals

E. Sections 02050: Demolition

F. Sections 02220: Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings and Working Drawings:

1. The Contractor shall submit working and shop drawings indicating

Maintenance, Support and Restoration of Existing Utility Facilities 01510-1

mailto:[email protected]


its plan and schedule for performance of work to the appropriate Utility Company for review and approval. A copy of this submittal shall be furnished to SEPTA and or Architect/Engineer in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300 by the Contractor.

2. The Contractor’s Work Drawings shall detail the actual location of

existing facilities, including aerial interference which these facilities present to new work, as well as proposed method of proceeding with actual construction and details of proposed support systems.

3. Do not commence work until written approval has been received

from the affected Utilities and the Project Manager.

B. Documentation:

1. Notice of commencement of work:

a. The Contractor shall provide to the Utility notice of 21 days, or as otherwise required by the affected Utilities, prior to date of intended commencement of operations to parties having surface, subsurface or overhead structures in the construction area.

b. The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of 73 P.S.

176 et seq., which sets forth PA's "One Call System".

c. Provide copies of notices to the Project Manager. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Codes, Regulations, Reference Standards and Specifications:

1. Contractor shall obtain a copy of the PECO Blue book (free online) and shall review Figure 8.52 in Chapter 8 (Metering). This details the metering installation which is shown on drawings.

1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Coordinate with the specified utility companies who are furnishing materials for the work to determine availability, locations and required



methods of storage and care of materials prior to incorporation into the work.

B. Transport, store and handle materials in accordance with the requirements

of the utilities. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Location of Facilities:

1. Prior to start of any Work, contact the Pennsylvania-One-Call System in order to provide for locating and marking underground facilities.

2. Locations of existing facilities shown are plotted from available records; however, these locations are not guaranteed.

3. Verify locations of facilities by field investigation within and

adjacent to limits of the project which may be affected by construction operations. Avoid damage or disruption of facilities during operation.

4. Upon encountering an existing facility, which is not shown, or

upon ascertaining that a facility differs from that shown, determine ownership, use and disposition of such facility and proceed as follows:

a. If the facility is abandoned or is to be abandoned, perform

necessary work for either condition as shown or specified.

b. If facility is to remain in service, perform support and restoration work in accordance with these specifications.

B. Coordination with Utilities

1. All required outage must be coordinated with PECO and SEPTA (SEPTA PM provides final approval) for continuity of service to Station.

2. PECO will be one of the reviewing entities for the switchgear shop drawings. All interface equipment will need to comply with PECO standards.

3. PECO Transmission lines must be protected at all times. Minimum 37’ of clearance must be maintained from tower centerlines.

4. PECO will make secondary termination on PTS and CTS and install the meters.

C. Responsibilities of Contractor:



1. Maintain and protect facilities.

2. Give notice of commencement of Work as specified.

3. Notify the Project Manager and the Utility of damage to facilities caused by construction operations. Repair or reimbursement for repair of such damage is the responsibility of the Contractor. Damaged electrical cables will be repaired or replaced as determined by the Utility with all costs borne by the Contractor.

4. Provide access for inspection of facilities and for emergencies

involving utility services.

5. Permit free and clear access to utility personnel for purposes of inspection, maintenance, providing additional service and construction of new facilities, if required.

6. When approved working drawing or shop drawings show a

temporary facility provided for the Contractor's benefit, the Contractor shall supply necessary materials and perform this work, at no cost to SEPTA.

7. The Contractor is responsible for direct payment to the Utility for

work accomplished by the Utility at the request of the Contractor for the Contractor’s convenience or for preferred method and means of the Contractor.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL

A. Backfill: In accordance with Section 02220.

B. Utility Facilities: As specified in other Sections of these specifications and as required by the Utility owner.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL

A. The Contractor shall maintain complete in-place continuity of all utility service, and provide proper support and protect utility facilities in



accordance with the Specifications of the Utility affected. B. Support facilities so as not to expose them to undo vibrations. Support

and maintenance of these facilities will be subject to inspection by the Utility.

C. Repair or replace public utilities damaged during construction at no cost

to SEPTA, to the satisfaction of the Utility.

D. Assume the cost for repair or replacement of private utilities damaged during construction, which will be repaired or replaced, by the private Utility.

E. Conform to the specifications and standard practices of the affected

utility owners. Coordinate with utility owners, which work, shall be done by Contractor and which work shall be done by the Utility owner.

F. Provide, install, and maintain all temporary facilities required to provide

interim utility service when a utility facility is to be relocated and when a utility facility to be replaced is abandoned prior to replacement.

3.02 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING OF UTILITY TRENCHES

A. Excavate and backfill utility trenches in accordance with Section 02220 and with the requirements of the affected utility.

B. Proceed with caution in areas of utility facilities; expose them by hand

excavation or other methods acceptable to facility owner. 3.03 PAVEMENTS, SIDEWALKS, CURBS AND GUTTERS AND OTHER

FEATURES A. In accordance with Section remove pavements, sidewalks, curbs and

gutters and other existing features where necessitated by utility trenches and those which interfere with the successful completion of the required work and may be directed to be removed by the Project Manager.

B. Replace pavements, sidewalks, curbs and gutters and other existing

features, required to be replaced or directed to be replaced by the Project Manager in accordance with other sections of these specifications.

C. Place temporary pavements where necessitated by sequence of



operation. 3.04 UNSAFE AND UNSUITABLE UTILITY STRUCTURES

A. General Requirements:

If, upon exposure, condition or location of facility to be supported in place is found to be unsafe for maintenance or support, contact utility for repair or reconstruction procedures.

B. Electric, Communication and Similar Type Facilities:

1. If structures containing electrical, communication and similar types of cables shown to be maintained complete in place are found upon exposure to be incapable of being maintained in place because of condition, location or both contact Utility for repair or reconstruction procedures.

2. When service box, manhole or conduit structure containing

electrical or communication cables is broken away, contact Utility for repair or replacement procedures.

3. Exercise care when working in vicinity of telephone structures

containing coaxial cable or fiber optic cable which cannot withstand movement.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01550

SITE ACCESS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. Access roads B. Parking C. Site Access D. Existing pavements and parking areas E. Permanent pavements and parking facilities F. Maintenance G. Removal and repair


A. Section 01010: Summary of Work B. Section 01011: Summary of Project C. Section 01300: Submittals D. Section 01041: Project Coordination E. Section 01500: Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls F. Section 01505: Mobilization G. Section 01570 Maintenance and Protection of Vehicles, Pedestrians and

Passengers H. Section 02100: Site Preparation I. Section 02900: Seeding and Mulching J. Section 02950: Site Restoration

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (N/A) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 ACCESS TO THE SITE

A. Access to the construction site shall be as defined by SEPTA. 3.02 PREPARATION

A. The Contractor shall clear areas as necessary to support project construction and per Specification 02100 Site Preparation.

3.03 ACCESS ROADS (Not Used) Site Access 01550-1

69th Street Transportation Center Parking Garage Phase 1 Construction – Transformer Substation 3.04 PARKING

A. The Contractor shall provide temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel.

3.05 EXISTING PAVEMENTS AND PARKING AREAS

A. The Contractor shall limit the use of existing on-site streets and driveways for construction traffic. Tracked vehicles are not allowed on public roads.

B. The Contractor’s employees’ use of areas designated for existing public and passenger parking facilities is not permitted.

C. The Contractor shall not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment in public parking areas.

3.06 MAINTENANCE

A. The Contractor shall maintain traffic and parking areas in a sound condition, free of excavated material, construction equipment, construction products, mud, snow, and ice.

B. The Contractor shall maintain existing (and permanent) paved areas used for construction and promptly repair breaks, potholes, low areas, standing water, and other deficiencies, to maintain paving and drainage in original, or specified, condition.

3.07 REMOVAL AND REPAIR

A. The Contractor shall remove temporary materials placed for site access and repair existing facilities damaged by use to original condition per specification 01500, 01505 and 02950.

END OF SECTION

Site Access 01550-2


SECTION 01570 - MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION OF VEHICLES, PEDESTRIANS AND PASSENGERS


A. The Work specified in this Section consists of furnishing, installing, maintaining, and subsequently removing temporary traffic control devices, and temporary traffic striping and markings and furnishing flagmen. If the work does require flagging and affects a state highway, the flagman must receive state training and approval. The Work also includes controlling, warning, guiding, and protecting vehicles and pedestrian traffic on streets and sidewalks affected by construction of the Project, and adjacent to worksite; maintenance and control of SEPTA passengers on, or adjacent to, the worksite, ensuring unimpeded access to buildings and/or SEPTA Facilities adjacent to the worksite; and the closing of streets and sidewalks; all as specified and directed by the Contract Documents including Maintenance of Traffic and Construction Phasing Contract Drawings.

B. The Contract Drawings detail the approved vehicle traffic and pedestrian control plan required for the Work. The Contractor shall prepare working drawings showing proposed traffic control devices and shall apply to Upper Darby Township for any permits necessary to work in the public right-of-way.

Any proposed changes to the indicated vehicle traffic control plan shall be

shown on working drawings prepared by the Contractor and shall be submitted to the Upper Darby Township Department of Public Works for approval. A copy of the revised and approved drawings shall be transmitted to the Project Manager.

C. The Contract Drawings detail the SEPTA approved passenger control plan

required for the Work. The Contractor(s) passenger control plan can be submitted with the work plan (Section 01010) and Site Specific Work Plan, if applicable.

Any proposed changes to passenger control plan shall be shown on working drawings prepared by the Contractor and shall be submitted to the Project Manager for SEPTA’s review.

Maintenance and Protection of Vehicles, Pedestrians, and Passengers 01570-1

69th Street Transportation Center Parking Garage Phase 1 Construction – Transformer Substation 100% Submission 1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Section 01010: Summary of Work

B. Section 01011: Summary of Project C. Section 01041: Project Coordination

D. Section 01060: Regulatory Requirements and Safety

E. Section 01300: Submittals

F. Section 01500: Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. The Contractor shall submit a Traffic Control Plan (TCP) to PennDOT for approval (copy to Project Manager) before starting Work; submit an updated TCP every time it becomes necessary to modify traffic operation or undertake construction in accordance with the requirements of PennDOT Publication No. 203, "Work Zone Traffic Control". The TCP shall show and describe proposed locations and time durations of the following:

1. Pedestrian and public vehicular traffic routing.

2. Traffic blockage and lane reductions anticipated to be caused by construction operations.

3. Allowable on-street parking within immediate vicinity of worksite.

4. Access to buildings immediately adjacent to worksite.

5. Driveways which will, and those which will not, be blocked by

construction operations.

6. Temporary traffic control devices required on streets and sidewalks affected by construction.

7. Temporary commercial and industrial loading and unloading

zones.



B. The Contractor shall submit a Passenger or Pedestrian Control Plan in accordance with the construction Phasing Drawings. All Passenger control signage shall be submitted to SEPTA for review prior to Fabrication.


A. Referenced Standards:

1. Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of Transportation, PennDOT Standard Specifications, Publication 408, latest edition.

2. Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of Transportation,

Publication No. 203, Work Zone Traffic Control, latest edition

B. A color proof of all graphics must be reviewed by SEPTA prior to fabrication and use.

1.05 JOB CONDITIONS (not used) PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES

A. The Contractor shall conform to the latest Regulations for Official Traffic

Control Devices, 67 PA Code, Chapter 211; 67 PA Code, Chapter 203; and, if required, as follows:

1. PennDOT Pub. 408, Section 627.2, Temporary Concrete Barrier.

2. PennDOT Pub. 408, Section 962.2, Painting Traffic Lines and

Markings.

B. Signs:

Two (2) “ROAD CLOSED” signs

C. Warning lights and flares; Capable of alerting approaching traffic to hazards, unsafe conditions, and variances to normal traffic patterns.

D. High-rise warning flag unit: Have three flags mounted nine feet above

the base.



2.02 FLAGMEN SIGN

A. Twenty-four (24) inches, octagonal, and attached to a five-foot handle. One side of sign shall be a stop sign, and the other side of the sign shall be a slow sign.

B. Stop Sign shall have white reflectorized letters, not shorter than eight inches, spelling STOP on a reflectorized, red, octagonal background.

C. Slow Sign shall have black letters, not shorter than eight inches, spelling SLOW on a reflectorized, orange, diamond background. The area between diamond and edge of flagmen sign shall be black.

2.03 STATION CONTROL DEVICES

A. All signs shall be of commercial quality and shall conform to SEPTA’s graphic design standards. Submit all signs for review by SEPTA at least ten (10) working days in advance of any work that will disrupt pedestrian movement, disrupt transit operations, or necessitate closing of stairways, entrances, etc. Do not perform the work until the signs are in place.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES AND DETOURS

A. Install traffic control devices as shown on the plans.

3.02 FLAGMEN

3.03 CONTROLLING VEHICULAR, PEDESTRIAN ACCESS AND FLOW ADJACENT TO WORKSITE /AND/OR STATION

A. Fabricate and install passenger control signage and other devices according to the approved passenger control plan.

B. Maintain each sign throughout the project in a “like new” condition, free of all unrelated signs, posters, painting, advertising and defacement of any kind. Replace signs as necessary to maintain them in the “like new” conditions.



C. Remove all signs from the site and repair damages when the temporary condition no longer is necessary or within 14 days of notice from SEPTA.

3.04 REMOVAL OF DEVICES

A. Remove traffic control devices once project is substantially complete and as approved by SEPTA PM.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01580 - PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION SIGNAGE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

The work specified in this Section consists of furnishing and installing project identification signs and temporary construction signs as described below and required by the Contract Documentation.


A. Section 01300

B. Section 01500

C. Section 01570

D. Attachment: SEPTA Starburst Sign

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. In accordance with Section 01300, submit the following:

1. Shop drawings of each sign scheduled to be utilized duringconstruction. Indicate materials, size, location, fonts and colorsproposed for use.

2. After consultation with the Project Manager, submit the followingsign information for review and approval by SEPTA.

a. Sketch and narrative description identifying the location,orientation and mounting height of each sign.

b. Total quantity of each sign to be utilized

c. Name, address, telephone number and key contact personof the company responsible for the fabrication of the sign.

3. Hardware and mounting details for erection of each sign.

Project Identification Signs and other Construction Signage 01580-1

69th Street Transportation Center Parking Garage Phase 1 Construction – Transformer Substation 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Signs shall be commercial quality and proofs shall be approved by SEPTA prior to fabrication.

1. Install Project Identification Signs within forty-five (45) calendar

days after the Notice to Proceed.

2. Temporary Signage

3. The No Trespassing Sign is to be installed within the Contractor’s Project compound and other areas to be determined by the Project Manager.

B. Non-project Signs:

Non project signs, such as business advertisements or labor union notices may be permitted subject to review by the SEPTA project Manager whose decision will be final.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN MATERIAL

A. Sign Material

Cut sign base from a single 4’ x 8’ x ¾” thick, waterproof exterior. A-B grade plywood with a smooth, finished surface. Round edges to a 1/8” radius. Joints will not be permitted.

B. Mounting Material:

1. General: Provide mounting frames and hardware of such quality to

be able to support the sign under all weather conditions for the duration of the project.

a. Unless surface mounted, support signs with frames

constructed with painted pressure treated dimension lumber, or other approved non-conductive material, of sufficient size to brace against weather conditions.

b. Secure surface mounted signs using anchoring devices

approved by SEPTA.

2. Hardware:



a. Galvanized screws or bolts with galvanized nuts and washers.

b. Paint all hardware, visible in the finished assembly, to match

the adjointing surface of the sign or mounting.

3. Posts:

Pressure treated dimensional lumber or other non-conductive material acceptable to SEPTA.

C. Paint:

1. Paint sign surfaces, posts and mounting frames with one coat of primer sealer and two coats of white semi-gloss enamel on all sides and edges.

2. Use paint manufactured for exterior use by a manufacturer

acceptable to SEPTA.

D. Acceptable Fabricator: A company specializing in and having documented experience in the fabrication of graphic signs. Submit the fabricator’s credentials tot eh SEPTA Project Manager for approval before any fabrication.

E. SEPTA Project Sign:

1. Provide 4 SEPTA Project Signs. Sample SEPTA Project Sign is

shown on Sketch # SEPTA-1, attached at the end of this Section.

Size: 4’ x 6’

2. SEPTA will provide the Contractor with a proof copy of the information to be displayed on the SEPTA Project Sign at the Pre-Construction Meeting.

3. Obtain the services of a graphic sign company to transfer the

information contained on the SEPTA provided computer disk onto 0.1 mm pressure sensitive vinyl with Weather-All Fluorinated Polyurethane Coating, or approved equal film. The vinyl shall be mounted onto the sign surface.

4. Do not include information on the SEPTA Project Signs except that

contained on the computer disk provided by SEPTA.



5. The Contractor is responsible for advising the Project Manager of any problems that occur during the production of the SEPTA Project Sign.

2.02 TEMPORARY SIGNS

A. Temporary signs are considered to be any sign not included in Article 2.01 above that is required to be erected during the construction phase of the project and removed at the completion of the construction phase of the project. These signs include, but are not limited to, Pedestrian Wayfinding signs, Field Office Signs, and Safety and instructional signs for workers and visitors. This section does not include signs utilized and required for the purpose of identifying public street traffic closures and/or detours.

1. Pedestrian wayfinding signs

a. Each sign not to exceed 750 sq. in unless specifically required by the SEPTA Project Manager.

b. Signs shall be black Helvetica bold letters on white background with key information in red.

c. If vandalized, signs must be replaced at no cost to SEPTA. d. All signs must meet accessibility guidelines. e. Total sign count not to exceed 20 signs per phase. f. If in satisfactory condition, signs may be reused phase to phase

with approval of the SEPTA PM.

B. Field Office Signs:

1. Size: 4’ x 5’ wide.

2. Letter with black enamel paint, using block letters at least 4” high, with the Contract name. Contract number, and the words “CONTRACTOR’S FIELD OFFICE” or “SEPTA’S FIELD OFFICE” as appropriate with each word painted on a separate line.

3. Where the field offices to be identified are not readily visible from

the work site entrance, paint a directional arrow on the sign and locate the sign near the entrance. In this case, provide additional signs of reduced size with the words “CONTRACTOR’S FIELD OFFICE” or “SEPTA’S FIELD OFFICE” as necessary to direct traffic to, and identify the field office location(s).



C. No Trespassing Sign

1. Sign base will be white baked enamel aluminum, 12” wide, 18” high and .062” thick. Additional prints of two colors will be used; fire red and black. 1” boarder on the top and both sides and ½ “ boarder on the bottom.

2. Sign Information

a. 1” down from the top is a 10” wide x 2.75” high fire red block

with reversed out white copy at 1.5” Helvetica. Med. Acct. A. K. Rev. M that reads: WARNING centered in caps.

b. 5” down from the top is the baseline for 0.75” Helvetica.

Med. Acct. A. K. Rev. M, black copy to read: NO TRESPASSING centered in caps.

c. 8.75” down from top is the center of a 6” fire red outlined

circle .5” thick with a diagonal 45 degree slash from the upper left to the lower right of the circle. Behind the circle and slash is a 4.5” pictograph of a walking pedestrian.

d. 13” down from the top is the baseline for 0.75” Helvetica.

Med. Acct. A. K. Rev. M, in black copy to read: AUTHORIZED centered in caps.

e. 14.125” down from the top is the baseline for 0.75 Helvetica.

Med. Acct. A. K. Rev. M, in black copy to read: PERSONNEL ONLY centered in caps.

f. 16.5” down from the top is the baseline for 0.375” Helvetica.

Med. Acct. A. K. Rev. M, broken down in 4 lines of black copy to read:

All Others Will Be Prosecuted In

Accordance With the Penalties Provided In Section 3503 OF The Pennsylvania

Crimes Code. Centered with initial caps.

g. 17.5” down from the top, flush right, is the base line for 0.5” SEPTA logo in black.



3. Fasteners are not incorporated in the sign. Contractors can drill holes in the signs to mount them on fencing, walls, and barricades not to obstruct the message of the sign.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION

A. Prior to erection, examine all signs to verify that the size, material and wording is in accordance with the approved shop drawings.

B. Examine areas and conditions under which the signs are to be located.

Prior to erection, notify the Project Manager of any conditions that may differ from the information identified on the sign submission.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Install signs in accordance with approved shop drawings and as directed by the Project Manager. Support all non-surface mounted signs on a minimum of two posts, anchored into the ground at a depth sufficient to provide rigid support of the sign during all weather conditions.

B. Provide Project Signs and SEPTA’s Field Office Signs at places

designated by SEPTA.

C. No Trespassing signs shall be posted on every side at 40’ spacing on all temporary fences and walls, barricades and compound fencing.

D. Temporary Signs (if required):

1. Field Office Signs: Provide one sign for the Contractor’s field

office to indicate the Contractor’s location.

2. Provide and install other temporary signs deemed necessary for the project by SEPTA.

E. Sign Maintenance: Maintain all signs throughout the course of

construction from installation until contract completion, keeping them clean, free from graffiti, in good repair and free of obstruction. Provide and maintain adequate protection against weather so as to preserve all work, materials, equipment, apparatus, and fixtures free from injury or damage. Maintain all signs free of all unrelated signs, posters, painting, advertising and defacement of any kind. Within five days of notice, the Contractor shall clean, repair or replace signs as necessary to maintain them in a “like-new” condition.



F. Within five days of final acceptance of the project by SEPTA, remove and dispose of all project identification and temporary signs. If any signs have disfigured a surface which is to become part of the final work, repair or replace the surface to the SEPTA Project Manager’s satisfaction. All costs for the removal and disposal of signs shall be borne by the Contractor.

END OF SECTION


Passage of Pennsylvania Act 89 creates a long term funding solution for critical highway and transit infrastructure needs across the Commonwealth. For the first time, this places SEPTA in a strong position to reinvest in and rebuild the system to provide safe, reliable service, while enhancing the travel experience for current and future customers by upgrading, rehabilitating, and replacing critical infrastructure including bridges, track, traction power systems, and vehicles.

15TH STREET STATIONIMPROVEMENTS

THIS PROJECT INCLUDES• ADA Accessibility Improvements• New Elevator Construction• Fare Line Modifications• New 15th and 16th Street Corridor Wall, Floor and Ceiling Systems• New Platform Surfaces• New Ceilings• New Wall Tiles• New Power Distribution and Lighting Systems• New Fire Alarm and Suppression Systems• New CCTV System• Station Signage Improvements

BEGINNINGSeptember 2016

PROJECT FUNDED BY:

For information regarding the SEPTA Rebuilding the System Program, including design and construction opportunities, visit www.septa.org/rebuilding


SECTION 01590

SEPTA FIELD OFFICE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

At a location acceptable to the Project Manager and within 30 days after receipt of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall provide and maintain until completion of the Work a temporary field office for the occupancy and use of SEPTA and its employees, with a minimum of 450 square feet of usable area divided into two areas, and equipped as specified in this section. At the completion of the work the Contractor shall provide for the removal of the temporary field office.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Section 01010: Summary of Work B. Section 01011: Summary of Project C. Section 01041: Project Coordination D. Section 01300: Submittals D. Section 01500: Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls

1.03 SUBMITTALS

In accordance with Section 01300, submit within 14 days after receipt of the Notice to Proceed a plan detailing SEPTA’s Office and associated appurtenances including parking and a bill of materials of all required office equipment and supplies for the review of the Project Manager.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS STANDARD EQUIPMENT Answering Machine Armchairs Bookcases Chairs Coat Rack Coffee Maker Copying Machine Desks Desk Lamps Drafting Table Stools Drafting Tables/Supplies SEPTA Field Office 01590-1

69th Street Transportation Center Parking Garage Phase 1 Construction – Transformer Substation Fax Machine File Cabinets (fire resistant and lockable) Fire Extinguishers First Aid Kit Folding Chairs Folding Office Table General Office Supplies (i.e. staplers, pencils) HVAC (Air Conditioner) Microwave Office Lighting Plan storage rack Refrigerator (Small) Sanitary Facilities Storage Cabinets Telephone (s) Thermometer (outdoor or ambient) Wastepaper Basket Water Cooler with appurtenances Work Tables Wall Clock Wall Board (Blackboard/s) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 OFFICE

1. Weathertight, with barred windows and doors, each equipped with screens and adequate locking devices. Exterior doors shall be equipped with cylinder locks and dead bolts, both keyed alike with two keys and also provided with burglar-proof bars and locks across the doors.

2. Insulated exterior wall, ceilings and floors.

3. Floor covered with resilient flooring material such as asphalt tile or

linoleum.

4. Restroom with lavatory, toilet, soap holder, toilet paper, holders, paper towel dispenser, wastepaper basket, mirror, and hot and cold water supply, or restroom facilities commensurate with Contractor's own on-site facilities. Restroom facilities for SEPTA personnel must be provided within the field office provided. Portable toilets or porta-potties are not acceptable facilities for SEPTA personnel use unless approved by the SEPTA PM.

5. Sufficient lighting to provide a minimum of 100-foot candles at desk light

uniformly in all areas. SEPTA Field Office 01590-2


6. Grounded duplex electrical receptacles around interior walls at approximately 10-foot spacing.

7. Automatically controlled heating and air-conditioning systems with

thermostats, capable of maintaining the office at an ambient temperature ranging between 64 and 78 degrees F. The Contractor shall provide fuel and bear all costs in connection therewith.

8. The Contractor shall provide water, sewer, and electrical utility service

as required.

9. The Contractor shall provide continuous telephone service within the field office and bear all costs in connection therewith, including long distance telephone charges until final completion and acceptance of the work. The Contractor shall provide as follows:

a. Project Manager: two separate phone lines on one unit.

b. One separate unit with two separate phone lines into the field

engineer's area.

c. One telephone answering machine connected to Project Manager's line.

3.02 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE:

1. The Contractor shall provide all electrical and telephone tie-ins for the field office and provide continuous maintenance of utility tie-ins during the construction period.

2. The Contractor shall provide continuous maintenance during the

construction period including daily janitorial service for offices and toilet facilities and provide toiletry supplies as necessary. The Contractor shall clean the windows bi-weekly.

3. The Contractor shall repair or refinish damaged areas as required.

4. The Contractor shall provide supplies for the copying machine for an

average usage of approximately 1500 copies per month.

5. The Contractor shall repair or replace the FAX machine and related equipment within 48 hours of becoming inoperable or defective.

6. The Contractor shall pay cost of all utilities including long distance

telephone usage. 3.03 SEPTA PARKING SEPTA Field Office 01590-3


A. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of 2 parking spaces at the trailer location for SEPTA's use.

3.04 SECURITY

A. The Contractor shall guard against unauthorized or illegal entry and protect the field office against vandalism, theft and mischief. The Contractor shall be responsible for the replacement and/or compensation for any item owned by the SEPTA or its employees, which are related to the subject work, removed or damaged as the result of vandalism, theft, mischief or illegal entry to the field office.

3.05 REMOVAL

A. Upon project completion, the Contractor shall remove temporary field office and appurtenances from the worksite.

END OF SECTION

SEPTA Field Office 01590-4


SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

Work of this section includes:

A. Manufacturer’s Recommendations

B. Fulfilling SEPTA sustainability goals and the reuse of materials

C. Transportation and handling

D. Storage and protection

E. Repairs and Replacements

F. Product options 1.02 RELATED WORK

A. SEPTA Agreement

B. Section 01010: Summary of Work

C. Section 01011: Summary of Project

D. Section 01060: Regulatory Requirements and Safety

E. Section 01300: Submittals

F. Section 01400: Quality Requirement 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. The Contractor shall include in its Quality Assurance Program all procedures that are required to assure the proper handling, storage and installation of all materials and equipment.

B. The contractor must identify the country of origin for all materials subject to source restrictions such as the “Buy America” requirements. Specifically stated relief, including acknowledgement of the country of origin, from these regulations must be obtained in writing before

Material and Equipment 01600-1


installation of any non-conforming material. Merely obtaining clearance for non-conforming material through the submittal process, even if the country or origin is stated, shall not be interpreted as providing this relief.

C. The contractor shall turn over copies of all bills of lading, packing slips, labels, quality assurance test results and other information which establishes that materials delivered to the job site are consistent with the requirements of the construction documents to the SEPTA PM.

D. The contractor shall maintain on site a copy of storage and installation instructions and Material Safety Data Sheets for all materials being used in the project.

1.05 MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDATIONS:

The Contractor shall comply with manufacturers' recommendations on product handling, storage, and protection except as noted in the Contract Documents or otherwise approved by SEPTA. If the contract documents deviate from any manufacturer’s recommendations for material utilization and/or installation, the contractor shall bring this to the attention of the SEPTA Project Manager and obtain clarification before proceeding.

1.06 FULFILLING SEPTA SUSTAINABILITY GOALS AND THE REUSE OF MATERIALS

A. For materials identified elsewhere as required to meet specific

sustainability goals, the contractor will keep all documentation necessary to establish that specific materials were used in a manner which meets these requirements.

B. The Contractor shall not reuse materials and equipment found on the existing premises, except as specifically called for by the Contract Documents or as approved through the change order process. If materials are called to be reused, their use shall be documented to the satisfaction of the SEPTA Project Manager and in sufficient detail to fulfill all sustainability documentation requirements.

1.07 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING

A. The Contractor shall transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Excessive damage during transport and unloading, as judged by the SEPTA PM, may be grounds for rejection



of that material.

B. The Contractor shall promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged.

C. The Contractor shall provide equipment and personnel to handle

products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.

D. The Contractor shall deliver products to the job site in their manufacturer's original container, with labels intact and legible.

1. The Contractor shall maintain packaged materials with seals

unbroken and labels intact until time of installation.

2. The Contractor shall promptly remove damaged material and unsuitable items from the job site, and promptly replace with material meeting the specified requirements, at no additional cost to SEPTA.

E. SEPTA may reject, as non-complying, such material and products that

do not bear satisfactory identification as to manufacturer, grade, quality, and other pertinent information.

1.08 STORAGE AND PROTECTION

A. The Contractor shall store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible.

B. The Contractor shall store sensitive products in weather tight, climate

controlled enclosures.

1. Material subject to moisture damage as defined in the International Green Construction Code (IGCC) shall be inspected by an approved agency in conformance to the IGCC. Any material which has sustained damage per the IGCC will be repaired or replaced at the discretion of the SEPTA project Manager at no cost to SEPTA.

C. For exterior storage of fabricated products which are intended for

exterior installation; the Contractor shall provide above ground sloped supports as a minimum storage strategy. Components shall be appropriately protected from the weather. This storage is subject to the approval of the SEPTA PM.

D. The availability of laydown areas may be limited. Unless otherwise

directed by the contract documents, the Contractor shall make off-site Material and Equipment 01600-3


arrangements for storage, staging, and deliver material to the site as required to not affect work progress of other contractors and/or create unsafe conditions.

E. The Contractor shall protect all finished surfaces and equipment.

F. The Contractor shall provide protection for finished floor surfaces prior to allowing equipment or materials to be moved over such surfaces.

G. The Contractor shall maintain finished surfaces and equipment clean,

unmarred, and suitably protected until final acceptance by SEPTA. 1.09 REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS:

A. In event of damage, the Contractor shall promptly make replacements and repairs at no additional cost to SEPTA.

B. Additional time required to secure replacements and to make repairs

will not be considered by SEPTA as justification for extension to contract time.

1.10 PRODUCT OPTIONS & SUBSTITUTIONS

A. If a product becomes unavailable during the construction process, the contractor must submit an alternative following the normal submittal review process in Section 01300. Under no circumstances may a contractor install an alternate material from that which was submitted, no matter how closely the substitute resembles the original, without the written permission of the SEPTA PM.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01700

CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This Section specifies the requirements for closing out the Contract and

supplements requirements specified in Paragraph XII of the Agreement. B. Contract closeout is the term used to describe the collective Project

requirements that are to be fulfilled near the end of the Contract term in preparation for final acceptance and occupancy of the Work by SEPTA, as well as final payment to the Contractor and the completion of the Contract.

C. Prior to the completion of the whole project, and at the discretion of the

SEPTA PM, a Certificate of Substantial Completion may be issued for portions of the Work completed to the full satisfaction of SEPTA in accordance with 1.03 below.

1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Agreement B. Section 01710: Final Cleaning C. Section 01720: Project As-Built Documents D. Section 01810: Commissioning of System

E. Section 02950: Site Restoration 1.03 PREREQUISITES TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. General: The Contractor shall complete the following before requesting

the Project Manager's inspection for certification of substantial completion for the Work of the Contract. The Contractor shall list known exceptions in the request.

1. In the progress payment request that coincides with, or is the first

request following the date substantial completion is claimed, activities should be either 100 percent complete for the portion of the Work claimed as "substantially complete," or provide a list

Contract Closeout 01700-1


incomplete items, the value of incomplete Work, and reasons for the Work being incomplete. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in the Contract Documents.

2. Submit written certification to the Project Manager that the project,

or designated portion thereof, is substantially complete. 3. Submit the list of items to be completed or corrected and material

delivery dates of major items, as applicable. 4. Advise SEPTA of pending insurance change-over requirements. 5. All contract record documents, maintenance manuals, warranties,

and bonds shall be submitted as defined in the Agreement and Sections 01720 and 01830.

6. Obtain and submit releases enabling SEPTA full, unrestricted use

of the Work and access to services and utilities. Where required, include occupancy permits, operating certificates and similar releases.

7. Deliver any access tools and material stock as required and

further defined in Section 01830. 8. Change out locks, transmit keys and transfer security provisions if

required by the Plans. 9. Startup testing and demonstration of equipment and systems shall

be completed as specified in Section 01810. 10. Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities and

services from the project site as directed by the Project Manager along with construction tools and facilities, mock-ups, and similar elements.

11. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed

finishes.

12. All building operations, maintenance and owner education instructions for the SEPTA's personnel shall be completed as defined in Section 01830 and in the International Green Construction Code.

B. Inspection Procedures: Upon receipt of the Contractor's request and

submittal for inspection, the Project Manager will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unresolved prerequisites.



1. Following the initial inspection or before (see below), the Project Manager will either prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion or advise the Contractor of Work which must be performed before the certificate will be issued. The Project Manager will repeat the inspection when requested and when assured that the Work has been completed.

SEPTA reserves the right to halt inspections at any time if in the opinion of the SEPTA PM, the incomplete items of work are either too numerous or too complex to qualify the project as substantially complete.

2. Results of the completed inspection will form the initial "punch list"

for final acceptance. 3. The "punch list" shall include a reasonable time period to

effectuate the work, which is mutually agreed upon by all parties. 1.03 PREREQUISITES TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE

A. General: The Contractor shall complete the following before requesting the Project Manager's final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment as required by the Agreement, specifically Agreement Paragraphs XII: F. and I. and VIII H. The Contractor shall list known exceptions, if any, in the request.

1. Submit the final payment request with final releases and

supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates of insurance for products and completed operations where required.

2. Submit an updated final statement to account for final additional

changes to the Contract sum. 3. Submit a Certified copy of the Project Manager's final "punch list"

which documents all work which has been completed. 4. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of

stored fuel and similar data as of the date of Substantial Completion or as of the date SEPTA took possession of and responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work, if required.

5. Submit Consent of Surety. Affidavit of Payments of Debts and

Claims, Affidavit of Release of Liens. General Release by Trade Contractor of Owner, Guarantee against Defects, any Warranties and Maintenance Bonds. Any special documentation such as



copy of Engineer or DER Permits or Certification of Occupancy. 6. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage, which

complies with insurance requirements.

7. Submit any remaining record documents and drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs, damage or settlement survey, property survey, and similar final record information.

8. The Contractor shall also issue final project records in an electronic format. Electronic files shall be in a format approved by the SEPTA PM for each specific item. Electronic files shall be organized and named per applicable section or naming protocol as provided by the SEPTA PM.

9. The SEPTA PM may elect progressive submissions of specific listed items during the course of the work. Electronic files shall be created for the following items: (Note: SEPTA PM to edit list of desired Information)

Submittals Construction Permits Certificate of Use and Occupancy As-Built Drawings Manufacturer’s OEM manuals. Manufacturers’ Warrantees Construction Photographs Approved Shop Drawings Testing Service Results Concrete Delivery Forms Steel Certifications UL Inspections Survey Log Records Drilling log Records All Engineering, design and calculations Documentation required by regulatory requirements. Soil Management documentation including but not limited to Testing results, Soil disposal documentation, chain of custody and permissions, & Disposal records



Accident Reports. B. Reinspection Procedure: The Project Manager will re-inspect the Work

upon receipt of the Contractor’s notice that the Work, including “punch list” items resulting from earlier inspections, has been completed except for those items whose completion has been delayed because of circumstances that are acceptable to the Project Manager.

1. Upon completion of reinspection, the Project Manager will either

prepare a Certificate of Final Acceptance or will advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but which are required for final acceptance. SEPTA reserves the right to halt inspections at any time if it becomes apparent that the incomplete items of work are either too numerous or too complex to qualify the project as substantially complete.

2. If necessary, the reinspection procedure will be repeated.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01710

FINAL CLEANING PART I - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION:

The section details work for preparing the site and/or facility for substantial completion.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Section 01500: Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls

B. Section 02950: Site Restoration

1.03 SUBMITTALS

In accordance with Section 01300 provide information on the proposed cleaning materials and chemicals for the review of the SEPTA Project Manager including but not limited to MSDS Sheets.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. In addition to the standards described in this Section the Contractor shall comply with pertinent requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction.

C. "Clean," for the purpose of the Article, and except as may be

specifically provided otherwise, shall be interpreted as meaning the level of cleanliness generally provided by skilled cleaners using commercial quality building maintenance equipment and materials.

D. For any finishes, SEPTA may require a sample test area be cleaned to insure compatibility and to set a standard for final appearance.

PART II - PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEANING MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT:

The Contractor shall provide required personnel, equipment, and materials needed to achieve the specified standard of cleanliness.

2.02 COMPATIBILITY:

A. The Contractor shall use only the cleaning materials and equipment which are compatible with the surface being cleaned, as recommended

Final Cleaning 01710-1


by the manufacturer of the material and acceptable to SEPTA.

B. The Contractor shall replace surfaces damaged from improper use of material and/or cleaning methods.

PART III - EXECUTION 3.01 FINAL CLEANING:

A. The Contractor shall, prior to turning over the substantially completed area to SEPTA maintenance, remove from the area all tools, surplus materials, equipment, scrap, debris, and waste. If any of the Contractor's work continues in the substantially completed area, the Contractor shall continue the cleaning specified in Section 01500. Schedule final cleaning date as approved by SEPTA with sufficient time for a post-cleaning inspection walk through with the SEPTA PM and a contractor’s representative.

B. Site:

1. Unless otherwise specifically directed by SEPTA, the Contractor

shall sweep grade areas within the contract limit and paved areas adjacent to the site.

2. The Contractor shall completely remove resultant debris.

3. The Contractor shall remove graffiti from all surfaces and restore

surface to original condition.

C. Structures

1. The Contractor shall visually inspect all existing and finished surfaces and remove all traces of soil, waste materials, smudges, graffiti and other foreign matter.

2. The Contractor shall remove all traces of splashed materials from

structure within contract limit and from adjacent surfaces.

3. If necessary to achieve a uniform degree of cleanliness, the Contractor shall wash the exterior of the structure with high pressure detergent.

4. In the event of stubborn stains not removable with detergent, the

Contractor shall utilize light sandblasting or other cleaning methods at no additional cost to SEPTA.



5. The Contractor shall remove paint droppings, spots, stains and dirt from existing and finished surfaces.

6. The Contractor shall clean existing and new glass surfaces and

frames inside and outside.

D. Finished Surface:

1. The Contractor shall remove all labels and tags, which are strictly used for the convenience of manufacturing, assembly, installation and identifications. Remove all label residue.

2. The Contractor shall clean glass and glazing to a polished

condition. Remove substances, which are noticeable on surfaces. Replace any broken glass and damaged transparent materials.

3. The Contractor shall clean stainless steel surfaces (including

screens) of all foreign material. Use cleaners as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by SEPTA.

4. The Contractor shall clean existing and new tile surfaces including

the grout joints to a dirt and graffiti free condition.

E. Equipment:

1. The Contractor shall wipe surfaces of all mechanical and electrical equipment including system components to a dirt free condition. Touch up the surfaces to match with the overall finish of the equipment/system component.

2. Insure that the equipment and system components are properly

identified as required by the Contract Documents, and applicable codes. Confirm that all cover plates are installed properly and locked if applicable. Missing or broken cover plates and those which don’t fit and lock properly must be replaced.

END OF SECTION Final Cleaning 01710-3


SECTION 01720

PROJECT AS-BUILT DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. The Contractor, throughout progress of the Work, shall maintain an accurate record of changes to the Contract Drawings and Specifications.

B. The Contractor shall at the time of substantial completion, but prior to

requesting release of retainage, transfer the changes to a set of Final As-Built Documents, which shall include an As-Built set of Construction Drawings and an annotated set of Specifications.

C. The Contractor shall in addition to the defined requirements to provide

paper copies, also provide approved Final As-Built Documents in an electronic format for SEPTA’s future use. The format of these electronic files shall be approved by the SEPTA PM prior to submission.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, the Agreement and Division 1 of these Specifications.

B. Other requirements affecting Project As-Built Documents may appear in pertinent other Sections of these Specifications.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

The Contractor shall comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01300.


A. Accuracy of Records:

1. The Contractor shall thoroughly coordinate changes within the As-Built Documents, making adequate and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and other documents where such entry is required to show the change properly.

Project As-Built Documents 01720-1


2. Accuracy of records shall be such that investigations to determine actual installed items may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Final Record Documents.

B. The Contractor shall make entries on the As-Built Documents on a weekly basis to include all changes to the Work performed during the last week to confirm they are an accurate representation of the As-Built conditions.

C. The Contractor shall use professional draftsperson to prepare to

transfer "job set" information to Final As-Built Documents. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING The Contractor shall maintain the “job set” of Record Documents completely

protected from deterioration and from loss and damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded data to the Final As-Built Documents.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 RECORD DOCUMENTS

A. Job Set:

Following receipt of SEPTA's Notice to Proceed, the Contractor, shall secure from SEPTA one complete set of all drawings and specifications comprising the Contract Documents. This “job set” will be maintained at the site to record all As-Built changes.

B. Final As-Built Documents:

The Final As-Built Documents are to include:

1. Updated As-Builts of the original Contract Drawings.

2. Additional As-Built Drawings as necessary, to describe changes

during the Contract period that could not be included on the original contract drawings.

3. Annotated Specifications to include Contract Specifications with all

changes made during the Contract period.

4. “As installed” versions of same size drawings of all fabrication, detail and installation drawings.


69th Street Transportation Center Parking Garage Phase 1 Construction – Transformer Substation PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MAINTENANCE OF JOB SET

A. The Contractor shall, immediately upon receipt of the job set described in Paragraph 2.01, A. above, identify each of the Documents with the title "AS-BUILT DOCUMENTS - JOB SET."

B. Preservation:

1. The Contractor shall devise a suitable method for protecting the

As-Built Job Set (job set) in consideration of the Contract duration, the probable number of occasions upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination; the transfer of information on Final As-Build Documents; and the conditions under which these activities will be performed.

2. The Contractor shall not use the job set for any purpose except

entry of new data, for review by SEPTA and for the transfer of data to Final As-Built Documents.

3. Maintain the job set at the site of Work.

C. Making entries on Drawings:

1. The Contractor shall utilize an erasable colored pencil (not ink or

indelible pencil) to clearly describe the change by graphic line and note as required.

2. The Contractor shall date all entries.

3. The Contractor shall call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn

around the area or areas affected.

4. The Contractor shall in the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping changes.

D. Revisions:

1. The Contractor shall transfer all changes to respective

Specifications and/or Drawings set (if appropriate) immediately, as the change is approved.

2. The Contractor shall make appropriate entries in the drawings as

soon as the change is incorporated in the field.



E. Conversion of schematic layouts:

1. The Contract drawings may indicate arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping, ducts, and similar items shown schematically, and is not intended to portray precise physical layout.

Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to SEPTA's written approval. However, design of future modifications of the facility requires accurate information as to the final physical layout of items, which must be schematically shown on the Final As-Built Drawings.

2. Show on the job set of As-Built Drawings, by dimension accurate

to within English Dimensioning Standards, the centerline of each run of items such as are described in subparagraph 3.01E.1 above.

a. The Contractor shall clearly identify the item by accurate

note such as "cast iron drain", "galv. conduit," and the like.

b. The Contractor shall show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the item ("under slab," "in ceiling plenum," "exposed," and the like).

c. The Contractor shall make all identification sufficiently

descriptive that it may be related reliably to the Specifications.

3.02 FINAL PROJECT RECORD INFORMATION

A. The purpose of the Final Project As-Built Documents is to provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and visible, to enable future modifications of the Work to proceed without lengthy and extensive site measurement, investigation, and examination.

B. Accuracy of Record Data Prior to Transfer:

The Contractor is solely responsible for accurate transfer of all field changes and preparing additional reproducible drawings and specification pages.

C. Transfer of Data to Drawings:

1. The Contractor shall carefully transfer change data shown on the job set to the Final As-Built Documents coordinating the changes as required.



2. The Contractor shall clearly indicate at each affected detail and

master drawing a full description of changes made during construction, and the actual location of items.

3. The Contractor shall call attention to each entry by drawing a

"cloud" around the areas affected.

4. The Contractor shall make changes neatly, consistently, and with the proper media to assure longevity and clear reproduction.

5. The Contractor shall prepare additional reproducible drawings in

the same size as the original contract drawings for changes to details (including installation and fabrication drawings) incorporated in the construction that could not be corrected on the As-Built drawings. These drawings shall be adequately identified and cross-referenced with pertinent Drawing(s) to make it part of the Final As-Built Documents.

D. Transfer of Data to Specifications:

The Contractor shall accurately and legibly transfer all information from job set to Final Annotated Project Record Specifications Set.

E. Review and Submittal:

1. The Contractor shall submit the completed set of Final As-Built

Documents to SEPTA.

2. The Contractor shall participate in review meetings as required.

3. The Contractor shall make required changes and promptly deliver the Final Project As-Built Documents to SEPTA.

4. The Contractor shall sign each sheet of the record drawings,

certifying that they are an accurate representation of the As-Built condition.

5. The Final approved set of As-Built Documents shall in conveyed as 3 paper copies and 1 copies of the electronic sets.

3.03 CHANGES SUBSEQUENT TO ACCEPTANCE

A. The Contractor has no responsibility for recording changes in the Work subsequent to Final Completion, except for changes resulting from work performed under Warranty.



END OF SECTION



SECTION 01810

COMMISSIONING OF SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. Start-Up Systems

B. Demonstration and Instructions

C. Testing, adjusting, and balancing 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 01400: Quality Requirements

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. In accordance with Section 01300 furnish for SEPTA’s Project Manager review the following:

1. Schedule for all Start-up Testing

2. Testing Program

3. Schedule for Instruction

1.04 SYSTEMS START-UP

A. The Contractor shall coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems.

B. The Contractor shall notify SEPTA 7 days prior to start-up of each item.

C. The Contractor shall verify that each piece of equipment or system has

been checked for proper control sequence, or for other conditions which may cause damage.

D. The Contractor shall verify that tests, meter readings, and specified

electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer.

E. The Contractor shall verify wiring and support components for

Commissioning of Systems 01810-1


equipment are complete and tested.

F. The designer of record and/or approved SEPTA Personnel shall execute start-up under supervision of applicable manufacturer's representative and the Contractors' personnel in accordance with manufacturers' instructions and the provisions of the International Green Construction Code.

G. The Contractor shall require manufacturer to provide authorized

representative to be present at site to inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation.

1.05 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS

A. The Contractor shall demonstrate operation and maintenance of equipment and/or systems to SEPTA's personnel 2 weeks prior to date of final inspection.

B. The Contractor shall demonstrate project equipment and shall provide,

at no additional cost, instruction and an instructor to SEPTA employees in a classroom environment located at the site. The Contractor shall provide a qualified manufacturer's representative as an instructor who is knowledgeable of both the equipment and project.

C. The Contractor, for equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation,

shall perform demonstration for other season within 6 months after the initial demonstration and commissioning.

D. The Contractor shall utilize manufacturer’s operational and

maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. The contents of manuals shall be reviewed with SEPTA in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance.

E. The Contractor shall demonstrate start-up, operation, control,

adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at a scheduled or agreed time, at the site.

F. The Contractor shall prepare and insert additional data in operations

and maintenance manuals when the need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction.

1.06 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING Commissioning of Systems 01810-2


A. The Contractor shall employ the services of an independent firm to perform testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Contractor

indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be responsible for submitting these reports to the Project Manager.

END OF SECTION



Operation and Maintenance Data 01830-1

SECTION 01830

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. Format and Content of Manuals

B. Instruction of SEPTA Personnel

C. Schedule of Submittal

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Section 01300: Submittals

B. Section 01400: Quality Requirements

C. Section 01410: Testing and Inspection Services

D. Section 01600: Material and Equipment

E. Section 01700: Contract Closeout

F. Section 01720: Project As-Built Documents

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit operations and maintenance manuals for each machinery and equipment item as follows:

1. 1 copy of sample format and outline of contents in draft form with the equipment shop drawings.

2. 1 copy of complete manual in final form on equipment delivery date for review and comment by SEPTA.

3. 2 copies of approved manual after the equipment is installed and ready to test.

4. In addition to the paper copies required elsewhere in this section, all documents, after final approval, will be submitted in an electronic format as approved by the SEPTA PM.




A. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of described products.

B. General Requirements for Manuals:

1. Prepare manuals written in clear grammatical English.

2. Manuals furnished may be manufacturer’s standard publications in regard to size and binding provided they comply with specified requirements relative to quantity and quality of information data.

3. Bind manuals within hard or flexible covers. Make illustrations clear, and printed matter, including dimensions and lettering on drawings, easily legible. If reduced drawings are incorporated into manuals, heavy-up original lines and letters as necessary to retain their legibility after reduction. Larger drawings may be folded into manuals to page size.

C. Prepare manuals using the following materials:

1. Loose leaf, on 60-pound, three hole punched paper.

2. Holes reinforced with plastic cloth.

3. Page size, 11 x 8 ½ (if available) or 280 mm x 215 mm.

4. Foldout diagrams and illustrations.

5. Reproducible by dry-copy xerography method.

6. Oil, moisture and wear-resistant plastic covers.

1.05 FORMAT

A. The Contractor shall prepare data in the form of an instructional manual which conforms to the requirements of the International Green Construction code and as outlined below.

Clearly identify each manual through the front cover with at least the following information:

(description of manual)(description of equipment or systems)



SOUTHEASTERN PENNSYLVANIA TRANSPORTATION AUTHORITYCONTRACT (NAME & PO #)

(Name of Contractor)

Date: (#TBD)

B. Each Prime Contractor shall prepare a Table of Contents for each volume, with each product or system description identified, in three parts as follows:

1. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect/Engineer, Contractor, subcontractors, and SEPTA Personnel including Operations.

a. Title page: Include the name and function of the equipment and manufacturers

b. Table of Contents, in numerical order listing all sections and subsection titles of included diagrams and drawings.

c. Index, in alphabetical order.

d. Front piece: Recognition illustration of the equipment described in the O&M Manual.

2. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions arranged by system and subdivided by specification section. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers. Identify the following:

a. Significant design criteriab. List of equipmentc. Parts list for each component.

1. Manufacturer’s literature describing each piece of equipment including major assemblies and subassemblies, and giving manufacturer’s model number and drawing number.

2. “Long-Lead-Time” spare parts list for all spare parts not readily available on the open market or for which it is anticipated ordering and delivery time will exceed (#TBD) days.

3. Complete list of parts and supplies, with current unit prices and sources of supply.

4. List of parts and supplies that are either normally furnished at no extra cost with purchase of equipment, or specified herein to be furnished as part of Contract.



5. List of nearest local suppliers for all equipment parts.d. Operating instructions.

1) 1) Operation instructions including step-by-step preparation for starting, operation, shutdown and draining, and emergency requirements.

2) Control diagrams, as installed by the manufacturer.

3) Sequence of operation by the control manufacturer.

4) Wiring diagrams, as installed by the manufacturer.

5) Diagrammatic location, functions and tag numbers of each valve.

e. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems.1) Maintenance instruction: Include step-by-step procedures

for inspection, operation checks, cleaning, lubrication, adjustments, repair, overhaul, disassembly, and reassemble of the equipment for proper operation of the equipment. Include list of special tools, which are required for maintenance with the maintenance information.

2) Possible breakdowns and repairs.

3) Lubrication schedule indicating type and frequency of lubrication.

f. Maintenance instructions for all finishes, including recommended cleaning methods and materials, and special precautions identifying detrimental agents.

3. Part 3: Project documents and certificates, including the following:

a. Shop drawings and product datab. Air and water balance reportsc. Certificatesd. Photocopies of warranties (and bonds)e. Appendix: Include safety precautions, a glossary, and, if available at

time of submittal, copies of test reports, and other relevant material not specified to be submitted.

1.06 CONTENTS, EACH VOLUME

A. Table of Contents: Provide title of Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect/Engineer, Sub-consultants, and



Contractor with name of responsible parties; schedule of products and systems, indexed to content of the volume.

B. For Each Product or System: List names, addresses and telephone numbers of Sub-contractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts.

C. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information.

D. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Project As-Built Documents shall not be used as maintenance drawings.

E. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer’s instructions specified in Sections 01400.

1.07 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES

A. Building Products, Applied Materials, and Finishes: Include product data, with catalog number, size, composition, and color and texture designatures. Provide information for re-ordering custom manufactured Products.

B. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Include manufacturer’s recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance.

C. Moisture Protection and Weather Exposed Products: Include product data listing applicable reference standards, chemical composition, and details of installation. Provide recommendations for inspections, maintenance, and repair.

D. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual Product specification sections.

E. Provide a listing in Table of Contents for design data, with tabbed fly sheet and space for insertion of data.

1.08 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS

A. Each item of Equipment and each system: Include description of unit or system, and component parts. Identify function, normal operating



characteristics, and limiting conditions. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts.

B. Panelboard Circuit Directories: Provide electrical service characteristics, controls, and communications;

B. Include color-coded wiring diagrams as installed.

C. Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and any special operating instructions.

E. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for trouble-shooting, disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions.

F. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required.

G. Include manufacturer’s printed operation and maintenance instructions.

H. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer.

I. Provide original manufacturer’s parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance.

J. Provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed.

K. Provide Contractor’s coordination drawings, with color-coded piping diagrams as installed.

L. Provide charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and control diagrams.

M. Provide list of original manufacturer’s spare parts, current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.

N. Include test and balancing reports as specified in Section 01410.

O. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual Product specification sections.

P. Provide a listing in Table of Contents for design data, with tabbed fly sheet and space for insertion of data.



1.09 INSTRUCTION OF SEPTA PERSONNEL

A. The contractor is responsible for creating a Building Owner Education Manual in conformance with the International Green Construction Code.

B. Before final inspection, instruct SEPTA designated personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems, at agreed upon time.

C. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance.

D. Prepare and insert additional data in Operation and Maintenance Manual when need for such data becomes apparent during instruction.

END OF SECTION


SECTION 02050

DEMOLITION

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this section consists of the demolition, removal, disposal and

salvage of existing construction from the areas shown on the Contract Drawings and as required to execute the work of this Contract.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01010: Summary of WorkB. Section 01045: Cutting and PatchingC. Section 01060: Regulatory Requirements and SafetyD. Section 02220: Excavation, Backfill and Compaction

1.03 SUBMITTALS A. In accordance with Section 01300, submit the following for approval:

1. Documentation: a. Permits and releases from each owner of property where demolition

debris will be deposited absolving SEPTA of responsibility in connection with such disposal.

2. Work Plan of proposed procedures for the demolition and removal work. Include a sequence of operation.

a. Include phasing of pedestrian and other traffic controls.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE (Not Used)

1.05 REFERENCES A. Codes, Regulations, Reference Standards and Specifications:

1. Codes and regulations of the Borough of Norristown. 2. ANSI - Standard Safety Code for Building Construction. 3. OSHA - Standards as applicable. 4. NFPA - 241 - Safeguarding Construction Alteration and Demolition Operations.

1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. During the bid period, personally inspect and examine the construction site and existing

construction to be removed and determine the type of demolition required or dismantlement procedure, physical conditions and any contingency that could be encountered during the demolition procedures.

B. Existing conditions shown on the drawings are based on available plans and may not always reflect the actual field condition(s) due to unrecorded changes or modifications. During the demolition work, verify and report actual field conditions prior to demolition work and record the conditions which will remain.

C. Consider the safety of the work and that of people and property on and adjacent to the work site when determining equipment movement and use of materials and equipment on the work site. Comply with the safety requirements specified in the General Requirements and State and Local safety and health ordinances.

Demolition 02050-1


1. Where the safety of persons is endangered within or adjacent to the area of demolition work, provide barricades and warning lights.

D. Do not unduly inconvenience the general public and SEPTA employees by demolition activities.

E. Demolition methods employing blasting will not be permitted. SEPTA does not assume any responsibility for the loss of fixtures, equipment, materials

or other objects.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS A. All required plugs, caps, flanges, and other items required for disconnected utilities shall

be as approved by the appropriate utility companies. Provide documentation of utility company notifications for the work.

B. Provide all required temporary materials as required for the proper execution of the work of this Section.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC A. The Contractor shall submit an MPT plan to SEPTA at least two weeks prior to the start

of any demolition work. 1. The plan shall describe in detail what work activities and items will be per-

formed, the intended work hours, and how the pedestrian and vehicular traffic will be maintained.

B. Maintain pedestrian traffic as follows: 1. Construct, maintain and remove on completion of work, temporary structures

provided for protection of the public in accordance with applicable codes to ensure continuous safety of traffic.

2. Span cuts in traffic areas with steel plates or by other approved means. 3. Keep traffic areas free from debris and spillage of materials.

3.02 UTILITY WORK A. Maintain and protect existing utilities, scheduled to remain in service.B. Prior to commencement of operations, make all necessary arrangements with the

proper authorities for the turning off, disconnection, and removal and disposal of utility services required for demolition operations, including all facilities encountered, unless otherwise directed. Existing utility facilities within the current parcels include, but are not limited to, the following: domestic water service,electric service, telephone service, storm water piping, and sanitary sewer service.

C. If a utility is encountered which interferes with construction and is not indicated on the Contract Drawings, determine the disposition. If the utility is to beabandoned, remove the utility.

3.04 DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL A. General:

Demolition 02050-2


1. Demolish entirely and remove from the site all existing construction which interferes with new construction, as indicated on the Contract Drawings to be removed or is approved by the Project Manager to be removed.

a. Saw cut concrete where only portions of the slab are to be removed. Cut edges to a neat, clean finish.

2. Repair, replace or "dress-up" as required, surfaces adjacent to demolished areas that require such work as a result of the demolition work.

3. Prevent damage to pipes, conduits, wires, cables and structures above and below ground which are not designated for removal. Repair or replace damaged items to the satisfaction of the affected agency at Contractor's sole expense.

4. Remove trash and debris daily unless otherwise directed by the Project Manager and do not allow waste materials to accumulate.

5. Control and prevent the spread of dust to occupied portions of the site and avoid creation of a nuisance in the surrounding area. Use approved dust control palliatives.

6. During construction, notify the Project Manager of items interfering with construction and not indicated on the Contract Drawings or specified herein to be removed.

3.05 SALVAGE A. Salvage items indicated on the Contract Drawings and store at a location on the site as

directed by the Project Manager for subsequent removal by SEPTA.

3.06 DISPOSAL A. Except as specified in Article 3.05 above, all materials resulting from demolition work

shall become the property of the contractor and shall be removed from the limits of SEPTA property for proper disposition in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

B. Legally dispose of debris off-site only with permission of property owner where such debris is to be deposited and in accordance with codes and regulations of the jurisdictional authorities.

C. Do not burn debris on site.

END OF SECTION

Demolition 02050-3



Demolition 02050-4


SECTION 02086

HANDLING AND DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED SOILS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION This work is for the satisfactory removal and staging or direct loading and removal of contaminated material in accordance with the accepted Site Work Plan. It is anticipated that 100 cubic yards will be removed.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01064: Health and Safety Plan for Hazardous Waste Management ActivitiesB. Section 02087: Removal of 500 Gallon UST

1.03 SUBMITTALSThe contractor must prepare a Waste Management Plan in advance of commencing any soils handling. The Waste management Plan must be pre-approved by SEPTA. Excavate, handle, and place waste material in a predetermined Waste Material Staging Area (or other approved storage method) or direct load into transportation vehicles for disposal to an approved facility in accordance with applicable specifications. On-site loading of the waste material will be conducted at the Waste Material Staging Area in such a manner as to minimize the generation of fugitive dust or prevent the contamination of surface waters. Transport trucks will be weighed prior to off-site transportation of the waste material. The weight of each vehicle will be properly documented in the site log by the Contractor. Transport trucks will be properly permitted and identified with proper markings. The waste material will be properly contained and covered during transport. Transportation will be performed in accordance with 49 CFR 171, Subchapter C and 40 CFR 263. The transporter is responsible for completing the necessary Bills of Lading or manifests. Submit typewritten Bills of Lading and/or Hazardous Waste Manifests for the wastes directly to SEPTA's field office in duplicate and one copy to the Project Manager within 14 days of transportation of the waste material from the site.

END OF SECTION

Handling And Disposal Of Contaminated Soils 02086-1



Handling And Disposal Of Contaminated Soils 02086-2


SECTION 02087

REMOVAL OF 500 GALLON UST

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION This work is for the satisfactory removal of one 500 gallon underground fuel oil storage tank by the CONEX Container adjacent to the electric substation. The tank removal services to be provided by the Contractor include the excavation and removal of the storage tank and appurtenances, the transportation and disposal of the storage tank and appurtenances, the tank contents, and 200 cubic yards of localized petroleum contaminated soil media. The storage tank hold down pad, if present, may remain in-place.

All excavated materials that are deemed to be contaminated shall be segregated from non or less contaminated debris to minimize all required off-site disposal. All contaminated soil must be properly stored per PA DEP Closure Requirements for Underground Storage Tank Systems while awaiting sample analysis results. Contractor shall remove from the site all contaminated soil requiring off-site treatment or disposal within thirty (30) days of receipt of sample analysis results.

The Contractor shall provide barricades around any open excavations that will be unoccupied for any length of time. Contractor shall also take necessary steps to prevent precipitation run-off from entering the excavation. Any and all water entering excavations shall be pumped and treated.

All waste testing and analysis required by Federal and State laws for the proper disposal of wastes shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01064: Health and Safety Plan for Hazardous Waste Management ActivitiesB. Section 02086: Handling and Disposal of Contaminated Soils

1.03 SUBMITTALSThe contractor must prepare the closure report; supply color photographs of the removed tanks, piping, and of the excavation in accordance with the applicable sections of PennDOT Publication 408 and the API Recommended Practice 1604: Removal and Disposal of Used Underground Storage Tanks. The contractor shall prepare, if applicable, the PA DEP closure report, and shall submit two copies to the SEPTA designated representative.

END OF SECTION

Removal Of 500 Gallon UST 02087-1



Removal Of 500 Gallon UST 02087-2


SECTION 02100

SITE PREPARATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION This work includes the following:

1. Clearing and grubbing. 2. Removing site appurtenances including, but not limited to, paving and curbs.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01010: Summary of WorkB. Section 01045: Cutting and PatchingC. Section 01060: Regulatory Requirements and Safety

1.03 SUBMITTALS (Not Used)


1.05 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Except for materials indicated to be stockpiled or to remain SEPTA’s property, cleared

materials shall become Contractor’s property and shall be removed from the site.

1.06 PROJECT CONDITION A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent

occupied or used facilities during site-clearing operations. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used

facilities. 2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways.

B. Notify utility locator service for area where Project is located before site clearing.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION A. Protect and maintain benchmarks and survey control points from disturbance

during construction.

B. Furnish, install, and maintain erosion and sediment pollution controls in accordance with the latest version of the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (PADEP) Erosion and Sediment Pollution Control Program Manual, the Pennsylvania Department of Transportation (PennDOT) Roadway Construction Standards RC-70, PennDOT Specifications Publications 408, and the Contract Drawings. In the event of conflict among these requirements, the more restrictive regulation shall apply.

C. Protect existing site appurtenances to remain from damage during construction.

Site Preparation 02100-1


D. Restore damaged site appurtenances, not designated for removal, to their original condition as acceptable to the Project Manager.

3.02 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs, grass, and other vegetation as necessary to permit

installation of new construction. Removal includes digging out stumps and obstructions and grubbing roots.

1. Do not remove trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain. 2. Cut minor roots and branches of trees indicated to remain in a clean and careful

manner where such roots and branches obstruct installation of new construction. 3. Use only hand methods for grubbing within drip line of existing trees to remain.

B. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil materials, unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated.

3.03 SITE APPURTENANCES A. Remove existing above- and below-grade appurtenances as indicated and as necessary

to facilitate new construction.

B. Remove slabs, paving, curbs, gutters, and aggregate base which are to be re-placed or as indicated on the Contract Drawings.

1. Unless existing full-depth joints coincide with line of demolition, neatly saw-cut faces vertically to a minimum depth of 2 inches or as otherwise noted.

3.04 DISPOSAL A. Disposal: Remove surplus soil material, unsuitable topsoil, obstructions, demolished

materials, and waste materials, including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them at an approved waste disposal facility.

END OF SECTION

Site Preparation 02100-2


SECTION 02160

EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This work is the design, construction, maintenance and removal of a temporary excavation support and protection system as required. Coordinate with the SEPTA safety requirements when working in proximity of an active railroad line.


A. Related Sections include the following:1. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification

Sections2. Section 01060: Regulatory Requirements and Safety3. Section 01065: Railroad Safety Requirements4. Section 01300: Submittals5. Section 01550: Site Access6. Section 02220: Excavation, Backfill and Compaction7. Section 02221 - Vibration and Displacement Monitoring

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01300:1. Working Drawings:

a. Details, arrangement, and method of assembly of proposed system including location of any underground utilities or obstructions.

b. Method of bracing.c. Full excavation depth.d. Anticipated equipment load.e. Maximum design load to be carried by various members of the support

system. f. Depths below main excavation to which support system will be installed.g. Methods of resolving difficulties arising from misalignment of soldier piles

exposed during excavation and criteria for implementation of these procedures.

h. Include design calculations and maximum theoretical deflections of support members.

i. Product data for materials and equipment.j. Construction and installation procedures, excavation sequence, interface

details, protection measures for existing structures and facilities, and contingency plans for excessive movement of existing walls and other facilities.

2. Design calculations as applicable.3. Results of Contractor subsurface investigations including test boring logs and

utility locations.

Excavation Support And Protection 02160-1



A. The Contractor must perform the excavation and support systems to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

B. The Contractor shall have either in his/her employment or on a consulting basis, a structural engineer who is registered as a Professional Engineer in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, and who is qualified to determine extent of work necessary to satisfy requirements of this Section.

C. Provide for the protection of the public, employees, and property, in accordance with applicable requirements of Part 1926, Subpart P, “Excavation, Trenching and Shoring,” CONSTRUCTION SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS (OSHA), which, by reference, is made a part of this specification, including sections relative to protection to the public; shoring and bracing; trenches and excavation equipment.

D. Design Criteria:1. Design component members of system to support earth pressures, unrelieved

hydrostatic pressure, utility loads, and surcharge from existing structures and adjacent roadway.

2. Design support system in a manner permitting safe and expeditious construction of permanent structures, No movement or settlement of the ground and structures is to be permitted.

3. Choose location of soldier piles to allow for expected deviations from true line during installation procedure without encroaching on future permanent structures.

4. Excavations below the Zone of Influence Line indicated in the attached figure shall be supported in accordance with SEPTA.

E. Working drawings and design calculations are to be signed and sealed by a structural engineer registered as a Professional Engineer in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania or per the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR 1926 subpart P-Excavation).

F. Working drawings and design calculations shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval within ten (10) calendar days of NTP.

1.05 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP (NOT USED)

1.06 PROJECT CONDITION (NOT USED)PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Timber Lagging: Structural grade, rough cut, new material, minimum allowable flexural stress of 1100 psi.

B. Structural Steel:” ASTM A709, Grade 36.

C. Steel Sheet Piling: ASTM A328 or A572

D. Wood Sheeting if required: Sound, with no strength-impairing defects.



E. Other Materials: Those best suited for use intended, approved by the Engineer and indicated on accepted working drawings and in accordance with applicable sections of PennDOT Publication 408.


3.01 EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION SYSTEM

A. Design 1. Design the temporary excavation support and protection system in accordance

with AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications and Design Manual, Part 4 Specifications, current AASHTO Guide Specification, and the current FHWA guidelines. Additionally, adhere to all SEPTA design guidelines and restrictions as supplied with the contract documents. Design temporary excavation support and protection system for final condition and all construction conditions. Live load shall be in accordance with SEPTA design guidelines plus 30% impact. Where appropriate, include surcharge loads due to construction equipment in the design. Submit the design calculations and completed detailed drawings, signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, to the Engineer for review. Include on the completed detailed drawings of the temporary excavation support and protection system all design dimensions, limits of work, elevations, material, member sizes, and construction sequence. Specific installation procedures and testing requirements are to be included as part of the submittal.

B. Ensure that temporary excavation support and protection system design and construction conforms to the following:1. Design temporary excavation support and protection system based on design

parameters determined from subsurface information and boring logs provided in the Contract. Perform core borings and provide other soil/rock properties with test data if needed for the design of the temporary excavation support and protection system.

C. Construction1. Install temporary excavation support and protection system in accordance with

the applicable sections of SEPTA Right-of-Way Design and Construction Standards.

2. Monitor performance of components of support system both vertical and horizontal movements, at regular intervals not to exceed three (3) days.

3. Railroad tracks shall be monitored in accordance with the requirements outlined in Section 02221 - Vibration and Displacement Monitoring.

D. Review and acceptance of working drawings and designs required for excavation support system does not impose liability on SEPTA nor relieve the Contractor of any responsibility.

E. Removal 1. Remove the temporary excavation support and protection system unless the

Engineer gives approval for it to remain in place. In areas where approval is given to leave the temporary excavation support and protection system in place, remove all wooden components of the entire support system and remove all steel



components within three (3) feet of finish grade ground line. If treated wood is used, then it also may remain in place to within 3 feet of finish grade or ground line. Pressure treat wood with chromated copper arsenate (CCA) to refusal.

F. Qualifications 1. The work must be supervised by a superintendent or foreman who is

experienced in the construction of the temporary excavation and support system proposed.

3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

G. Authorized inspectors, who perform their duties under the direction of SEPTA, will be assigned to the project. Work executed under the observation and subject to examination of an inspector(s) shall be carried-out during normal working hours of the day, unless specifically directed otherwise. The inspector has the right to stop any work that is in non-compliance with plans, specifications or permit requirements. The inspector is not authorized to do the following: revoke, alter, enlarge, relax, or release any requirements of the specifications; approve or accept any portion of the work; orissue instructions contrary to the plans and specifications. The presence of the inspector during the performance of any work on the project will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for work that is later determined by the SEPTA to be defective.

END OF SECTION



Earthwork 02200-1

SECTION 02200

EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Preparing subgrades for slabs-on-grade, walks, pavements, lawns and grasses and exterior plants.

2. Excavating and backfilling. 3. Subbase course for slabs-on-grade. 4. Subbase and base course for asphalt paving.


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Section 02050: Demolition 2. Section 02086: Handling and Disposal of Contaminated Soils 3. Section 02100: Site Preparation 4. Section 02160: Excavation Support and Protection 5. Section 02220: Excavation, Backfill and Compaction 6. Section 02230: Subbase Course 7. Section 02270: Erosion and Sedimentation Control 8. Section 02300: Tunneling, Boring & Jacking 9. Section 02520: Bituminous Concrete Paving 10. Section 02900: Seeding and Mulching 11. Section 02950: Site Restoration

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of plastic warning tape. B. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test

results for compliance of the following with requirements indicated:

1. Classification according to ASTM D 2487 of each on-site and Borrow Soil material proposed for fill and backfill.

2. Laboratory compaction curve according to ASTM D 1557 for each on-site and Borrow Soil material proposed for fill and backfill.

C. Pre-excavation Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces that might be misconstrued as damage caused by earthwork operations. Submit before earthwork begins.


Earthwork 02200-2


A. Geotechnical Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM E 329 to conduct soil materials and rock-definition testing, as documented according to ASTM D 3740 and ASTM E 548.

B. Pre-Excavation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 01041 "Project Coordination."

1.05 DEFINITIONS

A. Backfill: Soil material or controlled low-strength material used to fill an excavation.

1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to support sides of pipe.

2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench.

B. Base Course: Course placed between the subbase course and hot-mix asphalt paving. C. Bedding Course: Course placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying

pipe. D. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory Soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill. E. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines

and dimensions indicated.

1. Authorized Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions as directed.

2. Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for unit prices.

3. Bulk Excavation: Excavation more than 10 feet in width and more than 30 feet in length.

4. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions without direction. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work as directed, shall be without additional compensation.

F. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades. G. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs,

mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below the ground surface.

H. Subbase Course: Course placed between the subgrade and base course for hot-mix asphalt pavement, or course placed between the subgrade and a cement concrete pavement or a cement concrete or hot-mix asphalt walk.

I. Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials.

J. Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within buildings.

1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by SEPTA or others unless permitted in writing by Project Manager and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated.


Earthwork 02200-3

1. Notify Project Manager not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.

2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Project Manager's written permission.

3. Contact utility-locator service for Norristown area before excavating.

B. Demolish and completely remove from site existing underground utilities indicated to be removed. Coordinate with utility companies to shut off services if lines are active.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 SOIL MATERIALS

A. General: Provide Borrow Soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available from excavations.

B. Satisfactory Soils: ASTM D 2487 Soil Classification Groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM, or a combination of these groups; free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter.

C. Unsatisfactory Soils or Unsuitable Material: Soil Classification Groups GC, SC, CL, ML, OL, CH, MH, OH, and PT according to ASTM D 2487, or a combination of these groups.

1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent of optimum moisture content at time of compaction.

D. Subbase Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 90 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.

E. Base Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 95 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.

F. Engineered Fill: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 90 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.

G. Bedding Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; except with 100 percent passing a 1-inch sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.

H. Filter Material: Narrowly graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, or crushed stone and natural sand; ASTM D 448; coarse-aggregate grading Size 67; with 100 percent passing a 1-inch sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 4 sieve.

I. Sand: ASTM C 33; fine aggregate, natural, or manufactured sand. J. Impervious Fill: Clayey gravel and sand mixture capable of compacting to a dense state.

2.02 ACCESSORIES

A. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches deep; colored as follows:

1. Red: Electric.


Earthwork 02200-4

2. Yellow: Gas, oil, steam, and dangerous materials. 3. Orange: Telephone and other communications. 4. Blue: Water systems. 5. Green: Sewer systems.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION

A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations.

B. Preparation of subgrade for earthwork operations including removal of vegetation, topsoil, debris, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface is specified in Division 2 Section "Site Preparation."

C. Protect and maintain erosion and sedimentation controls, which are specified in Division 2 Section "Erosion and Sedimentation Control", during earthwork operations.

D. Provide protective insulating materials to protect subgrades and foundation soils against freezing temperatures or frost.

3.02 DEWATERING

A. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area.

B. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water accumulation.

1. Reroute surface water runoff away from excavated areas. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Do not use excavated trenches as temporary drainage ditches.

2. Install a dewatering system to keep subgrades dry and convey ground water away from excavations. Maintain until dewatering is no longer required.

3.03 EXPLOSIVES

A. Explosives: Do not use explosives. 3.04 EXCAVATION, GENERAL

A. Unclassified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface and subsurface conditions encountered. Unclassified excavated materials may include rock, soil materials, and obstructions. No changes in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time will be authorized for rock excavation or removal of obstructions.

1. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials.

2. Remove rock to lines and grades indicated to permit installation of permanent construction without exceeding the following dimensions:

a. 24 inches outside of concrete forms other than at footings.


Earthwork 02200-5

b. 12 inches outside of concrete forms at footings. c. 6 inches outside of minimum required dimensions of concrete cast

against grade. d. Outside dimensions of concrete walls indicated to be cast against rock

without forms or exterior waterproofing treatments. e. 6 inches beneath bottom of concrete slabs on grade. f. 6 inches beneath pipe in trenches, and the greater of 24 inches wider

than pipe or 42 inches wide.

B. Refer to the Contract Drawings and Section 02220 for information regarding the location and quantity of contaminated soils and hazardous materials present in the site, which are identified as unclassified excavation.

3.05 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES

A. Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1 inch. If applicable, extend excavations a sufficient distance from structures for placing and removing concrete formwork, for installing services and other construction, and for inspections.

1. Excavations for Footings and Foundations: Do not disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before placing concrete reinforcement. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work.

2. Excavation for Underground Tanks: Excavate to elevations and dimensions indicated within a tolerance of plus or minus 1 inch. Do not disturb bottom of excavations intended as bearing surfaces.

3.06 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS

A. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and subgrades.

3.07 SUBGRADE INSPECTION

A. Notify project manager when excavations have reached required subgrade. B. If Project Manager determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation

and replace with compacted backfill or fill material as directed. C. Proof-roll subgrade below the building slabs and pavements with heavy pneumatic-tired

equipment to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Do not proof-roll wet or saturated subgrades.

1. Completely proof-roll subgrade in one direction, repeating proof-rolling in direction perpendicular to first direction. Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph.

2. Proof-roll with a loaded 10-wheel, tandem-axle dump truck weighing not less than 15 tons.

3. Excavate soft spots, unsatisfactory soils, and areas of excessive pumping or rutting, as determined by Project Manager, and replace with compacted backfill or fill as directed.

D. Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for unit prices.


Earthwork 02200-6

E. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or construction activities, as directed by Project Manager, without additional compensation.

3.08 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS

A. Stockpile Borrow Soil and excavated Satisfactory Soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.

1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees.

3.09 BACKFILL

A. Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly, but not before completing the following:

1. Construction below finish grade including, where applicable, subdrainage, dampproofing, waterproofing, and perimeter insulation.

2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for Record Documents. 3. Testing and inspecting underground utilities. 4. Removing concrete formwork. 5. Removing trash and debris. 6. Removing temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting. 7. Installing permanent or temporary horizontal bracing on horizontally supported

walls.

B. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. 3.10 SOIL FILL

A. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material will bond with existing material.

B. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations as follows:

1. Under grass and planted areas, use satisfactory soil material. 2. Under walks and pavements, use satisfactory soil material. 3. Under steps and ramps, use engineered fill.

C. Place soil fill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.

3.11 SOIL MOISTURE CONTROL

A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill soil layer before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content.

1. Do not place backfill or fill soil material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice.

2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry otherwise satisfactory soil material that exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight.


Earthwork 02200-7

3.12 COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS

A. Place backfill and fill soil materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers.

B. Place backfill and fill soil materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations, and uniformly along the full length of each structure.

C. Compact soil materials to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557:

1. Under structures, building slabs, steps, and pavements, scarify and recompact top 12 inches of existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 95 percent.

2. Under walkways, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 90 percent.

3. Under lawn or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 90 percent.

4. For utility trenches, compact each layer of initial and final backfill soil material at 90 percent.

3.13 GRADING

A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free of irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated.

1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades. 2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required

surface tolerances.

B. Site Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding. Finish subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances:

1. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 1 inch. 2. Walks: Plus or minus 1 inch. 3. Pavements: Plus or minus 1/2 inch.

C. Grading inside Building Lines: Finish subgrade to a tolerance of 1/2 inch when tested

with a 10-foot straightedge. 3.14 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES

A. Place subbase and base course on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. B. On prepared subgrade, place subbase and base course under pavements and walks as

follows:

1. Shape subbase and base course to required elevations and cross-slope grades. 2. Place subbase and base course 6 inches or less in compacted thickness in a

single layer.


Earthwork 02200-8

3. Compact subbase and base courses at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines, cross sections, and thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557.


A. Testing Agency: The General Contractor will engage a qualified independent geotechnical engineering testing agency to perform field quality-control testing.

B. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with subsequent earthwork only after test results for previously completed work complies with requirements.

C. Footing Subgrade: At footing subgrades, at least one test of each soil stratum will be performed to verify design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of other footing subgrades may be based on a visual comparison of subgrade with tested subgrade when approved by Project Manager.

D. Testing agency will test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D 1556, ASTM D 2167, ASTM D 2922, and ASTM D 2937, as applicable. Tests will be performed at the following locations and frequencies:

1. Paved Areas: At subgrade and at each compacted fill and backfill layer, at least 1 test for every 2000 sq. ft. or less of paved area or building slab, but in no case fewer than 3 tests.

2. Foundation Wall Backfill: At each compacted backfill layer, at least 1 test for each 100 feet or less of wall length, but no fewer than 2 tests.

3. Trench Backfill: At each compacted initial and final backfill layer, at least 1 test for each 150 feet or less of trench length, but no fewer than 2 tests.

E. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to depth required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained.

F. Cost of testing under this Section to be included in the unit cost provided by the Contractor.

3.16 PROTECTION

A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris.

B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions.

1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Project Manager; reshape and recompact.

C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing.

1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.


Earthwork 02200-9

3.17 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS

A. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off SEPTA's property.

END OF SECTION


Earthwork 02200-10



SECTION 02220 EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this section consists of construction of excavating and backfilling as required per Contract Documents; field quality control testing and analysis.

B. Definitions: 1. Satisfactory Soil: Material that meets specified requirements for use as Fill or Select Backfill.2. Authorized Excavation: Excavating to neat lines and limits shown and specified; excavating unsuitable material. 3. Backfill: The furnishing, placing and compacting specified materials to the lines and grades indicated, to fill an excavation, and also including:

a. Testing in situ density, liquid and plastic limits and gradation of compacted materials to be sure the Satisfactory Soil meets the minimum compaction requirements.

4. Excavation: The removal of all materials encountered within the indicated or specified limits, and to subgrade elevations, regardless of the nature of the material encountered and the method by which removed and also including:

a. Dewatering. b. Legally disposing of waste materials and storing satisfactory excavated materials intended for reuse.

5. Excess Excavation: Material excavated beyond or below cross section shown, as well as unavoidable over breakage in rock. 6. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavating materials which would otherwise be left in place but removal of which is required because the Contractor's operations have rendered them unstable; excavation which is not specified as authorized excavation, such as excavation beyond neat lines and bottom of footings, within launching and receiving shafts/pits and trenches as shown. Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated dimensions without direction by the Project Manager. Unauthorized excavation as well as remedial work directed by the Project Manager shall be without additional compensation. 7. Bedding Material: Layer placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe. 8. Base Course: Layer placed between the subgrade and paving.9. Unsuitable Material or Unsatisfactory Soils: Material which does not meet specified requirements of Satisfactory Soil for use in situ or as Backfill and is prohibited for use in the work.


A. The work is related to the following sections: 1. Regulatory Requirements/ Safety: Section 01060. 2. Demolition: Section 02050. 3. Subbase Course: Section 02230.

EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND COMPACTION 02220 - 1


4. Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Section 02270 5. Bituminous Concrete Paving: Section 02520. 6. Plain Cement Concrete Paving: Section 02531. 7. Piped Utilities: Section 02700 8. Storm Drainage: Section 02720 9. Landscaping: Section 02900 10. Cast-in-place Concrete: Section 03300 11. Divisions 15 and 16 Sections for installing underground mechanical and electrical utilities and structures.

1.03 SUBMITTALS A. In accordance with Section 01300, submit the following for approval:

1. Certificates of compliance of materials for liquid limit, plasticity, gradation, and dry density. (Note: Project Manager reserves the right to test materials for specification compliance). 2. Field Tests: Submit three copies of each field density, liquidity, plasticity, and gradation test within 24 hours after completion of testing. 3. Permits for disposal of excavated material:

a. Obtain written permits and releases from owners of property where material will be deposited. b. Submit copies of each permit and release from each property owner absolving SEPTA from responsibility in connection with such disposal.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Reference standards:

1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. C33, Concrete Aggregates. b. D422, Test Method for Particle-size Analysis of Soils. c. D698, Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3). d. D1556, Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method. e D1557, Compaction Test (Modified Proctor)f. D2167, Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Rubber-Balloon Method. g. D2216, Test Method for Laboratory Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil and Rock. h. D2922, Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). i. D4318 Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. j. D2487 Standard Classifications of Soils for Engineering Purposes.

2. American Association of Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): a. M43, Sizes of Aggregate for Road and Bridge Construction. b. M147, Materials for Aggregate and Soil-Aggregate Subbase, Base and Surface Courses. c. M80, Coarse Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete.

1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. Barricade open excavations and post with warning lights those excavations occurring on property adjacent to or within public access. Operate warning lights during hours from dusk to dawn each day and as otherwise required. EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND COMPACTION 02220 - 2


B. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by excavation and backfill operations.

C. Existing underground facilities: Indicated locations of known existing facilities and systems are approximate. Investigate and determine exact locations and natures of facilities and systems, and accept sole responsibility for damages thereto caused by construction activities. Before excavating in the vicinity of underground utilities, notify the appropriate jurisdiction or utility as specified in Section 01060. SEPTA does not guarantee that all facilities and systems, which may exist before the work begins, are indicated. Comply with PA Act 287 and all amendments (PA One-Call system)

1. Preserve, protect and maintain existing operable drains and sewers.

D. Keep excavations dry and control stormwater and runoff to prevent saturating exposed excavations.

E. Use of explosives is prohibited.

F. Toxic and Combustible Substances: 1. During excavation, provide equipment and carry out such tests as necessary to detect presence of toxic and combustible substances. 2. If the presence of noxious or explosive gas is indicated, immediately discontinue excavation operations and notify the Project Manager. Do not resume work at said locations until the necessary safety measures have been taken and further tests indicate the absence of any noxious or ex-plosive gases. 3. Take action to safeguard persons and property in accordance with rules and regulations of jurisdictional agencies and utility owners. 4. Promptly notify utility owners when problems concerning their facilities become apparent.

G. Existing Waste Conditions:

1. Contaminated Soils: Soil testing was conducted throughout the site and contaminated soils were observed at the following geotechnical soil boring locations: SB-2, SB-13, SB-14, and SB-20. See Environmental Site Assessment Report (Appendix E). A determination was made with a Photoionization meter that the soils at these locations have been impacted by volatile organic compounds (VOCs). The potentially affected area is shown in hashed lines on Contract Drawing C02. In accordance with Section 3.04 below, the Contractor is advised that such Residual/Hazardous excavated materials will not be used as fill or backfill on site, and that disposal of such material as Residual/Hazardous waste may be necessary. Separate bid lines are included in the bid schedule for the estimated quantities. It is anticipated that 100 cubic yards of contaminated soil will need to be removed. The Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost to test and legally dispose of all residual and hazardous material.

2. Underground Fuel Oil Storage Tank: One (1) 500 gallon underground fuel oil storage tank has been discovered adjacent to the electric substation (see Contract Drawing



C02). Although soil testing did not reveal any contaminated soils in the vicinity of the tank, all excavated soil that is deemed or discovered to be contaminated during excavation of the tank shall be treated as contaminated soil in accordance with subsection 1. above.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 Satisfactory Soil,A. Fill or Backfill Composition:

1. Fill shall be a well graded soil-aggregate mixture comprising stone, gravel, sand, silt, clay or combinations of such materials.

2. Per ASTM D 2487 soil classification the material shall fall within one of the following groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP and SM or in combination of these group symbols.

3. Prohibited material: Rock or gravel larger than 2 inches in any dimension, waste, frozen materials and deleterious materials including, organic matter, cinders, wood, roots, contaminated soil and construction debris.

4. Additional Requirements: a. Liquid limit: Forty maximum, determined in accordance with ASTM D4318. b. Plasticity index: Ten maximum, determined in accordance with ASTM D4318. c. Maximum dry density: Not less than 100 pounds per cubic foot. d.

B. Select Backfill Material: AASHTO M43, Size No. 57.

2.02 CRUSHED AGGREGATE FOR BACKFILL BELOW OVEREXCAVATIONA. No. 2A, Coarse Aggregate; PENNDOT Specifications Pub No. 408, Section 703, latest edition and all supplements.

2.03 TRENCH BEDDING AND BACKFILL A. Bedding Material:

1. AASHTO M43, Size No.57.B. Backfill Material:

1. Satisfactory soil material as specified.

2.04 SOURCE OF MATERIALS A. Suitable backfill material is not expected to be available from excavation operations and it is required to import the wall backfill materials. Obtain material meeting specified requirements for satisfactory wall backfill material from acceptable outside sources.

1. Soil in general may contain excess moisture in its natural state or may take on excess moisture during handling and stockpiling. Manipulation to dry material to proper moisture content prior to compaction may be necessary.

B. Use only material whose quality, source and zone of placement in the fill have been approved.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS



A. The Contractor is responsible for setting and establishing finish elevations and lines.

B. Disposal of Surplus and Unsuitable Material: Haul from site and legally dispose of any excavated materials which are excess or are determined to be not suitable for filling or backfilling, at no additional cost.

C. Unfavorable Weather: Do not place, spread, roll or compact fill material that is frozen or thawing, or during unfavorable weather conditions. If interrupted by heavy rain or other unfavorable conditions, do not resume until ascertaining that the moisture content and density of the previously placed soil are as specified.

D. Maintenance of Excavation: 1. Excavate and remove material outside the limits of excavation which, in the opinion of the Project Manager, is unstable and constitutes potential slides, and material which comes into excavations for any reason.

3.02 ROUGH GRADING AND FILLINGA. Perform such soil, concrete and rock fragment removal or fill as may be required to facilitate the progress of the work.

B. Fill holes that will not be completely removed by excavation, with lean concrete, crushed aggregate or clean select soil approved by the Project Manager and compacted as specified herein, in layers not exceeding six inches after compaction. In the retaining wall area where overexcavation is required only crushed aggregate can be used as backfill to the minimum thickness noted on the plans. If greater thicknesses of backfill are required due to holes or excavations to remove other construction, the backfill below the minimum wall fill thickness can consist of crushed aggregate or lean concrete.

C. Fill low points that will not otherwise be removed in the course of the work, to the indicated grades.

3.03 PUMPING AND DRAINAGE A. At all times during construction of the work and at its completion for final inspection by the Project Manager, provide and maintain ample means and suitable equipment, consistent with conditions encountered, to promptly remove and properly dispose of all water entering excavations or other parts of the work.

B. Control surface and subsurface water by diverting away from excavations at all times until the structures to be built therein are completed and backfilled to approximately final grades.

C. Dispose of water in a suitable manner approved by the Project Manager so as to avoid damage to adjacent property, existing structures and all work under construction. Do not pump drainage water onto the streets.

D. Provide and maintain, settling basins and sumps for catching and holding sediment. These shall be frequently cleaned and maintained. Wherever water containing mud, clay, sand or other material in suspension, is pumped from the excavations, make suitable provision to insure that the flow will be un-obstructed. Take precautions to avoid pumping water through freshly placed concrete.



E. At no time shall the uplift pressure on any structure exceed 80 percent of the downward pressure produced by the weight of the structure and any backfill in place. The Contractor shall submit his proposed methods of controlling uplift pressure to the Project Manager for approval prior to the start of excavation.

3.04 EXCAVATION A. General Requirements:

1. Excavate to the lines and grades indicated. 2. Support sides of excavation in accordance with applicable OSHA regulations and section 02160 requirements.3. Protect, support and maintain utility facilities. 4. Proceed with caution in areas of utility facilities; expose them by hand excavation or other methods where required. 5. Remove excavated materials to fill, stockpile or disposal locations. Keep haul routes clean.

a. Excavated material not used as backfill, will become the property of the Contractor, and shall be disposed of off the job-site.

6. Fill unauthorized and excess excavations with Satisfactory Soils as directed by the Project Manager. 7. Excavation for the convenience of the Contractor shall conform to the limits specified by the Project Manager at no additional cost to SEPTA. 9. If unsuitable materials are encountered at the required subgrades, the Project Manager may authorize the removal of such unsuitable materials and replacement with fill material specified in Article 2.02 or with concrete as specified in Article 3.02, B.

B. Trench Excavation: 1. Excavate trenches for utilities and drainage pipes by the open cut method where

feasible.2. Excavate to required widths as shown or detailed. 3. In paved areas, cut pavement on the neat lines at the width indicated for the trench. After compacting the backfill, restore pavement structure to a condition equivalent to or better than that of existing adjacent pavement. Restore pavement damaged outside the neat lines at no additional cost.

3.05 BACKFILL A. Prior to placing any Satisfactory Soil, the excavation subgrade must be recompacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum standard dry density as determined in accordance with ASTM D698, Method D to at least a 1 foot depth.

B. Place initial layer of fill and backfill only on subgrade which has been inspected and accepted by the Project Manager.

C. Place Satisfactory Soil in eight-inch loose layers, unless otherwise shown, for entire width so that each layer can be uniformly and properly compacted. Compact each layer to the specified density for the entire width of the fill.

D. Avoid accumulation of large pieces of material at one location. Fill voids and interstices with finer materials.

E. In confined areas, use approved power-activated compactors to achieve required density.



F. Prior to compaction, adjust moisture content of material within required limits by drying or watering either at material source or on fill.

G. Maintain fill in stable, well-drained condition.

H. Remove material that cannot be compacted to required density within specified tolerances, and replace with suitable material at no additional cost.

I. Allowable Tolerances: 1. Construct finished subgrade to vary not more than 0.05 foot above or 0.10 foot below elevation shown. 2. Maintain moisture content of fill or backfill material within plus or minus two percent of optimum moisture content of material. 3. Compact each layer of fill or backfill material to at least 95 percent of maximum standard dry density as determined in accordance with ASTM D698, Method D, atmoisture content within tolerance specified

3.06 COMPACTION ADJACENT TO STRUCTURES A. Compact fill or backfill materials within five feet of structures using plate compactors, power rammers, small rollers 5100 pounds max., etc.

B. Do not overstress structures.

C. Backfilling against new structures without approval is prohibited.

3.07 SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. Where the subgrade is on original ground or in cut or where fill is less than one foot, fulfill compaction requirement for 12 inches minimum below final sub-grade.

B. Remove rigid pavements and slabs that would be within five feet of finished grade and subgrade. Rigid pavements and slabs which will be five feet and more below finished grade and subgrade may be left in-place only if broken into pieces not larger than three feet in greatest dimension.

C. For subgrade on which structures will be placed: 1. If structures are indicated to be founded on rock and that rock has been undercut to an elevation lower than that indicated, fill undercut space with concrete of same class as that used in structure. 2. If subgrade material is disturbed, compact subgrade to 95 percent of maximum drydensity when tested in accordance with ASTM D 698 or remove and replace material with compacted backfill material and compact to 95 percent of maximum dry density, tested in accordance with ASTM D 698.

3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Test Method:

1. Determine the maximum dry density and the optimum moisture content in accordance with ASTM D698, Method D

B. Testing: 1. Provide an independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM E 329



2. Test each source of material proposed to be used for fill and backfill and submit test results to the Project Manager. Test material for moisture-density relationship in accordance with ASTM D698; for gradation in accordance with ASTM D422; for liquid limit in accordance with ASTM D4318; for plastic limit in accordance with ASTM D4318. 3. Fills:

a. Perform one in-place compaction test for each 5,000 square feet of material placed in each horizontal layer in accordance with either of the following: ASTM D1556, ASTM D2167, ASTM D2922. Except perform not less than one test for each layer. b. Perform one maximum dry density test for every different fill material but not less than one test for every ten compaction tests.

4. Backfill at structures: a. Perform one in-place compaction test for every 2500 square feet in each horizontal layer. Perform compaction test in accordance with either of the following: ASTM D1556, ASTM D2167, ASTM D2922, and ASTM D 2937, as applicable.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 02221

VIBRATION AND DISPLACEMENT MONITORING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS


1.2 SUMMARY

A. Structures to be monitored and included in the Structures Condition Survey: 1. Existing track, retaining wall and structure within 100ft

B. Structures Condition Survey. This work shall consist of furnishing labor, transportation, equipment, materials, preparing reports, and incidentals necessary for performing baseline condition surveys of existing structures and preparing permanent records reporting the findings, before initiation of work, after completion of work, and intermittently if Shutdown Response Values for displacement, vibration or rotation are exceeded.

C. Vibration Monitoring. This work shall consist of performing vibration monitoring before construction commences to establish baseline levels and performing vibration monitoring during construction activities. This work shall include installing, protecting, and maintaining instrumentation including but not limited to seismographs. Vibration monitoring locations shall be proposed by the Contractor’s vibration and displacement monitoring specialist in the Site Specific Work Plan (SSWP), to protect the structures listed above.

D. Control Survey. This work shall consist of installing and monitoring rotation measured by uniaxial or biaxial tiltmeters or tiltbeams (tiltmeters) at a minimum of two locations.Biaxial tiltmeters shall be used at the recently constructed T-Wall retaining wall and existing concrete retaining wall to the north and south of the west Launching/Receiving Shaft. The Contractor shall also propose locations for optical survey prisms to monitor subsidence of these two structures and the existing rail within 50 feet of the Casing Pipe alignment. This work shall include installing, protecting, and maintaining instrumentation including but not limited to optical survey prisms and tiltmeters. Two reference points will be located to allow the Contractor to backsight to a point outside of the zone of influence for the work.

E. Related Sections:1. Specification 02220 Excavation, Backfill and Compaction2. Specification 02300 Trenchless Installation

Page 02221-1


1.3 REFERENCES

A. Where applicable, the latest editions of the following standards shall be considered a part of these specifications. In case of conflict, these specifications shall take precedence over the listed standard.

1. PennDOT. Publication 122M – Surveying and Mapping Manual.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 STRUCTURES CONDITION SURVEY

The Contractor shall provide general digital photography and video equipment, capable of superimposing the date and time on all images. The Contractor shall provide measuring equipment and grid crack gauges, which shall be installed as deemed necessary by the Contractor’s vibration and displacement monitoring specialist to compare crack sizes prior to and throughout construction.

2.2 VIBRATION MONITORING

The Contractor shall provide 3-component seismographs (Triaxial Geophone Anchors) and any incidental items, capable of measuring particle velocity data in three mutually perpendicular directions. Annual factory calibration is required throughout the duration of the work. The device shall measure peak particle velocity remotely and data shall be reported in in/sec continuously at 5 second intervals.

2.3 CONTROL SURVEY

Accelerometer transducer tiltmeters shall be used at the locations shown in the Contract Documents and as proposed in the approved SSWP. The tiltmeters shall be mounted to measure the rotation of the full height of wall at each discrete location, opposed to measuring the rotation of an individual block in the wall. Optical survey prisms at the locations shown in the approved SSWP shall be provided to monitor the structures listed above and surveyed asdescribed in the approved SSWP.

2.4 GROUT OR TREMIE CEMENT CONCRETE

Grout or Tremie Cement Concrete in accordance with Publication 408 Section 1001, shall be used to fill any holes in concrete structures or the ground formed to install monitoring equipment. The grout shall be placed using tremie methods and be placed at no additional cost. Alternative materials and methods for filling holes may be submitted for the consideration of the Engineer.

Page 02221-2


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Construction activities shall not begin until Vibration and Displacement Monitoring, as specified in the Site Specific Work Plan (SSWP), is reviewed by the Project Managerwith no exceptions taken, and the monitoring program is implemented. All devices shall be working properly and calibrated within the last year. Weekly visits shall be made for inspection and preventative maintenance of monitoring equipment. A minimum of twoweek immediately after installation will be scheduled and provided to ensure the equipment is working properly and to take baseline readings before any construction activities commence. The Contractor is responsible for maintaining, protecting, and replacing the instrumentation as necessary throughout the work. If instrumentation shows any indication of malfunction, damage or vandalism, the effected device shall be immediately repaired and recalibrated or replaced. Tiltmeter readings and vibration monitoring readings shall be reported in real-time on a secure website, made accessible to the Project Engineer. Optical survey prism readings shall be reported within 24 hours of being surveyed. All instruments shall be removed from the site upon the completion of vibration inducing activities, as approved by the Project Manager.

3.2 QUALIFICATIONS

A. The Contractor shall engage the services of a specialized firm providing a Professional Engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to conduct the Structures Condition Survey of the existing structures listed above, a vibration monitoring consultant to measure peak particle velocities prior to and during construction operations and a Professional Land Surveyor licensed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to perform the Control Survey and report the data as specified herein. The specialized firm and the individuals filling the two roles specified above shall have experience from three similar projects within the last five years.

3.3 SUBMITTALSA. The Contractor shall submit the SSWP to the Project Manager a minimum of 10

workdays in advance of any construction activities for approval. The SSWP may be returned to the Contractor for revision or clarification. All reports shall clearly identify the Contract Number, date and time of measurements, Contractor, and specialized firm. All results shall be reported in imperial units

B. The following submittals are required:1. Site Specific Work Plan (SSWP)

2. Qualifications for each of the Professional Engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and Professional Land Surveyor licensed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania showing three successfully completed three similar projects within the last five years. One person may serve more than one of these roles.

Page 02221-3


3. A plan identifying the structures and utilities, the zone to be monitored, and proposed locations for monitoring instrumentation.

4. A description of the Vibration and Displacement Monitoring program including: i. The findings of the pre-construction Structures Condition Surveyii. The equipment proposed to be used for monitoring (Manufacturer, model

number, serial number)iii. The tolerances of equipment to be used for monitoringiv. Calibration records of any instruments to be used for monitoring (with serial

number of equipment)v. Procedures for and a detail of installation of monitoring equipmentvi. Methods and frequency of measurements vii. Methods of data distribution (Real-time data on secure website, alert

messages, report submittals) viii. Procedures for removal and restoration following monitoring ix. The scheduled start date and length of construction operations, which

require vibration monitoring.x. Anticipated construction induced vibration levels based in construction

equipment proposed and ground conditions.

5. Structural Condition Survey Reports shall be submitted to the Project Manager documenting the pre-construction condition, post monitoring condition, and the condition in any 100 foot radius zone of influence where the Shutdown Response Value was reached for each occurrence. The pre-construction Structural Condition Survey shall be included in the SSWP. The post-construction Structural Condition Survey shall be submitted within three weeks following the completion of monitoring. All other Structure Condition Surveys shall be submitted within 48 hours after the inspection was performed. Two hard copies and an electronic pdf file shall be submitted to the Project Manager for each Structures Condition Survey performed.

6. Vibration Monitoring Reports shall be provided to the Project Manager on a daily basis, summarizing the construction activities performed that day and the maximum levels recorded on all instruments. This shall be in addition to the real-time data available on a secure website. In addition, the Project Manager shall be notified immediately via text message and email of all alert and shutdown values obtained.

7. Control Survey Reports shall be uploaded to the secure website on a daily basis,summarizing the construction activities performed that day and the maximum levels recorded on all optical survey prisms and tiltmeters. This shall be in addition to the real-time tiltmeter data available on a secure website. In addition, the Project Manager shall be notified immediately via text message and email of all alert and shutdown values obtained.

3.4 STRUCTURES CONDITION SURVEY

A. Provide, as a minimum, the following information:1. Photographic and videotape documentation of the condition of the

structures(s).

Page 02221-4


2. A written description of the extent and location of existing signs of structuraldistress such as cracks, spalling, deformation, etc., compiled with photographic documentation in a report.

B. Structures Conditions Surveys shall be performed pre-construction, post-construction, and following Alert or Shutdown Response Values as directed by the Project Manager.

C. The Contractor shall notify the Project Manager one week before the Pre-Construction Structures Condition Survey is scheduled, as the Project Manager may accompany the Contractor during the Structures Condition Survey for verification of the data recorded.

D. The Contractor shall notify the Project Manager one week before the Post-Construction Structures Condition Survey is scheduled, as the Project Manager may accompany the Contractor during the Structures Condition Survey for verification of the data recorded.

3.5 CONTROL SURVEY

A. The Contractor shall perform continuous vibration monitoring during vibration inducing construction operations including, but not limited to, all excavation and caisson installation. The Contractor shall perform contract work in a manner that will limit construction-induced vibration to within the limits set in the approved SSWP, at the structures listed, plus a minimum radius of 100 feet around each of these structures. The extent of vibration induced by particular construction activities, the soil conditions, and stages of construction shall all be considered by the specialized firm performing this work to ensure structures are not impacted. The Contractor shall be in communication with their specialized firm during vibration monitoring at all locations to verify the data recorded.

B. The Contractor shall obtain optical survey prism monitoring data at the frequency presented in Table 3, below, or more often as deemed necessary by the specialized firm performing this work. All survey shall be a First Order Class I Survey. A minimum of two (2) reference monuments shall be furnished and installed outside of the zone of influence of construction activities and protected during construction. Survey prisms shall be mounted on each track directly above the pipe alignment and every 10ft in each direction beyond the pipe alignment a total of 20 feet in each direction. Prisms shall be mounted to the ties such that they can be surveyed without fouling the tracks being monitored.

C. All displacements shall be reported to the hundredth of an inch. Rotations shall be reported to the one thousandth of a radian. In addition to the requirements specified herein, any manufacturers’ requirements for product accessories or installation shall be followed. Ambient temperature shall also be measured and reported to the nearest degree Fahrenheit at the same time increments as rotational measurement.

3.6 ALERT AND SHUTDOWN VALUES

A. The following Alert and Shutdown Response Values are recommended. Alternative values may be proposed in the SSWP, for consideration by the Engineer.

Page 02221-5


Table 3 – Instrumentation Frequency of Monitoring and Response Values

Instrument Type

Measurement Structures

Frequency of Monitoring Response ValuesOne Month

Prior to Constructio

During Construction

Alert Value

Shutdown Value

Tiltmeters Rotation (rad)

Retaining Walls

Twice per Day

Twice per Day 0.001 0.002

RetainingWalls

Twice per Day


Optical Survey

Displacement (in)

RR Tracks Twice per Day


B. If Alert Response Values or Shutdown Response Values are recorded an alert message shall be sent via e-mail and instant text message to representatives of the Owner, Project Manager, and Contractor, whose names and contact information will be included in the SSWP. If an Alert Response Value is recorded, the frequency of measurements may be increased as directed by the Project Manager. If a Shutdown Response Value is recorded, all work in the zone of influence where the Shutdown event was recorded shall be suspended until directed otherwise by the Project Manager. The Zone of Influence shall encompass the location where the Shutdown event was recorded and a minimum radius of 100 feet around the location, or greater as deemed necessary by specialized firm performing Vibration and Displacement Monitoring. The specialized firm performing the Vibration and Displacement Monitoring will conduct an investigation into what caused the event to be recorded and the Contractor shall adjust their operations to prevent further values greater than Shutdown Response Value.

3.8 PAYMENT

All costs for the vibration and monitoring work shall be incidental to wall construction.

END OF SECTION

Page 02221-6


SECTION 02230

SUBBASE COURSE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this Section consists of furnishing, placing and compacting

aggregate for subbase on completed subgrade or properly prepared foundation to the lines, grades, and dimensions indicated.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. The work is related to the following sections:

1. Section 02520: Bituminous Concrete Paving

1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS:

1. Certificate of Compliance stating that aggregate conforms to Specifications.


1.05 REFERENCES A. Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of Transportation (PennDOT)

Specifications, Publication 408, Section 350, except as modified herein.

B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. D698, Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using

Standard Effort (12,400 ft - lbf/ft3). 2. D1556, Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Core

Method. 3. D2922, Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear

Methods (Shallow Depth).

1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Transport, deliver, and handle aggregate materials in a manner and by those means

which will prevent segregation, contamination, and excessive wetting of aggregate.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 AGGREGATE A. Type C or better, No. 2A Aggregate conforming to PennDOT Specification, Publication

408, Section 703.2.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION A. Inspect completed subgrade. Correct irregularities or soft areas by scarifying, reshaping,

and recompaction, or by replacement, as directed by the Project Manager.

Subbase Course 02230-1


3.02 CONSTRUCTION A. Use material uniformly graded and containing enough moisture to prevent segregation

during stockpiling, hauling, and placing, and to minimize the need for adding water during compaction.

B. Placement: 1. Control the elevation and depth of the subbase. 2. Deposit the material on the prepared area by means of spreaders or other

approved method, in a manner which will not cause segregation. 3. Construct subbase in courses not over 8 inches in compacted depth.

3.03 COMPACTION AND DENSITY A. Compact the uniformly spread material to not less than 100 percent of the maximum dry-

weight density, which will be determined in accordance with ASTM D698 or ASTM D1557. The in-place density will be determined in accordance with ASTM D1556 or ASTM D2922, where directed, for each 27,000 ft2, or less, of each layer of completed subbase. When the material is too coarse to use these methods, determine compaction based on non-movement of the material under the compaction equipment. Proceed with compaction gradually from sides to center, with each succeeding pass uniformly overlapping the previous pass. Continue until the entire area is satisfactorily shaped and compacted.

B. If stone material does not contain sufficient moisture after placement; add water to obtain proper compaction. Otherwise, remix, reconstruct, or replace the material, as directed.

3.04 SURFACE TOLERANCE A. Test the finished surface for irregularities by using a template cut to the required cross

section of the surface. Equip the template with metal or other vertical extensions attached to each end, so the bottom of the template will be at the elevation of the top of the surface. Test the cross section for surface irregularities at intervals of not more than 25 ft.

B. Correct all surface irregularities exceeding ½ in. by loosening the surface and removing or adding material as required. Compact the corrected area and surrounding surface.

3.05 TEST FOR DEPTH A. Carefully dig a test hole to the full depth of the completed subbase, where directed by

the Project Manager, for each area where subbase is placed.

B. The Project Manager will measure the depth of the finished base.

C. Where the base is ½ in. or more deficient from the depth indicated, scarify to a 3 in. depth, blend with additional material, recompact, or otherwise correct, as directed by the Project Manager. Additional test holes may be required, if directed to determine the limits of defective areas.

D. After the depth has been measured, backfill test holes with acceptable material and compact.



END OF SECTION



SECTION 02270

EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Furnish, install, maintain and remove all temporary and permanent

measures for erosion control on slopes and other surfaces subject to soil erosion, as indicated on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Related Work Specified Elsewhere:

1. Section 02050: Demolition 2. Section 02100: Site Preparation 3. Section 02220: Excavation, Backfill and Compaction 4. Section 02900: Seeding and Mulching


1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The work under this Section shall be in accordance with the requirements and

procedures of the following documents: 1. “Erosion and Sediment Pollution Control Program Manual,” published by PADEP,

Bureau of Soil and Water Conservation 2. Applicable requirements of PennDOT Specifications, Publication 4083. Applicable requirements of PennDOT Standards for Roadway Construction

PART 2 - MATERIALS

2.01 GENERAL A. Erosion control measures, to be provided in accordance with Chapter 5 of the “Erosion

and Sediment Pollution Control Program Manual,” published by PADEP, Bureau of Soil and Water Conservation, are indicated on the Plans and include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Rock construction entrance2. Rock filter dam3. Silt barrier fence4. Inlet protection5. Desilting bags6. Sediment traps7. Hay/straw bales8. Mulch, fertilizer, seeding

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

Erosion And Sedimentation Control 02270-1


A. The Contractor shall incorporate, as the work progresses, all permanent and temporary slope protection and erosion control features at the earliest practicable time. Temporary erosion control measures shall be used to correct conditions that develop during construction that were not foreseen during the design stage.

B. Temporary measures shall be coordinated with the construction of permanent drainage facilities and other permanent erosion control work to the extent practicable to assure economical, effective and continuous erosion control.

C. Control measures and facilities, both temporary and permanent, will be maintained during the progress of the work. This will be done by implementing a program of proper disposal of materials and frequent removal of materials until permanent stabilization of70% of the disturbed area has been achieved.

D. Materials not used in construction will be removed from the site as early as possible. Dewatered sediment cleaned from the silt fence barriers and temporary desilting bags will be disposed of off-site.

E. During construction, the temporary desilting bags and the silt fence barriers will be cleaned at regular intervals to avoid overflows and prevent loss of more than 30% of their filtering capacity.

3.02 SEEDING REQUIREMENTS A. All finished slopes shall be seeded and/or mulched with erosion control matting for

slopes 3:1 or steeper in approximately 15-foot increments with permanent in-season seeding as indicated in the seeding schedule shown on the Plans. This shall be done immediately after grading is completed, at the full application rates specified for seed, soil supplement, mulch, or other stabilization methods.

B. In areas where permanent seeding will not be performed within a period of 20 calendar days after the completion of the excavation or embankment operation, temporary seeding and/or mulching shall be performed as specified.

3.03 EROSION CONTROL STAGING A. Each section item of the construction and erosion control staging notes must be

completed before initiating subsequent items in the same section.

B. The limits of disturbance must be clearly marked in the field prior to general earth disturbance at the project site.

END OF SECTION

Erosion And Sedimentation Control 02270-2


SECTION 02300

TRENCHLESS INSTALLATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This work shall include furnishing all labor, equipment, tools, materials, and design services necessary to install the underground facilities shown on the plans, covered in this specification, or as otherwise required to construct a fully functional watertight facility to the limits shown on the Plans.

This work shall also include where applicable, design and installation of a steel sleeve under tracks, installation of bore spacers, conduit, and grout within steel sleeve, installing driving shafts, intermediate shafts and receiving shafts, advancing casing, excavation, dewatering, placement of embankment, Contact Grouting, Backfill Grouting, and all other labor, equipment, or materials required to complete the work detailed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, or as directed by the Engineer.

One of the following methods, Auger Boring, Pipe Jacking, Microtunneling, Pipe Ramming, or Utility Tunneling shall be proposed in the submittals required herein. Alternative methods, including, but not limited to slurry boring, and soil compaction, will not be allowed. Design and installation of support to accommodate required excavation for the launch and receiving pits as required for jacking and boring operations.

1.02 DEFINITIONS

1. For the purposes of allocation of responsibilities only within this specification,the following definitions shall apply:

2. Auger Boring - shall refer to a technique where a horizontal bore hole iscreated by means of a rotating cutting head. Spoils are transported by helical-wound auger flights rotating inside a steel casing that is being installed by thePrincipal of Pipe Jacking.

3. Backfill Grouting - shall be defined as placing grout to fill the annular spacebetween the Casing Pipe and the Carrier Pipe.

4. Casing Pipe or Casing - shall be defined as a pipe which is installed for thepurpose of stabilizing an excavation.

5. Carrier Pipe - is defined as pipe which is installed inside of casing pipe tohouse the utility.

6. Closed Shield - shall be a shield which incorporates a closed pressurechamber and does not allow direct access to the face.

Trenchless Installation 02300-1


7. Contact Grouting - shall be defined as injecting grout to fill the annular spacebetween the Casing Pipe and the excavated ground to ensure contactbetween the Casing Pipe and the ground.

8. Driving or Launching Shaft - shall be an excavation constructed for initiatingthe advancement of a casing as part of a trenchless technology operation.

9. Engineer of Record - shall be defined as the Professional Engineer licensedin Pennsylvania, responsible for the preparation of the Contract Documents.

10. Intermediate Shaft - shall be defined as a shaft constructed between thedriving shaft and receiving shaft to overcome resistance associated withlonger length trenchless installations or to accommodate changes in directionalong the alignment.

11. Microtunneling - shall be defined as a remote controlled guided Pipe Jackingprocess that provides continuous support to the excavation face.

12. Open Shield - shall be a shield which allows direct access to the face or apoint immediately behind the cutters. It does not include provisions for apressure-balance of the heading.

13. Pipe Jacking - shall be defined as pipe that is advanced using the Principalsof Pipe Jacking, horizontally through the ground.

14. Pipe Ramming – shall be defined as a non-steerable system of forming abore by driving an open-ended steel casing using a percussion hammer froma driving shaft to a receiving shaft. The soil may be removed from the casingby auguring, jet-cutting, or compressed air. In some instances a closed endpipe may be used.

15. Principle of Pipe Jacking - shall be defined as the use of hydraulic rams topush pipe sections along a controlled excavated alignment formed by acutting head or shield. The principle of pipe jacking applies to Auger Boring,Microtunneling, and to the Pipe Jacking method itself.

16. Receiving Shaft - shall be an excavation constructed at the termination pointof a trenchless installation.

17. Shop Drawings - shall refer to the plans submitted by the Contractor.

18. Trenchless Methods or Trenchless Installations - shall be defined herein asAuger Boring, Pipe Jacking, Microtunneling, Pipe Ramming, and UtilityTunneling.

19. Utility Tunneling - shall be defined as a process in which an accessexcavation is installed to allow workers located at the face of the tunnel toremove the encountered material while inside a protective shield such as linerplates are installed. As the workers continue to dig, the shield is hydraulicallythrust forward from the liner plates behind it. When the shield is completely



advanced, the hydraulic cylinders are retracted and additional liner plates are installed. The excavation can be accomplished manually or mechanically.


A. Section 01300: Submittals

B. Section 02160: Excavation Support and Protection

C. Section 02190: Site Monitoring

D. Section 02220: Excavation, Backfill and Compaction

E. Section 03100: Concrete Formwork

F. Section 03200: Concrete Reinforcement

G. Section 03300: Cast-In-Place Concrete

1.04 REFERENCES

A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)

B. American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association (AREMA)

1. AREMA: Manual for Railway Engineering

C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

1. ASTM A36/A36M -Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel

2. ASTM A53 –Pipe Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, welded andSeamless

3. ASTM A307 -Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,60 000 psi Tensile Strength

4. ASTM A449 -Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Steel Boltsand Studs

5. ASTM A1011 -Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled,Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low Alloy, High-Strength Low Alloy withImproved Formability and Ultra-High Strength

D. American Wood-Preservers’ Association:

E. American Welding Society (AWS):

1. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code -Steel

F. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)



1. OSHA CFR 1926.800 – Underground Construction

1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. Design steel sleeve joints to be water tight/leak proof construction. Design for earth and other pressures present, plus railway E80 + 50% live loading with associated recommended impact loading and anticipated jacking loads.

B. Design steel sleeve in accordance with AREMA Manual for Railway Engineering.

C. Support ground continuously to prevent loss of ground, and keep perimeters and face of sleeve stable.

1.06 SUBMITTALS

A. All submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300.

B. Plans for proposed installation shall be submitted to and meet the approval of SEPTA before construction is begun.

C. Plans shall be drawn to scale showing the relation of the proposed pipeline to railway tracks, angle of crossing, location of valves, railway survey station, right-of-way lines and general layout of tracks and railway facilities. Plans should also show a cross section (or sections) from field survey, showing pipe in relation to actual profile of ground and tracks. Plan should show proposed location of jacking and receiving pits. If open-cutting or tunneling is necessary, details of sheeting and method of supporting tracks or driving tunnel shall be shown.

D. Shop Drawings shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

E. The Contractor shall provide a statement of qualifications in accordance with Section 1.09.

F. The Contractor’s specialist performing Ground Penetrating Radar (GPR) or other approved geophysical methods shall have minimum of five (5) years of work experience on at least three (3) projects in the execution of similar work.

G. Submit a written procedure describing the jacking and boring method, including details of launching and receiving shafts a minimum of 30 days prior to start of work.

H. Submit complete structural and geotechnical design calculations showing that the steel sleeve can resist the soil, thrust, drag, hydrostatic and train surcharge loads in addition to any construction loads imposed by the Contractor to install the liner and/or advance the liner. Calculations shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and shall be submitted a minimum of 30 days prior to start of work.

I. Submit certified test reports that the steel sleeve was manufactured and tested in accordance with the ASTM standards specified herein.



J. Submit manufacturer’s plans and calculations indicating the ability of the steel sleeve to resist jacking stresses. Calculations shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

K. Submit details and design of support of excavation for the launch and receiving shafts as specified in Section 02160.

L. Submit history of previous work completed of equivalent nature and scope. Include qualifications and experience of key personnel.

M. Submit description of proposed construction plan, dewatering plan, and plan to establish and maintain vertical and horizontal alignment.

N. Submit emergency response procedures to handle situations when liner is compromised and jeopardizes the integrity of installation or safety.

O. Boring Path Report which includes spoils removal log and relevant field observations such as loss of drilling fluid, difficult advance, obstructions, voidsetc.

If modifications to the pipe installation method are required during construction to accommodate field conditions, the Contractor shall submit revisions to the above listed documents delineating the modifications and including the reasons for the changes.

Work shall not commence until the Engineer approves the above listed submittals.

1.07 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01700: Contract Closeout: Requirements for submittals.

B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of Casing Pipe and invert elevations at launch and retrieval shafts.


A. Perform work in accordance with PennDOT Standard, NUCA Trenchless Excavation Construction Equipment & Methods Manual, AREMA, and all relevant local, state and federal regulations.

1.09 QUALIFICATIONS

A. The Contractor shall provide a statement of qualifications for proposed personnel and/or subcontractors regularly engaged in trenchless installations who have successfully installed casing pipe on at least four projects in the past ten (10) years, of similar length, diameter, and complexity to those shown on the Contract Drawing, via the Contractor’s proposed trenchless method. Experience shall be relevant to the anticipated subsurface materials, groundwater conditions, and any special construction techniques required. The statement of qualifications shall clearly list completed projects with details of the types of installations, names of



personnel directly performing the work, owner contact names, and telephone numbers.

The Contractor shall provide details of experience of the supervisory personnel in charge of daily operations indicating a minimum of five (5) years of work experience on at least five (5) projects in the execution of similar work. The supervisor shall be present at the site during performance of all Work.

The Contractor shall provide details of experience of the operator(s) of the tunneling equipment, with a minimum of five (5) years of work experience on at least three (3) projects in the execution of similar work.

1.10 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Section 01041: Project Coordination: Pre-installation meeting

1.11 ADDITIONAL SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION

A. The Contractor shall interpret the available geotechnical data for adequacy and applicability and perform additional investigation at their own expense if deemed necessary.

1.12 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Section 01600: Material and Equipment: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products

1.13 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Section 01600: Material and Equipment: Environmental conditions affecting products on site

1.14 FIELD MEASUREMENTS

A. Verify invert elevations prior to excavation and installation of tunnel liner.

1.15 COORDINATION

A. Section 01041: Project Coordination: Requirements for coordination.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 STEEL SLEEVE MATERIAL

A. Steel Sleeve:

1. Steel Sleeve shall conform to ASTM 53, Standard Specification for Pipe,Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless, with thefollowing minimum properties:



a. Tensile strength: 60,000 psi

b. Yield strength: 35,000 psi

c. Minimum steel sleeve thickness shall be 0.688 inch.

2. Minimum steel sleeve thickness shall be increased as required to resistjacking loads.

B. Coatings

1. Steel Sleeve:

a. Hot Dipped Galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123

b. Shop applied 5 mil thick bituminous coating each side of liner plate.Bituminous coating shall be in accordance with AASHTO M190. Primecoat shall be provided to ensure compatibility with galvanized surface inaccordance with coating manufacturer’s recommendations.

2.02 BORE SPACER

A. Bore Spacer

1. As specified on the contract drawings.

2.03 CONDUIT

A. Conduit

1. Conduit in accordance with Section 16320 and the contract drawings.

2.04 GROUT

A. Grout: One part portland cement and 6 parts mortar sand mixed with water to a fluid consistency applicable for injection through lining grout holes to fill voids and with prompt setting to control grout flow. The minimum compressive strength shall be 2500 psi at initial set and 5000 psi at 28 -days.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. The Contractor shall bear full responsibility for the methods employed and for any damage incurred while performing the work. Under no circumstances shall the flow of traffic be disturbed except as specified on plans during the performance of work. Should the performance of the work result in any damages that impede the regular flow of traffic, the Contractor shall incur a “traffic disruption penalty” by SEPTA, charged by the hour until the damages are repaired and regular traffic flow is restored. The “traffic disruption penalty” shall



be charged at a predetermined amount specified in the Contract Documents, which shall be in addition to the cost of repairing the damages.

B. Excavation of the launching and receiving shafts (pits) shall be accomplished with equipment, methods, and workmanship that will minimize disturbance to the remaining ground around the site and any surrounding structures. In Appendix Ais the SEPTA’s shoring requirements for work rail and transit (Figure 15-1), 69th

Street Transportation Center T-wall Shop Drawings dated 7/27/15 and a photo of the existing wall exposed during T-wall construction with approximate dimensions.

C. All excavation shall be performed in a safe manner. Safety regulations applicable to this work include, but are not limited to, the OSHA regulations referenced in this Section. The launching and receiving pits shall be maintained in a safe condition during construction.

1. Survey control is the responsibility of the Contractor per Section 01050.

D. Casing Pipe shall be installed not less than 4 ft. from bottom of subballast to top of pipe at its closest point nor less than 3 ft. from bottom of ditches. Plastic carrier pipe must be encased under secondary or industry tracks.

E. Known geotechnical data from adjacent projects (Draft Final Geotechnical Report – 69th Street Station Parking Garage dated November 2010 and SubsurfaceInvestigation and Geotechnical Evaluation SEPTA 69th Street Terminal Retaining Wall dated June 8, 2015)is provided in Appendix B of this specification. Any further geotechnical data required to complete this operation is the responsibility of the contractor to obtain.

F. Dewatering of the site is the responsibility of the contractor and shall be approved by SEPTA prior to monitor settlements and displacements as specified in Section 02190. All work shall be executed to ensure ground movements do not exceed threshold values specified in Section 02190.

Delays, additional equipment, or additional labor resulting from the presence of water, snow, ice, or the pumping of water shall not be considered for additional compensation or extension of time.

Ground Improvement required to stabilize ground or required to perform the work, including delays, additional equipment, materials, and labor associated with ground improvement shall take place in accordance with the SSWP and at no additional cost.

G. Do not commence Casing Pipe installation until all instrumentation has been installed, baseline readings established and approved by the Engineer. See Section 02190.

H. Unless otherwise approved by SEPTA, the carrier pipe installation shall be conducted continuously on a 24-hour basis, until the liner extends at least 25 feet beyond the centerline of the last track.



I. Casing Pipe shall be so constructed as to prevent leakage of any substance from the casing throughout its length except at ends. Casing Pipe shall be so installed as to prevent the formation of a waterway under the railway, with an even bearing throughout its length, and shall slope to one end (except for longitudinal occupancy) .

3.02 EQUIPMENT

The equipment used shall be as proposed in the Shop Drawings and SSWP.

A. Tunnel Shield

1. Tunnel Shields shall include means to secure the heading in event ofunstable ground or a work stoppage, include means to accommodateobstructions at the heading (e.g., rubble backfill from original construction,etc.), and shall be compatible with anticipated ground and groundwaterconditions.

B. Guidance and Control System

1. The Contractor shall continually monitor the alignment and grade of theCasing Pipe. Necessary controls shall be provided to ensure properhorizontal and vertical alignment. The alignment shall be verified at any timeat the request of the Engineer.

2. The guidance system shall be capable of generating a plot of the boreholesurvey showing depths of the installed piping along its entire length andproposed pipe depth. Depths shown on the plot of the borehole survey shallbe accurate to 1/10 of a foot. The guidance system shall have an inclinationaccuracy of 0.01 % of grade, a range of 1/10 of a foot, an azimuthrepeatability of 0.1 % of grade and a range of 1/10 of a foot. The Contractorshall measure the repeatability of the inclination/azimuth before drillingcommences.

3. Survey and measurement of alignment and grade shall be the soleresponsibility of the Contractor and at no additional cost to the Authority perSection 01050.

C. Spoil Removal System

1. Spoil removal equipment shall be as proposed in the certified SSWP, and bebased on ground and groundwater conditions.

D. Bentonite Injection System

1. The use of bentonite or polymer slurry to lubricate the outside of the casing toreduce driving forces will only be allowed upon approval by the Engineer.Bentonite injection system equipment shall be as proposed in the certifiedSSWP.



3.03 STEEL SLEEVE INSTALLATION

A. Out-of-tolerance steel sleeve shall not be accepted or paid for. Initial steel sleeve position shall be monitored daily by the Contractor's surveyor.

B. Jacking and boring operations for the steel sleeve shall be continuous and precautions shall be taken to avoid interruptions which might cause the face to collapse.

C. Steer jacking of the sleeve to maintain line and grade. Survey and continuously monitor lines and grades.

D. Advance excavation in increments sufficient for placing segment of pipeimmediately after each increment of tunnel jacking is completed.

E. Contractor is responsible for the removal and proper disposal of all excavated materials in accordance with all local, state and federal regulations. Owner will not be responsible for waste or excavated material related to the contractor’s operations. Spoil removal equipment shall be as proposed in the certified SSWP, and be based on ground and groundwater conditions.

F. Whenever Casing Pipe installation operations are suspended, support excavation face by positive means. The Contractor’s geotechnical engineer shall be on-site periodically to check that stability is maintained.

G. The Casing Pipe shall be set to the required lines and grades and maintained in proper alignment and shall be installed without damage to the coating. All damaged steel sleeves shall be replaced.

H. Clean surfaces of steel sleeves of foreign matter to ensure proper connections.

I. In the event that an obstruction is encountered, the approved contingency plan included in the SSWP shall be implemented to remove it. In the event that an obstruction or other condition prevents the completed installation, the casing shall be abandoned, a concrete plug shall be installed at the leading end of the Casing Pipe and the remaining void shall be filled with Backfill Grout using tremie methods or as approved by the Engineer. Removal of the casing shall not be permitted. No additional payment will be made for abandonment of the casing or for additional attempts.

J. To assess whether the installation of the subject facility compromised the integrity of the subgrade and to determine if voids were created outside of the casing by the operation, Ground Penetrating Radar (GPR) or other approved geophysical methods shall be performed below facilities as the Engineer deems necessary. Any voids created outside of the casing pipe shall be filled in accordance with a method approved by the Engineer submitted in the SSWP for void remediation.

If voids are identified, void remediation shall be performed as described herein. The effectiveness of the remediation shall be confirmed through post remediation investigation of voids to confirm the condition identified has been repaired. If the



voids have not been filled a revised Void Remediation Plan shall be submitted and approved by the Engineer, void remediation shall be performed, and investigation of voids shall be re-performed until the voids have been filled. This work shall be done at no additional cost and shall be performed with minimized impact to traffic.

K. Jack and Bore Operations

1. After approval of the Shop Drawings and written procedures, the Contractorshall notify the Engineer a minimum of 7 working days prior to the start of theinstallation of the pipe by a trenchless method.

The use of hand-mining ahead of the pipe shall be evaluated on a projectspecific basis depending on the soil conditions and shall require approval bythe Authority. Should hand-mining be permitted, the excavation shall notextend more than 18 inches beyond the end of the pipe or as specified by theAuthority.

Bracing and backstops shall be designed and jacks of sufficient rating shallbe used so that the jacking can be progressed without stoppage (except foradding lengths of pipe) until the leading edge of the pipe has reached thereceiving shaft.

The operation shall provide means to control the face throughout the entireinstallation process, including stoppage to remove obstruction, and to preventany raveling of the ground within the jacked pipe or casing. Grout and/ordewater the soil as required to mitigate against instability. Grouting shall notunduly hinder subsequent excavation and/or jacking operations.

L. Pipe Ramming Operations

1. The use of Pipe Ramming shall be evaluated on a project specific basis andshall only be allowed when approved by SEPTA.

The use of pipe ramming shall only be permitted on drives of 100 feet or less.Drives shall always begin from the upstream side of the crossing to ensurethe flow line of the pipe is in the correct flow direction as shown on theContract Drawings since gravitational forces will force the pipe to driftdownward slightly during the pipe ramming process. Closed face piperamming shall not be permitted.

The type of casing and conduit shall be limited to steel pipe. A driveabilityanalysis of the pipe shall be performed to ensure that the steel grade andpipe wall thickness is adequate to overcome driving stresses and that a largeenough hammer is supplied to advance the pipe the entire length of the drive.

Vibration and displacement monitoring shall be performed on any existing orproposed structures, pavements, railroads, earth slopes, utilities, phasedconstruction elements, etc., or any other potential vulnerabilities within theproject limits.



If Pipe Ramming is approved for an individual project, the Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings, driveability analysis, vibration and displacement monitoring plan, and written procedures to the Engineer a minimum of 30 calendar days prior to the start of the installation of the pipe by a trenchless method.

M. Utility Tunneling Operations

1. The use of Utility Tunneling shall be evaluated on a project specific basis andshall only be allowed when approved by the Authority.

A laser monitoring system shall be utilized to achieve steering control duringtunnel advancement. A theodolite shall be utilized in conjunction with thelaser monitoring system to provide redundancy of the measurements. Forcurved tunneling applications, a gyroscope shall be utilized.

As the cutting face is excavated and the tunneling shield is advanced, atunnel lining system shall be installed immediately behind the cutting face orthe tail of the tunnel shield. The tunnel lining system shall be comprised ofprefabricated steel or reinforced concrete plates/segments. Theplates/segments shall be provided with flanged edges and precast holes suchthat they may be bolted together to form an integrated liner system. The useof steel rib and wood lagging systems shall not be permitted

The plates/segments shall be provided with prefabricated grout applicationholes such that the annular space between the ground and the outside of theplate/segment can be grouted. The Contractor shall grout the first 10 feet oftunnel liner immediately after placement and allow a minimum of 24 hoursbefore continuing the excavation such that there is a sufficient amount ofpartially cured plates/segments grouted in place to jack against as the cuttingface is advanced. The subsequent plates/segments shall be grouted in placeno later than 24 hours from their time of placement or when they are aminimum of 10 feet from the leading edge of the newly placedplates/segments where the tunnel shield jacks are applied, whichever isearlier.

3.04 GROUTING

A. Grout shall be placed under pressure in Casing Pipe to fill voids between the liner and bore spacer/conduits.

B. Grouting shall be kept as close to the heading as possible, using grout stops if necessary. Grouting shall proceed as directed by SEPTA.

C. Grout with pump and injection system that will deliver grout in smooth even flow without surge.

D. Develop sufficient uniform pressure to fill voids without damage to liner bore spacer or conduits.

E. Grout around conduits and bore spacers as soon as practicable.



F. Leave no rings ungrouted when work is interrupted or at the end of work shift.

G. Grout each adjacent set of holes progressively.

H. Install bulkheads or similar devices to grout rings complete.

I. Proceed from lowest grout hole, grouting progressively upward simultaneouslyon both sides. Do not make connection to higher grout holes until grout has completely filled void space below.

J. Continue grouting until grout appears in next set of grout holes which shall be kept open during grouting to permit escape of air and water.

3.05 AIR QUALITY

A. Contractor shall monitor air quality at all times during tunneling operation and ensure it meets requirements of OSHA, 29 CFR, 1926.80.0.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 02520

BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Furnishing and constructing pavement base courses and wearing courses of hot mixed

asphalt concrete.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Related Sections include the following:

1. Section 02230: Subbase Course.


1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of Transportation (PennDOT),

Specifications, Publication 408.

1.05 REFERENCES (Not Used)

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS A. Bituminous Concrete Base Course: PennDOT Publication 408, Section 309.

B. Bituminous Binder Course: Bituminous Binder Course, conforming to PennDOT Publication 408, Section 409.

C. Wearing Course: Bituminous Wearing Course, conforming to PennDOT Publication 408,Section 409.

D. Bituminous Material: 1. Emulsified asphalt, class AE-T(tack coat), conforming to PennDOT Publication

408, Section 460.2. 2. Bituminous prime coat, conforming to PennDOT Publication 408 Section 461.2.

E. Subbase Course: Section 02230.

F. Porous Asphalt Mix for Alternate Parking Lot: Provide a standard porous asphalt mix meeting the following properties:

US Standard Sieve Size Percent Passing ½ in.-1003/8 in.-95#4-35#8-15#16-10

Bituminous Concrete Paving 02520-1


#30-2Percent bituminous 5.75 – 6.0% by weight

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT A. Existing pavements milled, damaged or removed during construction of this project and pavements over completed utility trenches and foundation excavations, shall be reconstructed as indicated in the Contract Drawings or as directed.

1. Bituminous Concrete Base Course: Construct bituminous concrete base coursein accordance with PennDOT Publication 408, Section 309.

2. Bituminous Binder Course: Construct bituminous binder course in accordancewith PennDOT Publication 408, Section 409.

3. Bituminous Wearing Course: Construct bituminous wearing course in accordancewith PennDOT Publication 408, Section 409.

4. Bituminous Material: Place bituminous material in accordance with PennDOTPublication 408, Sections 460.3 and 461.3.

5. Joint Sealant: AC-20, Section 702

END OF SECTION

Bituminous Concrete Paving 02520-2

69th Street Transportation Center Parking Garage

Phase 1 Construction – Transformer Substation

SECTION 02821CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

The work specified in this Section consists of furnishing and installing fencing of the type and height specified and supporting metal posts and hardware around the new substation as indicated on Contract Drawings.


A. Section 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete

B. Section 16060 Grounding and Bonding

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. In accordance with Section 01300 and as follows:

1. Shop Drawings: Indicate details of fence height, cross dimensions and details ofposts, post footings, rails, braces, fittings, and accessories.

2. Working Drawings: Include a layout drawing consistent with the Contract Drawingsshowing the spacing of posts; abrupt changes in grade; and all corner, anchor, endand pull posts, and anchorage details.

3. Certification that all materials used fully complies with the Specifications.4. Manufacturer's and installer's qualifications.


A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).

B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)

C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

D. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI)

E. Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of Transportation, Specifications, Publication 408, latest edition (PennDOT Specs).

F. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Minimum two years experience in the manufacture and fabrication of commercial quality chain link fence.

G. Installer Qualifications: Minimum two years experience in the installation of type of fencing provided as work of this Section.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

Chain Link Fences and Gates 02821-1



A. General

1. Unless otherwise specified, material shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M181.

2. All gauge measurements of finished wire shall be United States Steel Wire Gauge or equivalent.

3. Galvanizing shall conform to ASTM A123. 4. Temporary construction fence shall be identical to permanent fencing except as

follows:

a) Construction fence shall be 8 feet in height. b) Construction fence shall have opaque screening material securely attached to

the inside or construction side of the fence.

5. Provide products of the same manufacture, size, design and materials, and otherwise identical.

B. Fabric:

1. Fence fabric shall be aluminum coated steel fabric conforming to the requirements of ASTM 491.

2. High security fabric shall be composed of woven wire of the chain link type. It shall not be less than the height specified and shall be woven to form a continuous 1 inch mesh unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. Wire shall not be smaller than 9 gauge.

3. Base metal for the fabric shall have a minimum tensile strength of 80,000 psi and shall be aluminum coated at the rate of 0.40 ounces per square foot of uncoated wire surface.

C. Posts, Rails and Braces:

1. Rails and braces shall be seamless steel pipe, ASTM A53 standard weight schedule 40, size as noted on the Drawings.

2. All shapes shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123; Coating shall not be less than 2.0 oz. per square foot.

3. A top and a bottom rail shall be used.

4. Weights of members shall be as follows:

Nom. Actual Actual WeightO.D. I.D. O.D. lb./LF1-1/4” 1.380” 1.660” 2.2731-1/2” 1.610” 1.900” 2.7183” 3.068” 3.500” 7.5804” 4.026” 4.500” 10.790

D. Gates Chain Link Fences and Gates 02821-2



1. Gates shall be fabricated to the dimensions and details noted on the Drawings aswell as the manufacturer’s specifications

2. Frames shall be made of 2 inch diameter galvanized steel pipe and shall be weldedat all corners to form a rigid one-piece unit.

3. Brace rods shall be 3/8 inch galvanized steel with adjustable turnbuckle to maintainproper tension.

E. Wire Ties and Tension Wire: Wire ties and tension wire shall be aluminum coated steel and shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M181.

F. Miscellaneous Hardware: Fittings, hangers, barbed wire extension arms, latches, brackets, guide assemblies and stops shall be galvanized iron or steel. They shall be galvanized in conformance with ASTM A153. Contractor to provide the necessary hardware to facilitate connections of rails, braces, gates and fencing to fence posts.

G. Tension Wire: Conform to ASTM A121.

H. Concrete for Footings:

1. The materials for this work shall conform to the requirements of Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION

A. Deliver materials clearly labeled with manufacturer's original packaging with tags and labels intact and legible.

B. Store on skids to protect from direct contact with the ground.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Posts shall be spaced and imbedded to a depth and diameter as shown on the Drawings. Set posts vertically, and do not install materials on the posts until backfilling and compacting has been completed as required.

B. All high security line posts shall be spaced equidistant in the fence line on a maximum of 6 foot centers.

C. The rail couplings shall be of an outside sleeve type.

D. Horizontal braces shall be provided at all terminal, corner and pull posts, one-third of the fence height down from the top rail and extending from the above mentioned posts to the first adjacent line post.

E. Fence fabric shall be installed so that the bottom of the fabric is a maximum of 2 inches above the ground level, and shall be securely fastened to the posts in a manner that will permit adjustment of the fabric tension.

F. The fencing wire of the type and size specified shall be firmly attached to the posts and




braces. Wire shall be stretched taut, and installed at the required elevation. Sufficient tension shall be applied to provide a wire mesh without visible sag between posts.

G. Tension wire supporting arms (extension arms) shall extend outwards from the site and upwards from the tops of the fence posts at an approximate angle of 45 degrees, and be fitted with clips or other suitable means for attaching 3 lines of tension wire. The top outside wire shall be attached to the extension arm at a point approximately 12 inches above the top of the chain link fabric and 12 inches out from the fence line. The other wires shall be attached to the arm uniformly between the top of the fence and said top outside wire.

H. Ground fences in accordance with Section 16060.

I. Existing fence materials not required in the final site configuration shall be removed.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 02900

SEEDING AND MULCHING

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. This work includes furnishing all plants, labor, materials, and equipment to perform all operations required for the surface preparation, seeding, and fertilizing of all areas where natural vegetation has been disturbed or damaged by construction operations and on all newly constructed surfaces.

B. Section Includes:1. Description2. Related Work3. Submittals4. Material5. Surface Preparation6. Application7. Care and Protection8. Field Quality Control

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. The Agreement and all Division 01 SpecificationsB. Section 02220: Excavation, Backfill, and CompactionC. Section 02270: Erosion and Sedimentation ControlsD. Section 02950: Site Restoration

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Furnish certification from the suppliers or manufacturers stating that all seeding materials meet the contract specifications.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Topsoil:PennDOT Publication 408, Section 804, Section 801 “Stockpiling “Topsoil,” if on-site excavated material is used; and Section 802, “Topsoil Furnished and Placed,” if no suitable on-site material is available.

B. Fertilizer:PennDOT Publication 408, Section 804, “Seeding and Soil Supplements,” (10-20-20formulation) delivered to work site in bags or other convenient containers, each fully labeled, conforming to the applicable state fertilizer laws and bearing the name, trade name or trademark of the producer.

Seeding and Mulching 02900-1


1. For the slope and embankments, seed mix shall be Formula D seeding mixture as outlined in PennDOT Publication 408, Section 804.2, Table A.

2. Seed that is wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged in transit or storage is not acceptable.

3. Seed shall be furnished in standard sealed containers unless prior written exemption is granted.

C. Mulch:PennDOT Publication 408, Section 806 “Erosion Control.” Mulch blankets as specified in Section 02270.

D. Water:PennDOT Publication 408, Section 720.2, “Water.”

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION

A. Grade all surfaces to be seeded as shown on the drawings.

B. Prepare the sub-grade and place topsoil as required and in accordance with PennDOT Publication 408, Section 803, “Placing Stockpiled Topsoil,” if on-site excavated material is used; and Section 802, “Topsoil Furnished and Placed,” if no suitable on-site excavated material is available.

3.02 APPLICATION

A. PennDOT Publication 408, Section 800, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.

B. Spread seed between March 1st and June 1st or between August 1st and October 1st

unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No herbicide usage is required.

3.03 CARE AND PROTECTION

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for proper care and protection of the seeded areas during the construction period and for a period of one month following application of the seeding materials.

B. Water if the ground becomes excessively dry.

C. Seeded areas showing less than 85% coverage after one month are to be reseeded.

D. Washouts or eroded areas are to be immediately restored and reseeded after such occurrences, at no cost to SEPTA.


A. Record all sources, trade names, and the quantity of each material and submit to the Engineer.



END OF SECTION



SECTION 02950

SITE RESTORATION

PART 1- GENERAL


A. The work specified in this Section consists of the restoration of the project site to pre-construction conditions.

B. Section Includes:1. Description2. Related Work3. Performance Requirements4. Materials5. Site Restoration6. Field Quality Control

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. The Agreement and all Division 01 SpecificationsB. Section 01505: MobilizationC. Section 01550: Site AccessD. Section 02270: Erosion and Sedimentation Controls

1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Final conformance will be determined by the inspector and only granted after 70% of any disturbed areas are stabilized.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Topsoil and Seeding shall be placed per PennDOT Publication 408 Section 802 and in accordance with Section 02900.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 SITE RESTORATION

A. Remove all Erosion and Sedimentation Controls at the completion of the project. The removal of all controls shall be incompliance with all permits and required site stability.

B. All topsoil and seeding shall comply with Section 02900.C. All excess excavation must be removed from the site in accordance with

Pennsylvania DEP’s solid waste management regulations at 25 PA Code 260.1 ET SEQ., 271.1 ET SEQ., and 287.1 ET SEQ. The contractor shall not illegally bury, dump, or discharge any building material or waste on the site. The contractor is

Site Restoration 02950-1


responsible to legally remove and dispose of water material to an approved off site location. Any permits and/or fees associated with this activity are the responsibility of the contractor. Approval of the disposal site may only be given by the SEPTA PM on site.


A. Authorized inspectors, who perform their duties under the direction of SEPTA, will be assigned to the project. Work executed under the observation and subject to examination of an inspector(s) shall be carried-out during normal working hours of the day, unless specifically directed otherwise. The inspector has the right to stop any work that is in non-compliance with Contract Drawings, Specifications or permit requirements. The inspector is not authorized to do the following: revoke, alter, enlarge, relax, or release any requirements of the specifications; approve or accept any portion of the work; or issue instructions contrary to the Contract Drawings and Specifications. The presence of the inspector during the performance of any work on the project will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for work that is later determined by the Engineer or their Representative to be defective.

END OF SECTION

Site Restoration 02950-2


Concrete Formwork 03100-1

SECTION 03100

CONCRETE FORMWORK

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Work Included: The work of this Section consists of designing, furnishing materials for, fabricating, erecting, and removing formwork in accordance with the provisions of this Section for all precast and cast-in-place concrete. The work includes furnishing and installation of joints, waterstops and embedded items.

B. Section Includes:

1. Description

2. Related Work

3. Quality Assurance

4. Submittals

5. Job Conditions

6. Products

7. Execution

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Related Sections include the following:

1. Section 03200: Concrete Reinforcement

2. Section 03300: Cast-in-Place Concrete


A. Design Responsibility

1. Design of formwork is the Contractor's responsibility.

B. Applicable Standards: Work shall conform to the following standards:

1. ACI 301: "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings"

2. ACI 347: "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork".



3. ACI recommendations for better work shall be considered mandatory requirements even if wording is advisory rather than compulsory.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals shall comply with provisions of Specification Section 01300 and shall include the following:

1. Submit manufacturers' data and installation instructions for proprietary materials including form coatings, form liners, ties and accessories, and manufactured form systems, if used. Furnish samples where requested by the Engineer.

2. Submit certified laboratory test reports of concrete tests when required to evaluate requests for early form removal.

3. Submit working drawings and calculations, prepared by a Professional Engineer registered in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, of formwork showing clearance to adjacent tracks and notes indicating any potential for track fouling during installation and/or removal.

1.05 JOB CONDITIONS

A. The Contractor shall allow sufficient time between erection of forms and placing of concrete for the various trades to properly install their work.

B. External or superimposed loads, lateral or vertical, shall not be applied to structure until adequate reshoring and rebracing has been placed or until such concrete has developed specified 28 day compressive strength and has been placed for at least 14 days.

C. The Contractor shall have the Engineer’s approval before installing forms or placing concrete for concrete facing, leveling pad, closure pours, parapet capping or anywhere a form failure may foul the tracks.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 FORM MATERIALS

A. Form materials shall be new, except for metal forms. Materials may be reused during progress of the work, provided they are completely cleaned and reconditioned, recoated for each reuse, and capable of producing formwork of the required quality. Permission to reuse forms will not be considered an excuse for imperfect work. Concrete exposed to view shall have no visible flaws.

B. Forms shall be of wood, plywood, structural hardboard, fiberglass reinforced plastic or metal, and shall produce specified surface finishes without adverse effect on the concrete. Metal forms facing the tracks shall be grounded and bonded in accordance with SEPTA requirements, and shall be approved by the Engineer.



C. Form Lining shall conform to the following:

1. Plywood: Exterior grade, not less than 1/4" thick, and shall be mill- oiled only for concrete surfaces concealed from public view.

2. Hardboard: Tempered hardboard with sealed surface, not less than 3/16" thick.

3. Form thickness shall be as designed by a Professional Engineer registered in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and approved by the Engineer.

D. Form Ties shall conform to the following:

1. Factory-fabricated, adjustable-length, snapoff metal form ties, designed to prevent form deflection and to prevent spalling concrete surfaces upon removal.

2. Fabricated so that portion remaining within concrete after removal of exterior parts is at least 1 1/2" from the outer concrete surface. Form ties shall be provided which will not leave a hole larger than 1" diameter in the concrete surface.

E. Form Coatings shall be an approved commercial formulation form- coating compound that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion, or impede the wetting of surfaces to be cured with water or curing compounds. Non-staining, rust preventative form oil shall be provided for steel forms.

F. Waterstops shall be extruded polyvinyl chloride, ribbed type with center bulb, and shall conform to Corps of Engineers Specifications CRD C572. Sizes shall be as shown on the working drawings.

G. Preformed Expansion Joint Material shall conform to ASTM D1752. Sizes shall be as shown on the working drawings.

H. Miscellaneous Preformed Strips for Keys, Preformed Cavities, and Similar Items shall be fabricated of wood, metal, plastic or other approved material formed to cross sections shown or required.

2.02 DESIGN OF FORMWORK

A. Design of Formwork shall conform to the following requirements:

1. Design formwork for loads and pressures in accordance with ACI 347. Erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork so that it will safely support vertical and lateral loads that might be applied, until such loads can be supported by the concrete structure.

2. Carry vertical and lateral loads to ground by formwork system and in place construction that has attained adequate strength for that purpose.

3. Construct formwork so that concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position.



4. Design forms and falsework to include the assumed values of live loads, dead load, weight of moving equipment operated on formwork, concrete mix, height of concrete drop, vibrator frequency, ambient temperature, foundation pressures, stresses, lateral stability, and other factors pertinent to the safety of the structure during construction.

5. Provide shores and struts with positive means of adjustment capable of taking up formwork settlement during concrete placing operations, using wedges or jacks, or a combination thereof.

6. Provide trussed supports when adequate foundations for shores and struts cannot be secured.

7. Support form facing materials by structural members spaced sufficiently close to prevent objectionable deflection.

8. Fit forms placed in successive units for continuous surfaces to accurate alignment, free from irregularities, and within allowable tolerances.

9. Provide camber in formwork as required for anticipated deflections due to weight and pressures of fresh concrete and construction loads.

10. Provide formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during concrete placement. Solidly butt joints and provide backup material at joints as required to prevent leakage and eliminate fins.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS

A. The Contractor shall examine the substrata and conditions under which work of this section is to be performed, and correct unsatisfactory conditions which would prevent proper and timely completion of the work. Work shall not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 FORM CONSTRUCTION

A. General: Form Construction shall conform to the following requirements:

1. Construct forms complying with ACI 347, to the exact sizes, shapes, lines, and dimensions shown, and as required to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level, and plumb work in finish structures.

2. Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages, inserts, and other features required. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes.

3. Forms for openings shall be accurately sized and located as dimensioned on the drawings or as required for the item to be installed in the opening. Accurately



locate and construct formwork where required to accommodate work fabricated by other trades. In the event that deviation from the dimensions on the drawings results in problems in the field, the contractor shall be responsible for resolution of the conditions as approved by the Project Manager, and without additional expense to SEPTA.

B. Fabrication shall conform to the following requirements:

1. Fabricate forms to permit easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where the slope is too steep to place concrete with side and bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, to prevent swelling and assure ease of removal.

2. Provide temporary openings where interior area of formwork is inaccessible for cleanout, to permit inspection before concrete placement, and to allow placement of concrete. Brace temporary closures and set tightly temporary openings in forms in such location as to be as inconspicuous as possible, and consistent with design requirements. Form intersecting planes to provide true, clean cut corners.

C. Falsework shall conform to the following requirements:

1. Erect falsework and support, brace, and maintain it to safely support vertical, lateral, and asymmetrical loads applied until such loads can be supported by in place construction. Construct falsework so that adjustments can be made for take-up and settlement.

2. Provide wedges, jacks, or camber strips to facilitate vertical adjustments. Carefully inspect falsework and formwork during and after concrete placement operations to determine abnormal deflection or signs of failure. Make necessary adjustments to produce work of required dimensions.

D. Forms for Exposed Concrete shall conform to the following requirements:

1. Drill forms to suit ties used and to prevent leakage of concrete mortar around tie holes. Do not splinter forms by driving ties through improperly prepared holes.

2. Provide sharp, clean corners at intersecting planes, without visible edges or offsets. Back joints with extra studs or girts to maintain true, square intersections.

3. Use extra studs, walers, and bracing to prevent objectionable bowing of forms between studs and to avoid bowed appearance in concrete. Do not use narrow strips of form material which will produce bow.

4. Assemble forms so they may be readily removed without damage to exposed concrete surfaces.

E. Corner treatment: Unless shown otherwise, chamfers shall be formed with 3/4" by 3/4" strips, accurately formed and surfaced to produce uniformly straight lines and



tight edge joints on exposed concrete. Terminal edges shall be extended to required limit and chamfer strips shall be mitered at changes in direction.

F. Joints in Concrete: Joints shall be located as indicated on the drawings, as required for expansion of the concrete, and as approved by the Engineer.

G. Provisions for Other Trades: Openings shall be provided in concrete formwork to accommodate work of other trades. The Contractor shall verify size and location of openings, recesses and chases with the trade requiring such items. The Contractor shall accurately place and securely support items to be built into forms. Such items shall not encroach on the existing track clearance.

H. Cleaning and Tightening: The Contractor shall thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Chips, wood, sawdust, dirt and other debris shall be removed just before concrete is placed. Forms shall be retightened immediately after concrete placement as required to eliminate mortar leaks.

3.03 FORM COATINGS

A. The Contractor shall coat form contact surfaces with form- coating compound before reinforcement is placed. Excess form coating material shall not be allowed to accumulate in the forms or to come into contact with surfaces which will be bonded to fresh concrete. Coating shall be applied in compliance with manufacturer's instructions.

3.04 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS

A. General: The Contractor shall set and build into the work anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that is attached to, or supported by cast-in-place concrete. The contractor shall use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions and directions provided by suppliers of the items to be attached thereto.

B. Edge Forms and Screed Strips for Slabs: The Contractor shall set edge forms or bulkheads and intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain required elevations and contours in the finished slab surface. The Contractor shall provide and secure units to support types of screeds required.

3.05 WATERSTOPS

A. Waterstop installation shall conform to the following:

1. Install waterstops where shown or required. Support and protect that portion of the waterstop which extends beyond the bulkhead during placement of concrete and subsequent removal of forms.

2. Make field splices by heat sealing together the square cut ends of the waterstop using a thermostatically controlled electric heating iron designed for this purpose. Corner ends may be mitered as necessary. Join the ends when the material



becomes molten, maintaining the continuity of the ribs and bulbs, and allow to cool before stressing.

3. Make field splices to develop water tightness equal to that of the unspliced material and to provide a tensile strength sufficient to resist deformation during concrete placement. Test splice for dielectric strength to assure quality. Furnish test results to the Engineer.

3.06 INSPECTION

A. Formwork, reinforcement, embedments, and all other aspects of the work will be subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer. The Contractor shall verify that all required blockouts, embedments, penetrations, and anchorages are installed and correctly positioned in the forms.

3.07 REMOVAL OF FORMS

A. Removal of forms shall conform to the following:

1. Formwork not supporting concrete, such as sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the work, may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 10 degrees C (50 degrees F) for 24 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard that it will not be damaged by form removal operation, and provided that curing and protection operations are maintained.

2. Formwork supporting weight of concrete, such as beam soffits, slabs and other structural elements may not be removed in less than 14 days, and not until concrete has attained design minimum 28 day compressive strength of in-place concrete by testing field cured specimens representative of the concrete location or members, as specified in other sections.

3. At the discretion of the Engineer, earlier form removal may be permitted for beam soffits, slabs, and other structural elements, when field cured cylinders representative of the placed concrete show that at least 50% of the specified concrete strength has been attained. Shoring shall remain in place until 28 day specified strength is attained.

3.08 RE-USE OF FORMS

A. The Contractor shall clean and repair surfaces of forms to be re-used in the work. Split, frayed, delaminated or otherwise damaged form facing material will not be acceptable. New form coating compound material shall be applied to concrete contact surfaces as specified for new formwork. When forms are re-used for successive concrete placement, they shall be thoroughly cleaned, fins and laitance removed, and forms tightened to close all joints. The Contractor shall align and secure joints to avoid offsets.



END OF SECTION


Concrete Reinforcement 03200-1

SECTION 03200

CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Work Included: Design and provide complete, in place, all steel required for reinforcement of cast-in-place concrete including, but not limited to: the concrete facing, leveling pad, equipment pads, closure pours, moment slab and parapet capping.

B. Section Includes:

1. Description

2. Related Work

3. Quality Assurance

4. Submittal

5. Product Handling

6. Materials

7. Fabrication

8. Inspection

9. Installation

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Related Sections :

1. Section 03100: Concrete Formwork

2. Section 03300: Cast-In-Place Concrete


A. Applicable Standards:

1. Except as otherwise modified in these Specifications or on the Drawings, work shall comply with provisions of the latest edition of the following standards.



a. ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings."

b. ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete."

c. CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice."

d. AWS D1.4 “Structural Welding Code- Reinforced Steel.”

e. AWG D1.1 “Structural Welding Code- Steel.”

2. In case of conflicts between referenced standards and these Specifications, the most stringent requirements, as determined by the Project Manager, shall govern in each instance.

B. Allowable Tolerances: Tolerances shall conform to the following requirements:

1. Cut and bend reinforcing steel to conform to the requirements of the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice.

2. Place reinforcing steel to conform to the clearances shown and within the tolerances specified by ACI 318.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals shall comply with provisions of Section 01300 and shall include the following:

1. Detail reinforcing in accordance with the requirements of the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice.

2. Product Data: Submit bar reinforcement manufacturer's certification that bar material conforms with ASTM A615 Grade 60.

1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING

A. Delivery: Reinforcement shall be delivered to the job site bundled, tagged, and marked. Durable waterproof tags shall be used indicating bar size, lengths, and other information corresponding to markings shown on placement diagrams.

B. Storage: The Contractor shall store reinforcement at the job site in a manner to prevent damage and accumulation of dirt and excessive rust.



PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Materials shall conform to the following requirements:

1. Reinforcing Steel Bars:

a. New billet, ASTM A615, Grade 60 deformed.

b. Reinforcing bars in concrete shall be epoxy coated or galvanized where indicated on the Contract Drawings.

2. Welded Deformed Wire Fabric Reinforcement: ASTM A1064, welded wire fabric, fabricated into flat sheets unless otherwise indicated. Epoxy coated or galvanized.

3. Metal Accessories and Supports: As indicated by CRSI Manual of Practice.

4. Supports:

a. Where concrete surfaces will be exposed to view in the finished structure, use supports with plastic protected or stainless steel legs.

b. For slabs on grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs.

5. Tie Wire: Black annealed wire, 16 gauge minimum.

6. Embedded Steel – ASTM A36 Hot dipped galvanized or stainless steel

2.02 FABRICATION

B. Fabrication shall conform to the following requirements:

1. General: Fabricate reinforcing bars in accordance with approved shop drawings, and to conform to required shapes and dimensions, with fabrication tolerances complying with CRSI Manual. In case of fabricating errors, do not re-bend or straighten reinforcement in a manner that will injure or weaken the material.

2. Cutting and Bending: Perform cutting and bending in the shop. Bend steel cold. Do not bend or straighten bars in a manner that will injure the material. Do no bend bars in the field except to correct minor errors or bars damaged in shipment or handling, or to make shipment of certain bars practicable.

3. Unacceptable Materials: Reinforcement with any of the following defects will not be permitted in the Work:



a. Bar lengths, depths, and bends exceeding specified fabrication tolerances.

b. Bends or kinks not indicated on Contract Drawings or final shop drawings.

c. Bars with reduced cross-section due to excessive rusting or other cause.

4. Tension lap splices shall be class A.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSPECTION

A. A Contractor shall examine the substrate, formwork, and the conditions under which concrete reinforcement is to be placed, and shall correct conditions which would prevent proper and timely completion of the work. Work shall not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 INSTALLATION:

B. General: Installation shall conform to the following requirements:

1. Comply with the specified standards for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports, and as herein specified.

2. Clean reinforcement to remove loose rust and mill scale, earth, and other materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete.

3. Position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork, construction, or concrete placement operations. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers as required.

4. Place reinforcement to obtain the minimum coverage for concrete protection. Provide 3 inches of clearance for concrete cast against the ground and 2 inches clearance for all other bars. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports together with 16 gage wire to hold reinforcement accurately in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so that twisted ends are directed away from exposed concrete surfaces.

5. Install welded wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh.

6. Provide sufficient numbers of supports and of strength to carry reinforcement. Do not place reinforcing bars more than 2" beyond the last leg of any continuous bar support. Do not use supports as bases for



runways for concrete conveying equipment and similar construction loads.

C. Splices:

1. Bars shall be furnished in full length where possible, to keep splices to a minimum. Splice shall be made only where approved by the Engineer.

2. Where splicing is approved, standard reinforcement splices shall be provided by lapping ends, placing bars in contact, and tightly tying the wire. Welding of reinforcing bars will not be permitted.

D. Welded Wire Fabric: Welded wire fabric shall be installed in as long lengths as practicable. Adjoining pieces shall be lapped at least one full mesh plus 2 inches but not less than 8 inches and splices shall be laced with 16-gage wire. End laps shall not be made midway between supporting beams, or directly over beams of continuous structures. End laps shall be offset in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps.

END OF SECTION


Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300-1

SECTION 03300

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Work Included: Design and provide all cast-in-place concrete as indicated on the Contract Drawings and specified herein, and as required to complete the Work. Cast-in-place concrete includes but is not limited to leveling pads, equipment pads, closure pours, and parapet caps and associated reinforcement dowel anchors into existing masonry.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Section 03100: Concrete formwork

2. Section 03200: Concrete reinforcement


A. Applicable Standard:

1. Except as otherwise modified in these Specifications or on the Contract Drawings, the Contractor shall comply with pertinent provisions of American Concrete Institute Standard ACI 301. "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings" including applicable related standards and recommended practices referenced there in. A copy of this Standard shall be maintained at the site by the Contractor during all concrete work.

2. In case of conflicts between referenced standards or recommended practices and these Specifications, the most stringent requirements, as determined by the Engineer, shall govern in each instance.

3. ACI recommendations for better work shall be considered mandatory requirements even if wording is advisory rather than compulsory.

B. Materials and Equipment:

1. Materials for concrete work shall be obtained from sources approved by the Pennsylvania Department of Transportation.

2. Concrete batching plants shall be currently approved as concrete suppliers by the Pennsylvania Department of Transportation.

3. Truck mixers for Portland cement concrete shall be currently approved by the Pennsylvania Department of Transportation.



4. Source Quality Control: The Engineer reserves the right to inspect and approve the following items, at his own discretion:

a. Batching and mixing facilities and equipment.

b. Sources of materials.

5. Concrete production shall not begin until mixes and the materials have been approved.

a. Quality Control: See paragraph "Testing and Inspection" in PART 3.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals shall comply with provisions of Section 01300 and shall include the following:

1. Mix Design: Submit certified reports on all proposed concrete design mixes for each concrete class and for each change of ingredients and ingredient sources, at least 7 days prior to the start of concrete work. Conform to requirements of paragraph "Selection of Proportions" of this Section. Submit name and location of proposed concrete supplier.

2. Product Data: Submit the following:

a. Portland Cement: Brand and manufacturer's name. Certified mill test reports.

b. Air-entraining Admixture: Brand and manufacturer's name. Certified test reports.

c. Aggregates: Name and location of source and PennDOT test numbers.

d. Chemical Hardener (Dustproofing): Brand and manufacturer’s name and application instructions.

e. Bonding Agent (Adhesive): Brand and manufacturer's name, and preparation and application instructions.

f. Membrane Waterproofing (Adhesive Backed Preformed Waterproofing): Brand and manufacturer’s name and application instructions.

g. Evidence of Pennsylvania Department of Transportation approvals for concrete materials; batching plant, and truck mixers.

3. Batching Plant Records: At the end of each day of placing concrete, furnish the Engineer with a legible copy of all batch records for concrete placed.

4. Shop Drawings: Submit complete Shop Drawings including, but not necessarily limited to:

a. Location and details of all proposed construction joints.



b. Location and details of all proposed expansion and contraction joints not shown on the Contract Drawings or specified.

c. Location and details of all openings, depressions, construction and control joints, trenches, sleeves, inserts, and other items affecting the reinforcement and placing of the concrete.

1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND HANDLING

A. Product delivery and handling shall comply with the following:

1. Provisions of ACI 301, Chapter 2, paragraph 2.5.

2. For ready-mixed concrete, comply with provisions of ASTM C94, Article 10 and 15, except as otherwise specified herein.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS FOR CONCRETE

A. Materials shall comply with provisions of ACI 301, Chapter 2, except as modified herein or on the Contract Drawings.

B. Cement:

1. Portland cement shall be Type II, and conform to the requirements of ASTM C150, unless otherwise specified.

2. Masonry cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C91.

C. Admixtures: Admixtures shall not be used in concrete other than air-entraining admixture unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer. Air-entraining admixture shall conform to ASTM C260. The Engineer will only consider those proposed admixtures which have been completely tested and reported on by a testing laboratory acceptable to the Engineer.

D. Mixing Water: Only clean, fresh potable water shall be used.

E. Aggregates: Normal weight aggregates shall conform to ASTM C33. Aggregates shall be taken from storage silos or other locations tested and approved by the Pennsylvania Department of Transportation, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer.

1. Coarse aggregates shall be crushed stone unless otherwise specified.

2. Fine aggregates shall be natural sand.



2.02 OTHER MATERIALS

A. Curing Materials:

1. Only moisture-retaining sheet materials shall be used for curing. Curing compounds shall be used only where specifically required by the Specifications or Contract Drawings.

2. Non-staining waterproof paper shall conform to ASTM C171.

3. Polyethylene film used for moisture retention shall have a permanence not to exceed 0.20 perms when tested in accordance with ASTM E96, Procedure B.

4. Curing mats shall conform to AASHTO M73.

5. Burlap shall conform to Federal Specification CCC-C-467.

B. Chemical Hardener (Dustproofing) shall be a colorless aqueous solution of magnesium-zinc fluosilicate. It shall not be used on surfaces to receive waterproof coatings or other applied finish. Products of one of the following or an approved equal shall be provided:

1. Lapidolith by Sonneborn-Contech.

2. Surfhard by the Euclid Chemical Co.

3. Sciolith by Chem-Masters Corp.

4. Fluo Hard by L & M Construction Chemical, Inc.

5. Florok by Preco.

6. Armortop by Anti-Hydro.

C. Vapor Barriers shall be clear polyethylene sheets, .006 inch thick.

D. Joint Filler: See Section 03100.

E. Waterstops: See Section 03100.

F. Bonding Agent (Adhesive) shall be two component, mineral-filled, epoxy-polysulphide polymer conforming to FS MMM-G-650, Type I or Type II, Grade A.

G. Non-Shrink Grout shall be a factory-mixed, nonmetallic, nonshrink grout, ready to use. Grout formulation shall provide for shrinkage correction by producing a controlled expansion to compensate for the vertical and horizontal shrinkage in cementious mixtures. Grout shall provide a solid load-bearing surface that insures the structural integrity of any installation and shall have the following characteristics.

1. Compressive strength shall be 6,000 psi minimum (28 days) tested per ASTM C 109.

2. Volume change, percent shall be +0.02, -0.0 tested per ASTM C 157.



3. Noncorrosive and nonreactive in contact with aluminum or magnesium.

H. Membrane Waterproofing (Adhesive Backed Preformed Waterproofing) shall comform to the requirements of Pennsylvania Department of Transportation Publication 408, Section 680.

I. Steel Dowels and Reinforcement: All steel dowels and reinforcement shall be ASTM A615, Grade 60 deformed reinforcement which meets the requirements of PennDOT Publication 408, Section 709.1. All reinforcement shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153.

J. Dowel Anchoring Material: Provide “Keligrout”, a high strength polyester resin anchor material, as manufactured by Kelken Construction Systems or approved equal.

K. Chemical Adhesive Anchor System:

1. Externally-Threaded Anchor: Provide post-installed externally-threaded anchors, compliant with 2009 International Building Code, consisting of a stud-type, all-thread anchor rod, nut and washer, manufactured from AISI 304 stainless steel.

2. Internally-Threaded Anchor: Provide post-installed internally-threaded anchors, compliant with 2009 International Building Code, manufactured from AISI 304 stainless steel.

3. Chemical Adhesive:

a. Provide chemical adhesive anchors, compliant with 2009 International Building Code, consisting of a two-part vinyl ester or structural epoxy resin adhesive and an amine-based hardener.

b. Acceptable Products/Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

1) HIT-HY 200-SD, Hilti, Inc., Tulsa, OK.

2) Epcon G5 Adhesive Anchoring System, ITW Red Head, Addison, IL.

3) PE100+, Powers Fasteners, Brewster, NY.

4) Or approved equal.

2.03 PROPORTIONING OF MIXES

A. Mixes shall comply with provisions of ACI 301, Chapter 3 and ACI 318, Chapters 3 and 4, except as modified herein or on the Contract Drawings.

B. Cast-in-Place Concrete: All concrete shall be normal weight.

C. Strength: Concrete shall have a specified compressive strength of 4,000 psi for all cast-in-place concrete except the concrete footings for fence posts, which shall be 3,500 psi. Strength requirements shall be based on 28 day compressive strength.



Maximum water-cement ratio is 0.40 for all concrete. The total mass of cementitious material shall be not less than 600 pounds per cubic yard of concrete.

D. Durability: All concrete shall be air-entrained. Design air content shall be 6% by volume, with an allowable tolerance of plus or minus 1.5% for total air content. Use air-entraining admixtures, not air-entrained cement.

E. Slump: Maximum 4 inches, minimum 2 inches.

F. Maximum Sizes of Coarse Aggregate: Coarse aggregates shall be crushed stone and shall conform to gradation requirements for various classes of work as follows with all percentages being determined by weight:

1. For concrete work having a minimum cross-sectional greater than 6 inches and not more than 12 inches, the coarse aggregate shall consist of a mixture of No. 67, No. 57 and No. 467, providing that not more than 25% nor less than 10% shall be Size No. 67 and not more than 40% shall be Size No. 467.

2. For concrete work having a minimum cross-sectional dimension greater than 12 inches, the coarse aggregate shall consist of a mixture of No. 67,57 and No. 357, providing not more than 25% nor less than 10% shall be Size No. 67 and not more than 40% shall be Size No. 357.

2.04 SELECTION OF PROPORTIONS

A. General: Design mixes shall be prepared for each class of concrete, using previously tested and approved materials. These mix designs shall be prepared by an approved testing laboratory under the supervision of a concrete technologist experienced in the special considerations of materials and mixes. Procedures specified in ACI 301, Chapter 3, Paragraph 3.8, for Method 1 or Method 2 shall be used.

B. Reports: Certified reports of each proposed mix shall be furnished for each type of concrete at least 10 days prior to start of installation of the Work of this Section. Complete data on all ingredients used, and results of all tests conducted shall be included.

C. Adjustments to Mixes: If an adopted mix fails to meet strength or placability requirements, the Engineer may require additional cement or adjustment of mix proportions without extra cost to SEPTA.

D. Pumping: Conveying concrete by pumping method will not be permitted unless approved in writing by the Engineer. When pumping is approved the concrete mix shall be specifically designed for pumping.

2.05 JOINTS AND EMBEDDED ITEMS

A. General: Work shall comply with provisions of ACI 301, Chapter 6, except as modified herein or on the Contract Drawings.



B. Location of Joints: Where construction joints are required due to construction operations, such joints shall be located where approved by the Engineer. Maximum length of concrete pour between construction joints shall be as designed or approved.

C. Bonding of Construction Joints: Bond shall be provided by means of an approved bonding agent or by roughening set concrete in accordance with ACI 301, Sections 6.1.4.1 and 6.1.4.3.

D. Embedded Items and Built-in Work: Work shall conform to ACI 301, Chapter 6, paragraphs 6.4 and 6.5. Location of items shall not impair strength or stability of any structural element.

1. The Contractor shall coordinate the various trades who are required to insert therein any sleeve, box, bolt, anchor, or other rough hardware; provide every facility for setting all required items accurately in the forms. The Contractor shall be responsible for changes in the position of such items after they have been seen set.

2. All sleeves, boxes, bolts, anchors, step inserts, strap anchors for frames, and other rough hardware required for this Work and which is shown or required to be embedded in concrete shall be provided in the forms.

3. Conduits and Sleeves shall conform to the following:

a. Locate so as not to reduce the strength of construction. Do not place pipes, except conduits, in a slab of less than 3-1/2 inches in thickness.

b. No conduit buried in a supported concrete slab shall have an outside diameter greater than 33% of the thickness of the slab. Increase slab thickness locally to meet this requirement.

2.06 PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE

A. General: Production shall comply with provisions of ACI 301, Chapter 7, except as modified herein or on the Contract Drawings.

B. Concrete: Ready-mixed concrete, either central-mixed or truck-mixed shall be provided.

C. Central-mixed Concrete (mixed at plant) shall be discharged at site less than one hour after mixing at plant. Tempering at the site is prohibited.

D. Weather Conditions:

1. Work in cold weather shall conform to ACI 301, Chapter 7, paragraph 7.6.1.

2. Work in hot weather shall conform in ACI 301, Chapter 7, paragraph 7.6.2 and supplement as follows:

a. Provide adequate controls to insure that the temperature of the concrete when placed does not exceed 90°F, and make every effort to place it at a



lower temperature. The temperature of the concrete placed shall not be so high as to cause difficulty from loss of slump, flash set or cold joints. Ingredients may be cooled before mixing, by shading the aggregates, fog spraying the coarse aggregate, chilling the mixing water, or other approved means. Mixing water may be chalked with flake ice or well crushed ice of a size that will melt completely during mixing, provided that the water equivalent of the ice is calculated into the total amount of mixing water.

2.07 PORTLAND CEMENT GROUT

A. Cement grout and dry-pack grout shall be mixed at the site and shall be composed of one volume of Portland cement and 2-1/2 volumes of fine aggregate. The materials shall be mixed dry and only sufficient water shall be added to allow the mixture flow under its own weight.

B. When grout is used as "dry-pack concrete", only sufficient water shall be added to make a stiff mixture which can be molded by hand into a ball.

C. Nonshrink grout shall be mixed and placed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

2.08 JOINT FILLERS AND SEALANTS

A. Joint Fillers shall conform to ASTM D1752.

B. Type 1A Sealants shall conform to the following:

1. Material: Polyurethane, two-part elastomeric sealant: Fed. Spec TT-S-00227, Class A, Type 1 (self-leveling grade) for horizontal joints and Type 2 (non-sag grade) for vertical joints.

2. Usage: Type 1A sealant shall be used for joints in traffic bearing construction such as pavements, walks, and curbs, where continuous water immersion is not anticipated. Priming is required.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. Aluminum Items: Items of aluminum shall not be used for mixing, chuting, forming, or finishing of concrete.

3.02 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION

A. General: The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Conditions detrimental to the proper and timely



completion of the Work shall be corrected. Work shall not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Work shall comply with ACI 301, Chapter 8, paragraph 8.1.

B. Items Under Slabs on Ground: Concrete for slabs on ground shall not be placed until all subsurface items, within the horizontal limits of the slab, have been installed, tested where required, and approved by the Engineer.

C. Waterstops: Waterstops shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions.

D. Surface Conditions: Previously placed concrete, reinforcement, forms, earth, and rock which will be in contact with fresh concrete shall be free from frost, ice and mud at the time of concrete placement. Rock and earth foundations shall be clean, undisturbed, and free of water. Rock surfaces shall be level, with faults and seams cleaned out to firm rock. All bearing surfaces must be approved.

E. Preparation of Previously-Placed Concrete shall conform to the following:

1. Before new concrete is deposited upon or against concrete that has taken its initial set or has hardened, remove all incrustations from forms and reinforcement.

2. Remove all laitance, oil, and loose particles from concrete and concrete surfaces, and thoroughly clean the forms with water under high pressure.

3. Remove laitance after concrete has partially hardened (not less than two hours nor more than four hours after placing) by brushing with stiff bristles, or by directing a stream of water from a 1/4 inch nozzle, or by other acceptable method, to expose the clean top surface of the coarse aggregate.

4. Where cleaning is not satisfactory to the Engineer, sandblast the surface and then wash again.

F. Placement: Concrete shall not be deposited in water. Excavations shall be kept free of water by pumping or by other approved methods. Prior to placement, all hardened concrete spillage and foreign materials shall be removed from the space to be occupied by the concrete.

G. Records shall be maintained of weather conditions, temperature, and date of placing each portion of the Work. A daily report shall be furnished to the Engineer during times of placement, and a certified final report encompassing all daily reports, at completion of the project. Accurately calibrated thermometers shall be provided and maintained on the job site at all times.

3.03 PLACING

A. General: Placing of concrete shall comply with provisions of ACI 301, Chapter 8, except as modified herein or on the Contract Drawings. Concrete shall be placed only under direct observation of the Engineer. Concrete shall not be placed outside of



regular working hours, unless the Engineer has been notified at least six hours in advance, and is present during placement.

B. Conveying: Operation of truck mixers and agitators and discharge limitations shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C94.

C. Before Placing Concrete:

1. Board forms shall be thoroughly wet. Joints opened by shrinkage shall be wet down sufficiently to swell shut.

2. All excess water, sand, and other debris shall be removed from within forms.

3. Form coating shall not be allowed to puddle in forms nor come in contact with concrete at construction joints or at reinforcement.

4. Scale, coatings, and all other foreign matter that might hinder bond shall be removed from reinforcement.

5. The Engineer shall be notified prior to placing, in ample time for observation of forms and reinforcing.

6. All form surfaces shall be clean.

D. Placement: Concrete shall not be allowed to free fall more than three feet. A spout or down pipe and elephant trunk, or other appropriate method shall be provided as required.

E. Dowel Anchors: Drill and set dowel anchors as shown on the drawings and in strict accordance with the grout manufacturer’s recommendations.

F. Stoppages:

1. Concrete placing shall be stopped only when and where approved.

2. The flow surface of freshly placed concrete shall be level wherever a pour is stopped. Tight dams shall be provided as necessary to accomplish this result.

3. Joints in concrete shall be provided at the locations and in accordance with the details shown on the Contract Drawings. Where other joints are required for construction, the locations and construction details of such joints will be subject to the approval of the Engineer.

4. Construction joints shall be made only where required by the design or specifically approved by the Engineer. Keys and dowels shall be provided at construction joints where required by the design, and where concrete placement is interrupted.

5. Sections between construction joints shall be placed in alternate pours to minimize shrinkage except where specifically noted otherwise on the Contract Drawings.



6. All top surfaces shall be carried slightly above the forms and struck off by board finish when settlement has taken place, forcing out all excess water.

7. After the concrete has taken its initial set, impact or loads on forms or on the ends of projecting reinforcement shall be prevented. In joining fresh concrete to set concrete, all loose and foreign materials shall be removed from work already in place. This surface shall than be washed and scrubbed with wire brooms and it shall remain moist when the new concrete is placed.

8. All concrete in vertical members shall have been in place not less than four hours before concrete in horizontal or vertical members resting thereon is placed.

9. The operation of placing concrete shall be continuous between vertical construction joints. Unless otherwise indicated, vertical construction joints shall be made at approximately the center of a panel with vertical bulkheads to the full depth. Scheduled or detailed reinforcement shall be continuous through joints.

10. Joint Treatment: Bond breaker, where required, shall be full depth of section. Portions projecting above section shall be trimmed to provide a neat and straight sight line. Joint filler, where required, shall be cellular type, and shall be placed with butt-tight joints, full depth of section, or to underside of joint sealant in sealed joints.

G. Weather Conditions: Work shall be done in accordance with recommended practices of ACI 305 and ACI 306.

3.04 REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS

A. General: Minor defects shall be repaired in accordance with ACI 301, Chapter 9, except as modified herein or on the Contract Drawings. Patched areas shall be finished to match the texture of the surrounding surface.

B. Major Defects; The Engineer will determine areas of major defects. The Contractor shall submit proposed methods of repair for approval of the Engineer. Permission to repair will not be a waiver of the right of the Engineer to order complete removal and replacement if the repair does not restore the strength, quality, and appearance of the work, as decided by the Engineer.

3.05 FINISHING OF FORMED SURFACES

A. General: Finishing shall comply with provisions of ACI 301, Chapter 10, except as modified herein or on the Contract Drawings.

B. Finishes: Finishes shall be provided as follows:

1. Rough form finish for concrete surfaces not exposed to view in the finished work.

2. Smooth form finish for concrete surfaces exposed to view in finished work.



C. Related Unformed Surfaces:

1. Tops of walls or buttresses, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces shall be struck smooth after concrete is placed and shall be floated to a texture consistent with that of the formed surfaces.

2. Final treatment on formed surfaces shall continue uniformly across the unformed surfaces.

D. Work shall comply with provisions of ACI 301, Chapter 11, except as modified herein or on the Drawings.

3.06 CURING AND PROTECTION

A. General: Work shall comply with provisions of ACI 301 Chapter 12, except as modified herein or on the Contract Drawings.

B. Curing: Forms containing concrete, top of concrete between forms, and all exposed concrete surfaces after removal of forms shall be maintained in a thoroughly wetted condition for not less than seven consecutive days after placing of concrete.

C. Curing by means of curing compounds will not be accepted.

D. Employ one or more men as required for wetting the concrete. The duties of these persons shall be limited to wetting of concrete, and they shall not be withdrawn for other duties.

E. Continuous wetting shall be provided until sunset each day, including weekends and holidays.

F. The curing requirements may be modified on portions of the Work when weather conditions permit, but only as approved by the Engineer.

3.07 CHEMICAL HARDENER (DUSTPROOFING)

A. Hardener shall not be applied unless directed by the Engineer.

B. Hardener shall not be applied until concrete has cured the number of days recommended in manufacturer's instructions.

C. Surfaces shall be prepared and chemical hardener applied in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and recommendations.

D. Chemical hardener shall be applied in 3 coats allowing 24 hours between coats. After final coat is completed and dry, surplus hardener shall be removed from the surface by scrubbing and mopping with water.



3.08 TESTING AND INSPECTION

A. General: Except as modified herein and in Section 01400, Quality Control of these Specifications, testing shall be in conformance with provisions of ACI 301, Chapter 16

B. Design Mixes: Contractor shall be responsible for required testing of proposed concrete ingredients, development of design mixes, and strength testing of design mixes. See also Section 01400 of these Specifications.

C. Testing Facilities: On-site testing facilities shall be provided by the Contractor. The Contractor, in addition, shall furnish molds and concrete required for casting of specimens and testing.

D. Field Tests shall be as follows:

1. Field tests specified herein will be performed by a qualified testing/inspection agency, approved by the Engineer.

2. Strength tests will be performed on standard cylindrical test specimens taken at the site by the testing agency for each class of concrete placed each day.

3. For each class of concrete placed, a set of three test cylinders will be taken for each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof placed each day. One of each set will be tested at 7 days, the remaining two cylinders at 28 days. The Engineer shall have the right to change the number and frequency of test cylinders taken.

4. Additional test cylinders may be required to determine when forms may be removed or loads imposed on the structure. Store and cure such cylinders on the site near the sampled concrete, as approved. Testing of such additional cylinders shall be done at the Contractor's expense.

5. Slump tests and air content tests will be performed with no less frequency than that of casting strength specimen tests; however, the Engineer reserves the right of testing the concrete as often as he deems necessary.

E. Plant and Field Inspection: Will be performed by the testing/inspection agency.

3.09 GROUTING OF BASE PLATES

A. After items on base plates have been installed and leveled, the space between the bottom of base plate and concrete shall be dry packed using nonshrink grout, driven in to completely fill the space and form a solid bearing for the base plate. Surface preparation, mixing and installation of grout shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

3.10 EVALUATION AND APPROVAL OF CONCRETE

A. Evaluation and approval will be in accordance with ACI 301, Chapter 17.



3.11 APPROVAL OF STRUCTURES

A. Approval of structures will be in accordance with ACI 301, Chapter 18.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.01 PAYMENT

A. Payment for furnishing transportation, labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary to place the concrete as shown on the Contract Drawings, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work, shall be included in the contract unit price bid per cubic yard for “Cast-in-Place Concrete”, complete in place.

B. Payment for required concrete formwork and concrete reinforcement shall be considered incidental to the unit price bid for “Cast-in-Place Concrete”.

4.02 MEASUREMENT

A. Measurement for cast-in-place concrete shall be to the nearest 0.1 cubic yard

END OF SECTION



Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050-1

SECTION 16050

BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:1. Electrical equipment coordination and installation.2. Sleeves for raceways and cables.3. Sleeve seals.4. Common electrical installation requirements.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.


A. Test Equipment Suitability and Calibration: Comply with NETA ATS, "Suitability of Test Equipment" and "Test Instrument Calibration."

B. Provide all equipment, materials, wiring listed by a recognized agency, UL, installed compliant with the National Electric Code, and NECA 1.

1.04 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate arrangement, mounting, and support of electrical equipment:1. To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment with minimum interference to

other installations.2. To allow right of way for piping and conduit installed at required slope.3. So connecting raceways and cables will be clear of obstructions and of the

working and access space of other equipment.

B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in cast-in-place concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are constructed.

C. Coordinate electrical testing of electrical items, so equipment and systems that are functionally interdependent are tested to demonstrate successful interoperability.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES

A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends.

B. Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated

2.02 SLEEVE SEALS

A. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable.


Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050-2

1. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable.

2. Pressure Plates: Plastic. Include two for each sealing element.3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating of

length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

A. Comply with NECA 1 and NFPA 70.

B. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components of both electrical equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity.

3.02 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS

A. Electrical penetrations occur when raceways and cables, penetrate concrete slabs, concrete or masonry walls.

B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls.

C. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls.

D. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and raceway or cable unless sleeve seal is to be installed.

E. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry and with approved joint compound for gypsum board assemblies.

F. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.

G. Underground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between raceway or cable and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.

END OF SECTION


Grounding and Bonding 16060-1

SECTION 16060

GROUNDING AND BONDING

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes methods and materials for grounding systems and equipment.

1.02 SUBMITTALS


B. Field quality-control test reports.


A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 CONDUCTORS

A. Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 15 kV and 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Bare Copper Conductors:1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3.2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8.3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33.4. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch in diameter.5. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor.6. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick.7. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick.

2.02 CONNECTORS

A. Listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected.

B. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions.

2.03 GROUNDING ELECTRODES

A. Ground Rods: Copper 3/4 inch in diameter by 10 feet long.




3.01 APPLICATIONS

A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare tinned-copper conductor, No. 4/0 AWG minimum. Bury at least 24 inches (600 mm) below grade.

C. Conductor Terminations and Connections:1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors.2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors, except at test wells and as otherwise indicated.3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage.

B. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches below final grade, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating, if any.

C. Test Wells: Ground rod driven through drilled hole in bottom of handhole. Handholes are specified in Division 2 Section "Underground Ducts and Utility Structures," and shall be at least 12 inches (300 mm) deep, with cover.

D. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance, except where routed through short lengths of conduit.

1. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment.2. Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations, but if a disconnect-type connection is required, use a bolted clamp.


A. Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports:1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements.2. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground-resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, and at ground test wells.

a. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance.b. Perform tests by fall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81.



B. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values:1. Maximum ground resistance value shall not exceed 2 ohms.

C. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values contractors shall install additional ground rods until required ground resistance is achieved.

END OF SECTION


Electrical Supports and Seismic Restraints 16072-1

SECTION 16072

ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:1. Construction requirements for concrete bases.


A. Comply with seismic-restraint requirements in the Code of Regulations of IBC unless requirements in this Section are more stringent.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS

A. Rated Strength: Adequate in tension, shear, and pullout force to resist maximum loads calculated or imposed under this Project, with a minimum structural safety factor of five times the applied force.

1. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, zinc-coated steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials in which used.

a. Manufacturers:1) Cooper B-Line; a division of Cooper Industries.2) Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc.3) Hilti, Inc.4) ITW Construction Products.5) MKT Fastening, LLC.6) Powers Fasteners.

2. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable-iron slotted-support-system units similar to MSS Type 18; complying with MFMA-3 or MSS SP-58.


3.01 SUPPORT

A. Comply with NECA 1 for installation requirements, except as specified in this Article.

3.02 CONCRETE BASES

A. Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and seismic criteria at Project.

B. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated but not less than 4 inches (100 mm) larger in both directions than supported unit, and so expansion anchors will be a minimum of 10 bolt diameters from edge of the base.1. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise

indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch (450-mm) centers around full perimeter of the base.


Electrical Supports and Seismic Restraints 16072-2

2. Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor.

3. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.

4. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.

5. Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions.6. Use 3000-psi 20.7-MPa 28-day compressive-strength concrete. Concrete materials,

reinforcement, and placement requirements are specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete”.

END OF SECTION


Electrical Identification 16075-1

SECTION 16075

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:1. Identification for conductors.2. Warning labels and signs.3. Equipment identification labels.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated.


A. Comply with ANSI A13.1.

1.04 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in the Contract Documents, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual, and with those required by codes, standards, and 29 CFR 1910.145. Use consistent designations throughout Project.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS

A. Marker Tape: Vinyl or vinyl -cloth, self-adhesive wraparound type, with circuit identification legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process.

2.02 WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS

A. Comply with NFPA 70, 70E and 29 CFR 1910.145.

B. Self-Adhesive Warning Labels: Factory printed, multicolor, pressure-sensitive adhesive labels, configured for display on front cover, door, or other access to equipment, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Baked-Enamel Warning Signs: Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size required for application. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting. Nominal size, 7 by 10 inches.

D. Metal-Backed, Butyrate Warning Signs: Weather-resistant, nonfading, preprinted, cellulose-acetate butyrate signs with 0.0396-inch (1-mm) galvanized-steel backing; and with colors, legend, and size required for application. 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) grommets in corners for mounting. Nominal size, 10 by 14 inches (250 by 360 mm).

E. Fasteners for Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers.



F. Warning label and sign shall include, but are not limited to, the following legends:1. Multiple Power Source Warning: "DANGER - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD -

EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES."2. Arc flash hazard, required arc flash protective clothing, arc flash boundry.

2.03 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS

A. Adhesive Film Label with Clear Protective Overlay: Machine printed, in black, by thermal transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch. Overlay shall provide a weatherproof and ultraviolet-resistant seal for label.

B. Self-Adhesive, Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Adhesive backed, with white letters on a dark-gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch.


3.01 APPLICATION

A. Equipment with Multiple Power or Control Sources: Apply to door or cover of equipment including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Power transfer switches.2. Service entrance disconnects at outdoor substation.

B. Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and Operation and Maintenance Manual.

A. Labeling Instructions: a. Outdoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label, drilled for

screw attachment.b. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels and legend to those appropriate

for viewing from the floor.3. Equipment to Be Labeled:

a. Electrical switchgear.b. Transformers.c. Power transfer equipment.d. MV fused load interrupter.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products.

B. Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.

C. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work.D. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials

and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device.

E. Attach nonadhesive signs and plastic labels with screws and auxiliary hardware appropriate to the location and substrate.



F. Color-Coding for Phase Voltage Level Identification, 600 V and Less: Use the colors listed below for ungrounded service, feeders, and conductors.

1. Color shall be factory applied.2. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits:

a. Phase A: Black.b. Phase B: Red.c. Phase C: Blue.

3. Colors for 480/277-V Circuits:a. Phase A: Brown.b. Phase B: Orange.c. Phase C: Yellow.

END OF SECTION


Conductors and Cables 16120-1

SECTION 16120

CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:1. Cables rated 15 kV and 600 V.2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less.3. Sleeves and sleeve seals for cables.

1.02 SUBMITTALS


B. Field quality-control test reports.



B. Comply with NFPA 70 and NESC (ANSI C2).

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

A. Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70.

B. Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for Types XHHW EPR for 15kV cable. Comply with ICEA S-93-639.

2.02 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Okonite2. Southwire3. Pirelli

C. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated.

2.03 SLEEVES FOR CABLES

A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends.



2.04 SLEEVE SEALS

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc.2. Calpico, Inc.3. Metraflex Co.4. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.

B. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and cable.

1. Sealing Elements: EPDM, NBR interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable.2. Pressure Plates: Plastic. Include two for each sealing element.3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element.


3.01 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS

A. Feeders: Stranded Copper

3.02 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND WIRING METHODS

A. Service Entrance: 15 kV EPR single conductors XHHW in raceway.

B. Exposed Feeders: Type XHHW, single conductors in raceway.

C. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type XHHW, single conductors in raceway.

3.03 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

A. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. Do not exceed 270 degrees in conduit bends between pull boxes.

B. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway.

C. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification."D. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

E. Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors.



3.04 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS

A. Concrete Slabs and Retaining Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls.

B. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete.

3.05 SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION

A. Install to seal underground exterior-wall penetrations and manholes.

B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for cable material and size.


A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports.

B. Tests and Inspections:1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test service entrance and feeder conductors, and conductors feeding the following critical equipment and services for compliance with requirements.

a. Continuity – Perform continuity and polarization index testing using a 1000 volt insulation resistance tester.b. Dielectric Absorption using 1000 volt megger for 480 volt cable.c. Hi Potential to cable manufacturer’s proof test of 15 kV cable and 480 volt cable.

2. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters.3. Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each splice in cables and conductors No. 3 AWG and larger. Remove box and equipment covers so splices are accessible to portable scanner.

a. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each splice 11 months after date of Substantial Completion.b. Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature of connection compared to ambient, or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device.c. Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies splices checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action.

C. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following:1. Test procedures used.2. Test results that comply with requirements.3. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements.4. Prepare report in accordance with the NFPA 70 E or NETA standard.

D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.



END OF SECTION



Raceways 16130-1

SECTION 16130

RACEWAYS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes raceways and fittings for electrical wiring.

B. See Section 16320 "Underground Ducts and Raceways For Electrical Systems" for exterior ductbanks, manholes, and underground utility construction.



B. Comply with NFPA 70, and NFPA 70E.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection:

1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified.

2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified.

2.2 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING

A. Manufacturers:1. Grinnell Co./Tyco International; Allied Tube and Conduit Div.2. Wheatland Tube Co.

B. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1.

C. Fittings: NEMA FB 1; compatible with conduit materials.

D. RNC: NEMA TC 2 and Schedule 80 PVC.


3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION

A. Outdoors:1. Exposed: Rigid steel. 2. Underground, Grouped: Schedule 80 PVC in concrete duct.

B. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch trade size.


Raceways 16130-2

C. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install temporary closures to prevent foreign matter from entering raceways.

B. Protect stub-ups from damage where conduits rise through concrete slabs. Arrange so curved portions of bends are not visible above finished slab.

C. Make bends and offsets so ID is not reduced. Keep legs of bends in same plane and keep straight legs of offsets parallel, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: Install in middle 1/3 of slab thickness where practical and leave at least 2 inches (50 mm) of concrete cover.

1. Secure raceways to reinforcing rods to prevent sagging or shifting during concrete placement.

2. Space raceways laterally to prevent voids in concrete.3. Run conduit larger than 1-inch trade size (DN 27) parallel or at right angles to

main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support.

4. Schedule 80 nonmetallic conduit, shall be run embedded in the concrete slab.

D. Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for that purpose and make joints tight.

E. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb (90-kg) tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each end of pull wire.

F. Install raceway sealing fittings at suitable, approved, and accessible locations and fill them with UL-listed sealing compound.

G. Stub-up Connections: Extend conduits through concrete pad for connection to freestanding equipment. Install with an adjustable top or coupling threaded inside for plugs set flush with finished floor. Extend conductors to equipment with rigid steel conduit. Install screwdriver-operated, threaded plugs flush with slab for future equipment connections.

3.3 PROTECTION

A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings and finishes are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer.

2. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer.

END OF SECTION


Electricity Metering 16211-1

SECTION 16211

ELECTRICITY METERING

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes equipment for utility company's electricity metering.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each metering component specified.

B. Shop Drawings for Electricity-Metering Equipment: Include dimensioned plans and sections or elevation layouts. Include wiring diagrams showing power, signal, and control wiring specific to this Project.

C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For electricity-metering equipment to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.



B. Comply with ANSI C12 metering certification.


A. Receive, store, and handle components as specified in NECA 400.


A. Interruption of Existing Electrical Service: Do not interrupt electrical service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electrical service according to requirements indicated:

1. Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service without Owner’s written permission.

1.06 COORDINATION

A. Electrical Service Connections: Coordinate with utility companies and components they furnish.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection:

1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified.


Electricity Metering 16211-2

2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified.

2.02 EQUIPMENT FOR POLE-MOUNTED ELECTRICITY METERING BY UTILITY

COMPANY

A. Current-Transformer Cabinets: Comply with requirements of electrical power utility company.

B. Meter Sockets: Comply with requirements of electrical power utility company, Excelon and PECO.

1. Housing: NEMA 250, Type 3R enclosure.2. Meter Socket: Type as approved by utility company, with rating coordinated with

indicated tenant feeder circuit rating.


3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with equipment installation requirements in NECA 1.

B. Install equipment for utility company metering. Install raceways and equipment according to utility company's written requirements. Provide empty conduits for metering leads and extend grounding connections as required by utility company.

END OF SECTION


Overhead Electrical Distribution 16315-1

SECTION 16315

OVERHEAD ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

PART 1 – GENERAL



1.02 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes medium voltage 15kV, overhead electrical power distribution and demolition and upgrading of existing overhead electrical power distribution, and the following:

1. Conductors, connectors, and splices.2. Wooden cross arms.3. Hardware and accessories.4. Surge arresters.5. Dead-end hardware, wet processed porcelain. Fog-type insulators.6. Primary metering equipment.

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. ACSR: Aluminum conductor, steel reinforced.

B. BIL: Basic impulse level, stated in kilovolts. (110 kV BIL)

C. Secondary: Conductors and components for circuits operating at the utilization voltage of or less.

D. Service: Set of insulated conductors extending from a pole to the metering point or service entrance connection at the location of utilization of electricity.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For the following:1. Conductors.2. Poles.3. Crossarms.4. Insulators.5. Switches.6. Cutouts.7. Metering components.8. Surge arresters.

B. Qualification Data: For testing agency.C. Material Inspection Reports: From a qualified independent inspection agency indicating

compliance of steel poles and wooden crossarms with requirements indicated. RUS quality mark "WQC" on each item is acceptable in place of inspection as evidence of compliance.



D. Material Certificates: For the following items, signed by manufacturers:1. Wood crossarms.2. Wood poles.

E. Time-Current Coordination Curves: Illustrate optimum coordination of protective devices involved in the Work of this Section.

F. Field quality-control test reports.

G. Source Quality-Control Test Reports: Factory inspection reports of wood poles.

H. Operation and Maintenance Data: For inclusion in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.


A. Inspection Agency Qualifications for Pole and Crossarm Inspection: An independent agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified to conduct inspections indicated.

B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3.

C. Electrical Components Normally Covered by Listing and Labeling Services: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

D. Overhead-Line Components, Devices, and Accessories: Currently listed in RUS Informational Publication 202-1 without restriction for the intended application.

E. Comply with ANSI IEEE C2 National Electrical Safety Code, except where stricter requirements are indicated or where local requirements that are stricter apply.

F. Strength of Line and Line Components Selected by Contractor: Provide grades of construction and strength required by IEEE C2 for conditions encountered at Project site for heavy line loading, unless otherwise indicated.

1.06 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate with utility supplying electricity to lines specified in this Section, and make final arrangements for final connections by utility, including coordinating all shut downs with the OWNER, operations at the station and PECO, the Utility. All shutdown shall be scheduled at least 1 month in advance. Final coordination and shut down shall be coordinated and confirmed 72 hours in advance.



B. Coordinate with those responsible for voice, data, video systems that will have cables supported by poles installed according to this Section.

1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1. Spare line hardware and 5 spare wet processed porcelain insulators of line hardware.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection:

1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified.

2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified.

2.02 CONDUCTORS, CONNECTORS, AND SPLICES

A. Overhead Conductors Manufacturers - Conductors:1. Southwire ACSR2. General Wire & Cable Co. Building wire3. Kerite Company (The); Innovation Systems Inc., EPR4. Okonite Company (The), EPR5. Southwire Company.

B. Manufacturers - Connectors and Splices:1. AB Chance Co.; Hubbell, Inc.2. Connector Manufacturing Co.3. Cooper Power Systems.4. Hubbell, Inc.; Anderson Electrical Products, Inc.5. Hubbell, Inc.; Fargo Manufacturing Company.6. Hughes Bros CrossArms, shoulder bolts, washes and hex head nuts.7. Performed Products

C. Medium-Voltage Line Conductors: Aluminum Conductor, Steel Reinforced (ACSR), complying with ASTM B 232/B 232M Shielded

1. Conductor Covering: UV resistant, complying with ICEA-S-70-547. OKONITE, OKOBOND 220 MIL thick, MV-105, 133% insulation.

D. Single conductor 15 kV insulated shield power cable.1. Hard-drawn copper, complying with ASTM B 1 and ASTM B 8; stranded for No. 2

AWG and larger.2. Conductor Insulation: Ethylene-propylene-rubber (EPR), complying with NEMA

WC 70.3. Insulation Level: 133 percent of rated circuit line-to-line voltage.



4. Conductor Shield: Extruded, nonconducting, thermoset material, complying with NEMA WC 70, 18-mil (0.046-mm) minimum thickness.

5. Insulation Shield: Include the following two components:a. Nonmetallic conducting, material complying with NEMA WC 70 and UL

1072, extruded over, and free stripping from the insulation.b. Metallic Tape Shield: Bare copper, 5-mil (0.127-mm) minimum

thickness, helically applied with a 15 percent minimum overlap.6. Conductor Jacket: Extruded, chlorosulfonated-polyethylene-based material,

complying with NEMA WC 70.

2.03 CROSSARMS

A. Description: Solid-wood distribution type, complying with RUS REA Bulletin 1728H-701 for specified construction grade or Galvanized, steel angles, and IEEE C2 for required climbing space and wire clearances.

B. Braces: Galvanized, flat, ferrous-metal units; 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick by 1-/4 inches (30 mm) wide, minimum, with length to suit crossarm dimensions.

2.04 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES

A. Description: Ferrous-metal items include, but are not limited to, bolts, nuts, washers, crossarm gains and braces, insulator pins, anchor rods, anchors, eyebolts, staples, and transformer brackets.

1. Comply with ANSI C135.1, ANSI C135.2, ANSI C135.4, ANSI C135.14, ANSI C135.22, ANSI C135.33, and RUS Informational Publication 202-1 listings with the exception that base material shall be malleable iron or ductile iron, and finish shall be hot-dip galvanized.

B. Insulators: Units rated 6 kV and above shall be free from radio interference.1. Porcelain insulators shall be wet-process type, complying with the following

types:a. Suspension: ANSI C29.2.b. ANSI C52-5, 30, 0

C. Grounding Materials: Comply with Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding," using materials listed by RUS for the intended purpose without restriction.

1. Conductors: No. 4 AWG, minimum; bare, solid, annealed copper, complying with ASTM B 8, unless otherwise indicated.

2.05 SURGE ARRESTERS

A. Manufacturers:1. Cooper Power Systems.2. Joslyn Manufacturing Company.3. Ohio Brass Company; Hubbell, Inc.

B. Intermediate-Class Surge Arresters: Porcelain-enclosed, gapless, metal-oxide type, complying with IEEE C62.11 and NEMA LA 1.

1. Voltage Rating: 27 kV, 69th Street Terminal, Philadelphia, PA.



2.06 CONDUCTOR INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Handle and string conductors to prevent cuts, gouges, scratches, kinks, flattening, or deformation. Remove damaged sections and splice conductors.

1. String new conductors to "initial" sag table values recommended by manufacturer for type and size of conductor.

2. Conductors Reinstalled or Resagged: String to "final" sag values recommended by manufacturer for type and size of conductor.

B. Connections, Splices, and Terminations: Use kits listed for the specific type of connection and combination of materials used in the connection, or recommended for the specific use by manufacturer of material on which applied.

1. Splice Location: Do not install within 10 feet (3 m) of a support.2. Line Conductors and Service Drops: Install so strength exceeds ultimate rated

strength of conductor. Do not exceed 25% of the ultimate breaking strengths of ASCR LARK 397.5 KCMIL, 20,300 lbs., 5075 lbs.

3. Splices and Terminations of Covered Conductors: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

4. Splices and Terminations of Insulated Conductors of Self-Supported, Medium-Voltage Cable: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

5. Use a DYNAMOMETER to measure line tension.6. Record termperature when stringing conductors.7. Set conductors line to not more than 4’0”.8. Provide shield cable above line conductors.

2.07 POLE AND CROSSARM INSTALLATION

A. Survey existing poles, elevation, base and top, overhead line, and span between pole for sag and tension calculation.

B. Pole Orientation: Align with existing wood poles that remain in service.

C. Elevation of Line above Grade: Install poles with top at same elevation, unless grade changes dictate elevation change in poles, and according to the following:

1. On level ground, set poles so tops of consecutive poles vary not more than 60 inches (1500 mm) in elevation.

2. Shorten wood poles by cutting off the top and make cuts to shed water. Apply preservative to cuts..

E. Crossarm Installation: Set line crossarms at right angle to line for straight runs and for angles 45 degrees and more. Bisect angles less than 45 degrees.

1. Double Crossarms: Install at dead ends, corners, angles, and line crossings.2. Equipment Arms: Locate below lines and set parallel or at right angles to them,

whichever provides best climbing space.3. Gains: Install factory-cut or metal pole gains only. Do not cut gains in field

without specific written approval.

2.08 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION

A. Install washers against wood and under nuts, including shoulder bolts, eyenuts and locknuts to assemble double crossarms to pole.

B. Install nuts and locknuts wrench-tight on threaded connections.



2.09 INSULATOR INSTALLATION

A. Medium-Voltage Line Application: Install tension clevis type at dead ends.1. Install suspension insulators and hardware that have mechanical strength

exceeding rated breaking strength of attached conductors.

2.10 SURGE ARRESTERS

A. Install surge arresters to protect distribution, aerial-to-underground transitions, and other items indicated.

1. Units Installed 6000 Feet (1800 m) or More above Sea Level: Use arresters specifically rated for this service.


A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, witness line stringing and take dynamometer readings, field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections. Report results in writing.

B. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.

C. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

D. Testing Agency: Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports:1. Furnish instruments and equipment required for tests that comply with NETA

ATS.2. Ground Resistance: Comply with Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."

Measure resistance of each separate grounding electrode, including pole grounds. Also measure resistance of separate grounding electrode systems before bonding together.

a. Perform tests and obtain acceptable results before energizing any portion of overhead electrical distribution system.

b. Results and Follow-up: If ground resistance for a single ground electrode or pole ground, tested individually, exceeds 2 ohms, add a ground electrode not less than 10 feet (3 m) away and interconnect with No. 2/0 AWG minimum bare conductor buried at least 12 inches (300 mm) below furnished grade.

4. Aerial Conductor Sag and Tension: Observe procedures used by Contractor to verify that initial stringing sags and tensions comply with IEEE C2 and conductor manufacturer's Product Data and written recommendations. Maintain clearance above truck plus an avg. of 4 ft.

5. Self-Supported, Medium-Voltage Cable: After installation and while cable is isolated, after terminations are installed and before connecting or energizing, apply dc voltage between each phase conductor and grounding connections of sheath or metallic shield. Comply with applicable NEMA WC 70 for method, voltage, duration, pass-fail performance, and other test criteria. Perform other field inspections and tests recommended by manufacturer.

6. New Surge Arresters: Inspect after installation and connection to wiring. Verify that ratings and characteristics match approved submittals and comply with



system requirements. Verify that installation complies with requirements and that clearances of units and connecting wiring comply with IEEE C2 requirements.

a. Verify proper grounding of metallic equipment parts.b. Fuses and Disconnect Links: Verify that ratings and characteristics

match submittals and comply with system requirements.c. Switches:

1. Manually operate each cutout and switch at least three times, to verify proper operation.

2. Verify correct contact alignment, blade penetration, travel stops, and arc interrupter operation.

d. Existing Group-Operated, Load-Interrupter Switches and Air-Break Switches:

1. Perform mechanical operator tests according to manufacturer's written instructions and inspection.

2. Test resistance to ground of parts to be energized. Acceptable value is 200,000 megohms.

3. Perform contact-resistance test across each switch blade contact set. Refer to manufacturer's data for acceptable contact resistance.

4. Prepare a report of inspection and test results.e. Verify that clearances of energized parts and connecting wires comply

with IEEE C2 requirements.7. Distribution Transformers: Inspect after installation and connection to wiring and

verify that ratings and characteristics match approved submittals and comply with system requirements. Verify the integrity and good condition of unit.

a. Inspect for physical damage, cracked insulators, leaks, tightness of connections, and overall mechanical and electrical integrity.

b. Perform preenergizing inspections and tests recommended by manufacturer.

c. Verify proper equipment grounding.d. Verify that clearances of terminals and connecting wires comply with

IEEE C2.8. Metering Transformers: Inspect after installation and connection to wires, and

verify that ratings and characteristics match approved submittals and comply with system requirements. Verify the integrity and good condition of unit.

a. Verify proper connections, tightness of bolted connections, and integrity of mounting provisions.

b. Verify that required grounding and shorting connections provide good contact.

c. Verify that clearances of terminals and connecting wires comply with IEEE C2.

d. Perform electrical tests according to manufacturer's written instructions, including insulation-resistance tests, polarity tests, and turns-ratio and ratio-verification tests.

9. Meters: Inspect after installation and connection to wiring and verify that ratings and characteristics match approved submittals and comply with system requirements. Verify the integrity and good condition of unit.

a. Verify tightness of electrical connections.



b. Verify accuracy at 25, 50, 75, and 100 percent of full-rated load and verify all instrument multipliers according to manufacturer's written instructions.

E. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.

2.12 ADJUSTING

A. Distribution Transformers: Set voltage taps as directed by Owner.

2.13 CLEANING

A. After completing equipment installation, inspect equipment. Remove spots, dirt, and debris. Repair damaged finish to match original finish. For distribution transformer, use tank touchup paint provided by manufacturer.

1. Clean enclosures internally, on completion of installation, according to manufacturer's written instructions.

2. Clean existing 15 kV service switches, controls, adjust mechanism to manufacturer’s tolerances, replace broken parts.

2.14 DEMONSTRATION

A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain overhead electrical distribution. Refer to Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout."

END OF SECTION


Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems 16320-1

SECTION 16320

UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 – GENERAL



1.02 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:1. Conduit, ducts, and duct accessories for concrete-encased duct banks.2. Manholes.

1.03 DEFINITION

A. RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For the following:1. Duct-bank materials, including separators and miscellaneous components.2. Ducts and conduits and their accessories, including elbows, end bells, bends,

fittings, and solvent cement.3. Accessories for manholes.4. Warning tape.

B. Shop Drawings for Precast or Factory-Fabricated Underground Manholes: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, attachments to other work, and accessories, including the following:

1. Duct entry provisions, including locations and duct sizes.2. Reinforcement details.3. Frame and cover design and manhole frame support rings.4. Ladder details.5. Grounding details.6. Dimensioned locations of cable rack inserts, pulling-in and lifting irons, and

sumps.7. Joint details.

C. Duct-Bank Coordination Drawings: Show duct profiles and coordination with other utilities and underground structures.

1. Include plans and sections, drawn to scale, and show bends and locations of expansion fittings.

2. Drawings shall be signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer.

D. Product Certificates: For concrete and steel used in precast concrete manholes, as required by ASTM C 858.

E. Qualification Data: For professional engineer and testing agency.



F. Source quality-control test reports.

G. Field quality-control test reports.


A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 329 for testing indicated.

B. Comply with ANSI C2.

C. Comply with NFPA 70.


A. Deliver ducts to Project site with ends capped. Store nonmetallic ducts with supports to prevent bending, warping, and deforming.

B. Store precast concrete manholes at Project site as recommended by manufacturer to prevent physical damage. Arrange so identification markings are visible.

C. Lift and support precast concrete units only at designated lifting or supporting points.


A. Interruption of Existing Electrical Service: Do not interrupt electrical service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions:

1. Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service without Owner's written permission.

1.08 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate layout and installation of ducts and manholes with final arrangement of other utilities, site grading, and surface features as determined in the field.

B. Coordinate elevations of ducts and duct-bank entrances into manholes, handholes, and boxes with final locations and profiles of ducts and duct banks as determined by coordination with other utilities, underground obstructions, and surface features. Revise locations and elevations from those indicated as required to suit field conditions and to ensure that duct runs drain to manholes and handholes, and as approved by Architect.

1.09 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 10% extra materials shall be furnished.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 CONDUIT

A. RNC: NEMA TC 2, Type EPC-40-PVC, UL 651, with matching fittings by same manufacturer as the conduit, complying with NEMA TC 3 and UL 514B.



2.02 NONMETALLIC DUCTS AND DUCT ACCESSORIES

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Allied Tube & Conduit2. O-Z/Gedney3. RACO; Hubbell4. Engineer Approved Equal

B. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following:

1. Allied or equal

C. Duct Accessories:1. Duct Separators: Factory-fabricated rigid PVC interlocking spacers, sized for

type and sizes of ducts with which used, and selected to provide minimum duct spacings indicated while supporting ducts during concreting or backfilling.

2. Warning Tape: Underground-line warning tape specified in Division 16 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems."

a. Color: Red dye added to concrete during batching.

2.03 PRECAST MANHOLES


1. Oldcastle Precast Group or equal

B. Comply with ASTM C 858, with structural design loading as specified in Part 3 "Underground Enclosure Application" Article] and with interlocking mating sections, complete with accessories, hardware, and features.

1. Duct Entrances in Manhole Walls: Cast end-bell or duct-terminating fitting in wall for each entering duct.

a. Type and size shall match fittings to duct or conduit to be terminated.b. Fittings shall align with elevations of approaching ducts and be located

near interior corners of manholes to facilitate racking of cable.

C. Concrete Knockout Panels: 1-1/2 to 2 inches (38 to 50 mm) thick, for future conduit entrance and sleeve for ground rod. Concrete knockout panels shall be provided on all sides of manhole for future extension of services.

D. Joint Sealant: Asphaltic-butyl material with adhesion, cohesion, flexibility, and durability properties necessary to withstand maximum hydrostatic pressures at the installation location with the ground-water level at grade.

2.04 CAST-IN-PLACE MANHOLES

A. Description: Underground utility structures, constructed in place, complete with accessories, hardware, and features. Include concrete knockout panels for conduit entrance and sleeve for ground rod.



B. Materials: Comply with ASTM C 858 and with Division 03 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."

C. Structural Design Loading: As specified in Part 3 "Underground Enclosure Application" Article.

2.05 UTILITY STRUCTURE ACCESSORIES


1. Oldcastle Precast Group.2. Strongwell Corporation; Lenoir City Division.3. Underground Devices, Inc.

B. Manhole Frames, Covers, and Chimney Components: Comply with structural design loading specified for manhole.

1. Frame and Cover: Weatherproof, gray cast iron complying with ASTM A 48/A 48M, Class 30B with milled cover-to-frame bearing surfaces; diameter, 29 inches (737 mm).

a. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50.

b. Special Covers: Recess in face of cover designed to accept finish material in paved areas.

2. Cover Legend: Cast in. Selected to suit system.a. Legend: "ELECTRIC-LV" for duct systems with power wires and cables

for systems operating at 600 V and less.b. Legend: "ELECTRIC-HV" for duct systems with medium-voltage

cables.c. Confirm legend requirements with SEPTA prior to ordering covers.

3. Manhole Chimney Components: Precast concrete rings with dimensions matched to those of roof opening.

a. Mortar for Chimney Ring and Frame and Cover Joints: Comply with ASTM C 270, Type M, except for quantities less than 2.0 cu. ft. (60 L) where packaged mix complying with ASTM C 387, Type M, may be used.

C. Manhole Sump Frame and Grate: ASTM A 48/A 48M, Class 30B, gray cast iron.

D. Pulling Eyes in Concrete Walls: Eyebolt with reinforcing-bar fastening insert, 2-inch- (50-mm-) diameter eye, and 1-by-4-inch (25-by-100-mm) bolt.

1. Working Load Embedded in 6-Inch (150-mm), 4000-psi (27.6-MPa) Concrete: 13,000-lbf (58-kN) minimum tension.

E. Pulling-In and Lifting Irons in Concrete Floors: 7/8-inch- (22-mm-) diameter, hot-dip galvanized, bent steel rod; stress relieved after forming; and fastened to reinforcing rod. Exposed triangular opening.

1. Ultimate Yield Strength: 40,000-lbf (180-kN) shear and 60,000-lbf (270-kN) tension.



F. Bolting Inserts for Concrete Utility Structure Cable Racks and Other Attachments: Flared, threaded inserts of noncorrosive, chemical-resistant, nonconductive thermoplastic material; 1/2-inch (13-mm) ID by 2-3/4 inches (69 mm) deep, flared to 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) minimum at base.

1. Tested Ultimate Pullout Strength: 12,000 lbf (53 kN) minimum.

G. Expansion Anchors for Installation after Concrete Is Cast: Zinc-plated, carbon-steel-wedge type with stainless-steel expander clip with 1/2-inch (13-mm) bolt, 5300-lbf (24-kN) rated pullout strength, and minimum 6800-lbf (30-kN) rated shear strength.

H. Cable Rack Assembly: Steel, hot-dip galvanized, except insulators.1. Stanchions: T-section or channel; 2-1/4-inch (57-mm) nominal size; punched

with 14 holes on 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) centers for cable-arm attachment.2. Arms: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) wide, lengths ranging from 3 inches (75 mm) with

450-lb (204-kg) minimum capacity to 18 inches (460 mm) with 250-lb (114-kg) minimum capacity. Arms shall have slots along full length for cable ties and be arranged for secure mounting in horizontal position at any vertical location on stanchions.

3. Insulators: High-glaze, wet-process porcelain arranged for mounting on cable arms.

I. Cable Rack Assembly: Nonmetallic. Components fabricated from nonconductive, fiberglass-reinforced polymer.

1. Stanchions: Nominal 36 inches (900 mm) high by 4 inches (100 mm) wide, with minimum of 9 holes for arm attachment.

2. Arms: Arranged for secure, drop-in attachment in horizontal position at any location on cable stanchions, and capable of being locked in position. Arms shall be available in lengths ranging from 3 inches (75 mm) with 450-lb (204-kg) minimum capacity to 20 inches (508 mm) with 250-lb (114-kg) minimum capacity. Top of arm shall be nominally 4 inches (100 mm) wide, and arm shall have slots along full length for cable ties.

J. Duct-Sealing Compound: Nonhardening, safe for contact with human skin, not deleterious to cable insulation, and workable at temperatures as low as 35 deg F (2 deg C). Capable of withstanding temperature of 300 deg F (150 deg C) without slump and adhering to clean surfaces of plastic ducts, metallic conduits, conduit coatings, concrete, masonry, lead, cable sheaths, cable jackets, insulation materials, and common metals.

K. Portable Manhole Ladders: UL-listed, heavy-duty fiberglass specifically designed for portable use for access to electrical manholes. Minimum length equal to distance from deepest manhole floor to grade plus 36 inches (900 mm). One required.

L. Cover Hooks: Heavy duty, designed for lifts 60 lbf (270 N) and greater. Two required.

2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Test and inspect precast concrete manholes according to ASTM C 1037.



PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 UNDERGROUND DUCT APPLICATION

A. Ducts for Electrical Cables Over 600 V: RNC, NEMA Type EPC-40-PVC, in concrete-encased duct bank, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Ducts for Electrical Feeders 600 V and Less: RNC, NEMA Type EPC-40-PVC, in concrete-encased duct bank, unless otherwise indicated.

3.02 UNDERGROUND ENCLOSURE APPLICATION

A. Manholes: Precast or cast-in-place concrete.1. Units Located in Roadways and Other Deliberate Traffic Paths by Heavy or

Medium Vehicles: H-20 structural load rating according to AASHTO HB 17.

3.03 EARTHWORK

A. Excavation and Backfill: Comply with Division 02 Section "Earthwork," but do not use heavy-duty, hydraulic-operated, compaction equipment.

B. Restore surface features at areas disturbed by excavation and reestablish original grades, unless otherwise indicated. Replace removed sod immediately after backfilling is completed.

C. Restore areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other work. Restore vegetation and include necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding, sprigging, and mulching. Comply with Division 02 Section "Seeding and Mulching."

D. Cut and patch existing pavement in the path of underground ducts and manholes according to Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching."

3.04 DUCT INSTALLATION

A. Slope: Pitch ducts a minimum slope of 1:300 down toward manholes and handholes and away from buildings and equipment. Slope ducts from a high point in runs between two manholes to drain in both directions.

B. Curves and Bends: Use 5-degree angle couplings for small changes in direction. Use manufactured long sweep bends with a minimum radius of [48 inches (1220 mm)] [12.5 feet (4 m)] [25 feet (7.5 m)], both horizontally and vertically, at other locations, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Joints: Use solvent-cemented joints in ducts and fittings and make watertight according to manufacturer's written instructions. Stagger couplings so those of adjacent ducts do not lie in same plane.

D. Duct Entrances to Manholes and Concrete and Polymer Concrete Handholes: Use end bells, spaced approximately 10 inches (250 mm) o.c. for 5-inch (125-mm) ducts, and vary proportionately for other duct sizes.

1. Begin change from regular spacing to end-bell spacing 10 feet (3 m) from the end bell without reducing duct line slope and without forming a trap in the line.



2. Direct-Buried Duct Banks: Install an expansion and deflection fitting in each conduit in the area of disturbed earth adjacent to manhole or handhole.

3. Grout end bells into structure walls from both sides to provide watertight entrances.

E. Sealing: Provide temporary closure at terminations of ducts that have cables pulled. Seal spare ducts at terminations. Use sealing compound and plugs to withstand at least 15-psig (1.03-MPa) hydrostatic pressure.

F. Pulling Cord: Install 200-lbf- test nylon cord in ducts, including spares.

G. Concrete-Encased Ducts: Support ducts on duct separators.1. Separator Installation: Space separators close enough to prevent sagging and

deforming of ducts, with not less than 4 spacers per 20 feet (6 m) of duct. Secure separators to earth and to ducts to prevent floating during concreting. Tie entire assembly together using fabric straps; do not use tie wires or reinforcing steel that may form conductive or magnetic loops around ducts or duct groups.

2. Concreting Sequence: Pour each run of envelope between manholes or other terminations in one continuous operation.

a. Start at one end and finish at the other, allowing for expansion and contraction of ducts as their temperature changes during and after the pour. Use expansion fittings installed according to manufacturer's written recommendations, or use other specific measures to prevent expansion-contraction damage.

b. If more than one pour is necessary, terminate each pour in a vertical plane and install 3/4-inch (19-mm) reinforcing rod dowels extending 18 inches (450 mm) into concrete on both sides of joint near corners of envelope.

2. Pouring Concrete: Spade concrete carefully during pours to prevent voids under and between conduits and at exterior surface of envelope. Do not allow a heavy mass of concrete to fall directly onto ducts. Use a plank to direct concrete down sides of bank assembly to trench bottom. Allow concrete to flow to center of bank and rise up in middle, uniformly filling all open spaces. Do not use power-driven agitating equipment unless specifically designed for duct-bank application.

3. Reinforcement: Reinforce concrete-encased duct banks where they cross disturbed earth and where indicated. Arrange reinforcing rods and ties without forming conductive or magnetic loops around ducts or duct groups.

4. Forms: Use walls of trench to form side walls of duct bank where soil is self-supporting and concrete envelope can be poured without soil inclusions; otherwise, use forms.

5. Depth: Install top of duct bank at least 24 inches (600 mm) below finished grade in areas not subject to deliberate traffic, and at least 30 inches (750 mm) below finished grade in deliberate traffic paths for vehicles, unless otherwise indicated.

6. Stub-Ups: Use manufactured rigid steel conduit elbows for stub-ups at poles and equipment.

a. Couple steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed for this purpose, and encase coupling with 3 inches (75 mm) of concrete.

b. Stub-Ups to Equipment: Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at equipment.



7. Warning Tape: Bury warning tape approximately 12 inches (300 mm) above all concrete-encased ducts and duct banks. Align tape parallel to and within 3 inches (75 mm) of the centerline of duct bank. Provide an additional warning tape for each 12-inch (300-mm) increment of duct-bank width over a nominal 18 inches (450 mm). Space additional tapes 12 inches (300 mm) apart, horizontally.

3.05 INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE MANHOLES

A. Cast-in-Place Manhole Installation:1. Finish interior surfaces with a smooth-troweled finish.2. Windows for Future Duct Connections: Form and pour concrete knockout panels

1-1/2 to 2 inches (38 to 50 mm) thick, arranged as indicated.3. Cast-in-place concrete, formwork, and reinforcement are specified in Division 03

Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."

B. Precast Concrete Handhole and Manhole Installation:1. Comply with ASTM C 891, unless otherwise indicated.2. Install units level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with

connecting ducts to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances.

3. Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level bed of crushed stone or gravel, graded from 1-inch (25-mm) sieve to No. 4 (4.75-mm) sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth.

C. Elevations:1. Manhole Roof: Install with rooftop at least 15 inches (380 mm) below finished

grade.2. Manhole Frame: In paved areas and trafficways, set frames flush with finished

grade. Set other manhole frames 1 inch (25 mm) above finished grade.3. Install handholes with bottom below the frost line 36 inches below grade.4. Handhole Covers: In paved areas and trafficways, set surface flush with finished

grade. Set covers of other handholes 1 inch (25 mm) above finished grade.5. Where indicated, cast handhole cover frame integrally with handhole structure.

D. Drainage: Install drains in bottom of manholes where indicated. Coordinate with drainage provisions indicated.

E. Manhole Access: Circular opening in manhole roof; sized to match cover size.1. Manholes with Fixed Ladders: Offset access opening from manhole centerlines

to align with ladder.2. Install chimney, constructed of precast concrete collars and rings to support

frame and cover and to connect cover with manhole roof opening. Provide moisture-tight masonry joints and waterproof grouting for cast-iron frame to chimney.

F. Waterproofing: Apply waterproofing to exterior surfaces of manholes after concrete has cured at least three days. After ducts have been connected and grouted, and before backfilling, waterproof joints and connections and touch up abrasions and scars. Waterproof exterior of manhole chimneys after mortar has cured at least three days.



G. Dampproofing: Apply dampproofing to exterior surfaces of manholes after concrete has cured at least three days. After ducts have been connected and grouted, and before backfilling, dampproof joints and connections and touch up abrasions and scars. Dampproof exterior of manhole chimneys after mortar has cured at least three days.

H. Hardware: Install removable hardware, including pulling eyes, cable stanchions, cable arms, and insulators, as required for installation and support of cables and conductors and as indicated.

I. Fixed Manhole Ladders: Arrange to provide for safe entry with maximum clearance from cables and other items in manholes.

J. Field-Installed Bolting Anchors in Manholes: Do not drill deeper than 3-7/8 inches (98 mm) for manholes, for anchor bolts installed in the field. Use a minimum of two anchors for each cable stanchion.

K. Warning Sign: Install "Confined Space Hazard" warning sign on the inside surface of each manhole cover.

3.06 GROUNDING

A. Ground underground ducts and utility structures according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding"


A. Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports:1. Demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements on completion of

installation of underground ducts and utility structures.2. Pull aluminum or wood test mandrel through duct to prove joint integrity and test

for out-of-round duct. Provide mandrel equal to 80 percent fill of duct. If obstructions are indicated, remove obstructions and retest.

3. Test manhole grounding to ensure electrical continuity of grounding and bonding connections. Measure and report ground resistance as specified in Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding"

B. Correct deficiencies and retest as specified above to demonstrate compliance.

3.08 CLEANING

A. Pull leather-washer-type duct cleaner, with graduated washer sizes, through full length of ducts. Follow with rubber duct swab for final cleaning and to assist in spreading lubricant throughout ducts.

B. Clean internal surfaces of manholes, including sump. Remove foreign material.END OF SECTION


Unit Substation Transformers – Liquid-Filled 16361-1

SECTION 16361

UNIT SUBSTATION TRANSFORMERS – LIQUID-FILLED

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE

A. The Contractor shall furnish and install two (2) secondary unit substation

transformers as specified herein and as shown on the contract drawings.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. The substation transformers shall be designed, manufactured and tested in

accordance with the latest applicable standards of NEMA and ANSI. NEMA 201,

210; IEEE 100, ANSI C57

1.03 SUBMITTALS – FOR REVIEW/APPROVAL

A. The following information shall be submitted to the Engineer:

1. Master drawing index

2. Front view elevation and weight

3. Plan view

4. Schematic diagrams

5. Nameplate diagram

6. Component list

7. Conduit entry/exit locations

8. Ratings including:

a. kVA

b. Primary and secondary voltage

c. Taps

d. Primary and secondary continuous current

e. Basic Impulse Level

f. Impedance

g. Insulation class and temperature rise

h. Sound level

9. Cable terminal sizes

10. Product data sheets

B. Where applicable, the following additional information shall be submitted to the

Engineer:

1. Connection details between close-coupled assemblies

2. Composite floor plan of close-coupled assemblies

3. Key interlock scheme drawing and sequence of operations



1.04 SUBMITTALS – FOR CONSTRUCTION

A. The following information shall be submitted for record purposes:

1. Final as-built drawings and information for items listed in Paragraph 1.04, and

shall incorporate all changes made during the manufacturing process

2. Wiring diagrams

3. Certified production test reports

4. Installation information

5. Seismic certification as specified

1.05 QUALIFICATIONS

A. The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the major

components within the assembly.

B. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 or 9002

certified.

C. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipment

for a minimum period of ten (10) years. When requested by the Engineer, an

acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided

demonstrating compliance with this requirement.

D. The following minimum mounting and installation guidelines shall be met, unless

specifically modified by the above referenced standards.

a. The Contractor shall provide equipment anchorage details, coordinated with

the equipment mounting provision, prepared and stamped by a licensed civil

engineer in the state. Mounting recommendations shall be provided by the

manufacturer based upon the above criteria to verify the seismic design of

the equipment.

b. The equipment manufacturer shall certify that the equipment can withstand,

that is, function following the seismic event, including both vertical and lateral

required response spectra as specified in above codes.

c. The equipment manufacturer shall document the requirements necessary for

proper seismic mounting of the equipment. Seismic qualification shall be

considered achieved when the capability of the equipment, meets or exceeds

the specified response spectra.

E. The equipment and major components shall be suitable for and certified by actual

seismic testing to meet all applicable seismic requirements of the 2006 International

Building Code (IBC) Site Classification. Equipment certification acceptance criteria

shall be based upon the ability for the equipment to be returned to service

immediately after a seismic event within the above requirements without the need for

repairs.

1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. UL label required.



1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer’s

instructions. One (1) copy of these instructions shall be included with the equipment

at time of shipment.

1.08 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Equipment operation and maintenance manuals shall be provided with each

assembly shipped and shall include instruction leaflets, instruction bulletins and

renewal parts lists where applicable, for the complete assembly and each major

component.

1.09 FIELD MEASUREMENTS

A. Measure primary and secondary voltages and make appropriate Tap adjustments.

PART 2 PRODUCTS – LIQUID TRANSFORMERS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Eaton

B. G.E.

C. Square D

The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products

that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed

above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. Products in

compliance with the specification and manufactured by others not named will be

considered only if pre-approved by the Engineer ten (10) days prior to bid date.

2.02 RATINGS

A. The ratings of the transformer shall be as follows or as shown on the drawings:

kVA Rating 1500 ONAN

Impedance 5.75 +/- 7-1/2% ANSI Standard

Tolerance

HV 13.2 kV Delta

HV BIL 95 kV

HV De-energized Taps +/- 2 - 2-1/2% full capacity

LV 480/277 Volts Wye

LV BIL 30 kV

2.03 CONSTRUCTION

A. The unit shall silicone/high fire point liquid filled and shall be in accordance with the

latest edition of the NEC. High fire point fluids shall be Factory Mutual and UL listed.

B. The transformer shall be designed to carry short-time emergency overloads in

accordance with ANSI C57.12.92 as applicable. Duration and magnitude of

designed withstand capability shall be as outlined in ANSI C57.12.90 and the latest

draft of the IEEE short-circuit test code. The transformer shall carry its continuous



rating with average winding temperature rise by resistance that shall not exceed 65

degrees C based on an average ambient of 30 degrees C over 24 hours with a

maximum of 40 degrees C.

C. The transformer shall be designed to meet the sound level standards for liquid

transformers as defined in NEMA TR1. The measurement procedure shall be as

specified in ANSI C.57.12.90.

D. High-voltage and low-voltage windings shall be copper. Insulation between layers of

the windings shall be by Insuldur paper or equal.

E. The main transformer tank and attached components shall be designed to withstand

pressures 25% greater than the required operating design value without permanent

deformation. Construction shall consist of carbon steel plate reinforced with external

sidewall braces. All seams and joints shall be continuously welded.

F. Each radiator assembly shall be individually welded and receive a quality control

pressurized check for leaks. The entire tank assembly shall receive a similar leak

test before core and coil are tanked. A final six-hour leak test shall be performed

after the transformer is tanked, welded and completed to ensure that there are no

leaks before shipment.

2.04 ACCESSORIES

A. Transformer features and accessories shall include:

1. De-energized tap changer with externally operated, padlockable handle

2. Combination drain and filter valve and sampling device

3. Manual gas pressure test connection

4. Filling plug and filter press connection in cover

5. Dial-type top liquid thermometer

6. Magnetic liquid level gauge

7. Provisions for lifting, provisions for jacking, base designed for skidding or rolling

in two directions

8. Ground pad – stainless steel

9. Instruction nameplate aluminum

10. Pressure vacuum gauge

11. Welded-on main tank cover and handhole in cover

12. Automatic pressure relief device that automatically reseals after operation, with

semaphore operation indicator, for silicone filled transformers

2.05 FINISH

A. The paint shall be applied using an air spray with air dry acrylic topcoat system to a

minimum of three mils average thickness. Outdoor liquid transformer units shall

include suitable outdoor paint finish. Units shall be painted ANSI 61 for indoor

service or outdoor service and shall match the primary and secondary equipment.



2.06 TERMINAL COMPARTMENTS/FLANGE CONNECTIONS

A. The transformer unit supplied shall include a HV close-coupled flange and a LV

close-coupled flange. Connections between the primary device and transformer shall

be bus, and between the transformer and secondary shall be flexible bus braid.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 FACTORY TESTING

A. The following standard factory tests shall be performed on all equipment provided

under this section. All tests shall be in accordance with the latest version of ANSI

and NEMA standards.

1. Resistance measurements of all windings on the rated voltage connection of

each unit and at the tap extremes of one unit only of a given rating on this project

2. Ratio tests on the rated voltage connection and on all tap connections

3. Polarity and phase-relation tests on the rated voltage connections

4. No-load loss at rated voltage on the rated voltage connection

5. Exciting current at rated voltage on the rated voltage connection

6. Impedance and load loss at rated current on the rated voltage connection of

each unit and on the tap extremes of one unit only of a given rating on this

project

7. Applied potential test

8. Induced potential tests

B. The manufacturer shall provide three (3) certified copies of factory test reports. Test

reports shall include information indicating that transformer insulating medium

(silicone fluid or oil) does not contain sulfur or PCBs.

C. The following special factory tests shall be performed on the equipment provided

under this section. All tests shall be in accordance with the latest revision of ANSI

and NEMA standards.

1. Temperature test(s) shall not be required when there is an available record of a

temperature test on an essentially duplicate unit.

2. ANSI impulse test on all primary windings


A. Provide the services of a qualified factory-trained manufacturer’s representative to

assist the contractor in installation and startup of the equipment specified under this

section for a period of 1 working day. The manufacturer’s representative shall

provide technical direction and assistance to the Contractor in general assembly of

the equipment, connections and adjustments, and testing of the assembly and

components contained herein.

B. The Contractor shall provide three (3) copies of the manufacturer’s field startup

report.



3.03 MANUFACTURER’S CERTIFICATION

A. A qualified factory-trained manufacturer’s representative shall certify in writing that

the equipment has been installed, adjusted and tested in accordance with the

manufacturer’s recommendations.

B. The Contractor shall provide three (3) copies of the manufacturer’s representative’s

certification.

3.04 TRAINING

A. The contractor shall provide a training session for up to five (5) owner’s

representatives for 1 normal workday at a job site location determined by the owner.

B. The training session shall be conducted by a manufacturer’s qualified

representative. Training program shall include instructions on the transformer,

auxiliary devices and other major components.

3.05 INSTALLATION

A. The Contractors shall install all equipment per the manufacturer’s recommendations

and the contract drawings.

B. All necessary hardware to secure the assembly in place shall be provided by the

Contractor.

3.06 FIELD ADJUSTMENTS

A. Adjust taps to deliver appropriate secondary voltage.

3.07 FIELD TESTING

A. Measure primary and secondary voltages for proper tap settings.

B. Megger primary and secondary windings

C. Liquid transformers – Test oil for dielectric strength.

END SECTION


Medium Voltage Load Interrupter Switchgear 16370-1

SECTION 16370

MEDIUM VOLTAGE LOAD INTERRUPTER SWITCHGEAR

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE

A. The Contractor shall furnish and install the medium voltage load interrupter

switchgear as specified herein and as shown on the contract drawings.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. The medium voltage load interrupter switchgear and all components shall be

designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest applicable

standards as follows:

1. ANSI/IEEE C37.20.3

2. ANSI/IEEE C37.20.4

3. ANSI C37.22

4. ANSI C37.57, C37.58

5. NEMA SG5

6. NEMA SG6

7. CSA 22.2 No.31-M89 (5/15 kV ratings only)

8. EEMAC G8-3.3

B. Listing by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) or Canadian Standards Association (CSA)

shall be provided for 15 kV class medium voltage load interrupter switchgear.




2. Front view elevation

3. Floor plan

4. Top view

5. Single line

6. Nameplate schedule

7. Component list

8. Conduit entry/exit locations

9. Assembly ratings including:

a. Short-circuit rating

b. Voltage

c. Continuous current

d. Basic Impulse Level

10. Major component ratings including:



a. Voltage

b. Continuous current

c. Interrupting ratings


C. Where applicable or required by the Engineer the following additional information

shall be submitted to the Engineer:

1. Connection details between close-coupled assemblies

2. Composite floor plan of close-coupled assemblies

3. Electrical schematic diagram


5. Descriptive bulletins






2. Wiring diagrams


4. Installation information including equipment anchorage provisions


1.05 QUALIFICATIONS



B. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall show conformance to an

internationally-recognized quality management system, e.g. ISO 9001.



acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating

compliance with this requirement.

D. Provide Seismic tested equipment as follows:

1. The equipment and major components shall be suitable for and certified by

actual seismic testing to meet all applicable seismic requirements of the latest

International Building Code (IBC).

2. The Project Structural Engineer will provide site specific ground motion criteria

for use by the manufacturer to establish SDS values required.

3. The Structural Engineer for the Site will evaluate the SDS values published on

the Manufacturer’s website to ascertain that they are "equal to" or "greater than"

those required for the Project Site.



4. The following minimum mounting and installation guidelines shall be met, unless






the equipment.












B. Each switchgear assembly shall be split into shipping groups for handling as

indicated on the drawings or per the manufacturer’s recommendations. Shipping

groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck, rail or ship. Shipping groups shall

be bolted to skids. Accessories shall be packaged and shipped separately. Each

switchgear shipping group shall be equipped with lifting eyes for handling solely by

crane.

1.07 OPERATION MAINTENANCE MANUALS


assembly shipped, and shall include instruction leaflets and instruction bulletins for

the complete assembly and each major component.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Eaton

B. G.E

C. Square D








2.02 RATINGS

A. Switchgear assembly ratings shall be as follows:

1. Nominal System Voltage 15 kV three-phase

three wire

2. System Grounding low-resistance

3. Main Cross Bus Continuous Current 600 A

6. Maximum Design Voltage 15 kV

7. BIL 95 kV

8. Main Cross Bus Momentary Current (10 Cycle) 61 kA Asymmetrical RMS

9. Main Cross Bus 2-Second Short Circuit Current 38 kA Symmetrical RMS

2.03 15 KV CONSTRUCTION

A. The metal-enclosed load interrupter switchgear shall consist of deadfront, completely

metal-enclosed vertical sections containing load interrupter switches and fuses

(where shown) of the number, rating and type noted on the drawings or specified

herein.

B. The following features shall be supplied on every vertical section containing a three-

pole, two-position open-closed switch:

1. A minimum 8-inch x 16-inch high-impact viewing window that permits full view of

the position of all three switch blades through the closed door. The window shall

not be more than 58-inches above the switch pad level to allow ease of

inspection

2. The door shall be interlocked with the switch so that:

a. The switch must be opened before the door can be opened.

b. The door must be closed before the switch can be closed.

3. A hinged grounded metal barrier that is bolted closed in front of every switch to

prevent inadvertent contact with any live part, yet allows for a full-view inspection

of the switch blade position

4. Provision for padlocking the switch in the open or closed position

5. Green OPEN, Red CLOSED switch position indicators with the words “Open”

and “Closed” in French, Spanish and English

6. A hinged cover with rustproof quarter turn nylon latches over the switch operating

mechanism to discourage casual tampering

7. The switch shall be removable from the structure as a complete operational

component

C. Vertical section construction shall be of the universal frame type using die-formed

and bolted parts. All enclosing covers and doors shall be fabricated from steel with

thickness equal to or greater than that specified in ANSI/IEEE C37.20.3. No owner

removable hardware for covers or doors shall be thread-forming type. To facilitate

installation and maintenance of cables and bus in each vertical section, a split

removable top cover and padlockable hinged rear door held closed by bolts shall be

provided. A G90 grade galvanized base shall isolate equipment from contact with the



concrete pad providing protection from rust. Heavy-duty hot dipped galvanized

anchor clips shall be provided to anchor the switchgear to the concrete pad.

D. Each vertical section containing a switch shall have a single, full-length, flanged front

door and shall be equipped with two (2) rotary latch-type padlockable handles.

Provision shall be made for operating the switch and storing the removable handle

without opening the full length door.

E. Each load interrupter switch shall have the following features:

1. Three-pole gang-operated mechanism

2. Manual quick-make, quick-break over-toggle-type mechanism that does not

require the use of a chain or a cable for operation, and utilizes a heavy-duty coil

spring to provide opening and closing energy

3. The speed of opening and closing the switch shall be independent of the

operator, and it shall be impossible to tease the switch into any intermediate

position under normal operation

4. Separate main and break contacts to provide maximum endurance for fault close

and load interrupting duty

5. Insulating barriers between each phase and between the outer phases and the

enclosure

6. A maintenance provision for slow closing the switch to check switch blade

engagement and slow opening the switch to check operation of the arc

interrupting contacts

2.04 BUS

A. All phase bus conductors shall be tin-plated copper.

B. Ground bus shall be silver-plated copper and be directly fastened to a galvanized

metal surface of each vertical section, and be of a size sufficient to carry the rated

(2-second) current of the switchgear assembly.

2.05 BUS INSULATION SYSTEM

A. All bus shall be supported utilizing a high strength and high creep support providing

10.5-inch of creep distance between phases and ground. The molded fins shall be

constructed of high track resistant silicone rubber.

B. All standoff insulators on switches and fuse mountings shall be glass polyester for

15kV class switchgear.

2.06 WIRING/TERMINATIONS

A. One (1) terminal pad per phase shall be provided for attaching contractor-supplied

cable terminal lugs for a maximum of two (2) conductors per phase of the sizes

indicated on the drawings. Sufficient space shall be allowed for contractor supplied

electrical stress relief termination devices.

B. Small wiring, fuse blocks and terminal blocks within the vertical section shall be

furnished as indicated on the drawings. Each control wire shall be labeled with wire

markers. Terminal blocks shall be provided for owner’s connections to other

apparatus.



2.07 FUSES

A. Fault protection shall be provided by fuses with continuous ratings as shown in the

contract documents. Any fuse/switch integrated momentary and fault close ratings

specified shall have been verified by test and UL and CSA certified.

2.08 ENCLOSURES

A. Enclosures shall be constructed per IEEE/ANSI C37.20.3 Outdoor specifications.

B. Each vertical section shall have a sloped weatherproof roof with labyrinth shaped

joints. Use of gasket or caulking to make roof joints weatherproof shall not be

permitted. All exterior openings shall be screened to prevent the entrance of small

animals and barriered to inhibit the entrance of snow, sand, etc. A minimum of one

(1) 250-watt, 120-volt space heater shall be provided in each vertical section. Power

for the space heater(s) shall be furnished as indicated on the drawings. The design

shall be non-walk-in type.

C. Each vertical section shall be ventilated at the top and bottom, both front and rear, to

allow airflow to provide cooling and help prevent buildup of moisture within the

structure. The ventilated covers shall be externally removable to allow safe

maintenance of the filter media without providing access to live parts.

D. Enclosure shall be Dust Resistant. All ventilated openings shall be filtered to inhibit

the ingress of dust. The ventilated covers shall be externally removable to allow safe

maintenance of the filter media without providing access to live parts. All external

doors

and covers shall be gasketed.

2.09 NAMEPLATES

A. A nameplate shall be mounted on the front door of each switch vertical section in

accordance with the drawings.

2.10 FINISH

A. Prior to assembly, all enclosing steel shall be thoroughly cleaned and phosphatized.

A powder coating shall be applied electrostatically, and then fused-on by baking in

an oven. The coating is to have a thickness of not less than 1.5 mils. The finish shall

have the following properties:

Impact resistance (ASTM D-2794) 60 direct/60 indirect

Pencil hardness (ASTM D-3363) H

Flexibility (ASTM D-522) Pass 1/8-inch mandrel

Salt spray (ASTM B117-85 [20]) 600 hours

Color ANSI 61 gray



PART 3 EXECUTION


A. Standard factory tests shall be performed on the equipment under this section. All

tests shall be in accordance with the latest version of ANSI and NEMA standards.

B. The manufacturer shall provide three (3) certified copies of factory test reports.


A. Provide the services of a qualified factory-trained manufacturer’s

representative to assist the Contractor in installation and startup of the

equipment specified under this section for a period of 1 working day. The

manufacturer’s representative shall provide technical direction and assistance

to the Contractor in general assembly of the equipment, connections and

adjustments, and testing of the assembly and components contained therein.

B. The Contractor shall provide three (3) copies of the manufacturer’s field

startup report.

3.03 MANUFACTURER’S CERTIFICATION

A. The Contractor shall provide a qualified factory-trained manufacturer’s

representative shall certify in writing that the equipment has been installed, adjusted

and tested in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

B. The Contractor shall provide three (3) copies of the manufacturer’s

representative’s certification.

3.04 TRAINING

A. The Contractor shall provide a training session for up to five (5) owner’s

representatives for 1 normal workday at a job site location determined by the

owner.


representative and consist of instruction on the assembly, switches and major

components.

C. The Contractor shall provide three (3) copies of operating instructions and

product data for Operation and Maintenance Manuals.

3.05 INSTALLATION

A. The Contractors shall install all equipment per the manufacturer’s

recommendations and the contract drawings.

B. All necessary hardware to secure the assembly in place shall be provided by

the Contractor.

END SECTION


Automatic Transfer Switch 16415 - 1

SECTION 16415

AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Transfer switch rated 600 V and less.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, weights, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories.

C. Shop Drawings: Dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details showing minimum clearances, conductor entry provisions, gutter space, installed features and devices, and material lists for each switch specified.

1. Single-Line Diagram: Show connections between transfer switch, power sources, and load.

D. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that transfer switches accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces. Include the following:

1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation.

The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event."

2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.

3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements.

E. Qualification Data: For manufacturer.

F. Field quality-control test reports.

G. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each type of product to include in operation and maintenance manuals. Include the following:

1. Features and operating sequences, both automatic and manual.



2. List of all factory settings of relays; provide relay-setting and calibration instructions, including software, where applicable.


H. Manufacturer Qualifications: Maintain a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency maintenance repairs within a response period of less than eight hours from time of notification.

I. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

J. Comply with NEMA ICS 1.

K. Comply with NFPA 70.

L. Comply with NFPA 99.

M. Comply with NFPA 110.

N. Comply with UL 1008 unless requirements of these Specifications are stricter.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS


1. Automatic Transfer Switches:

a. Caterpillar; Engine Div.b. Generac Power Systems, Inc.c. Kohler Power Systems; Generator Division.d. Spectrum Detroit Diesel

2.02 GENERAL TRANSFER-SWITCH PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

B. Indicated Current Ratings: Apply as defined in UL 1008 for continuous loading and total system transfer, including tungsten filament lamp loads not exceeding 30 percent of switch ampere rating, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Tested Fault-Current Closing and Withstand Ratings: Adequate for duty imposed by protective devices at installation locations in Project under the fault conditions indicated, based on testing according to UL 1008.

D. Solid-State Controls: Repetitive accuracy of all settings shall be plus or minus 2 percent or better over an operating temperature range of minus 20 to plus 70 deg C.



E. Resistance to Damage by Voltage Transients: Components shall meet or exceed voltage-surge withstand capability requirements when tested according to IEEE C62.41. Components shall meet or exceed voltage-impulse withstand test of NEMA ICS 1.

F. Electrical Operation: Accomplish by a nonfused, momentarily energized solenoid or electric-motor-operated mechanism, mechanically and electrically interlocked in both directions.

G. Switch Characteristics: Designed for continuous-duty repetitive transfer of full-rated current:

1. Contacts: Silver composition or silver alloy for load-current switching. Conventional automatic transfer-switch units, rated 225 A and higher, shall have separate arcing contacts.

H. Neutral Switching. Four-pole with overlapping neutral contacts.

I. Factory Wiring: Train and bundle factory wiring and label, consistent with Shop Drawings, either by color-code or by numbered or lettered wire and cable tape markers at terminations. Color-coding and wire and cable tape markers are specified in Section 16075, Electrical Identification.

J. Electrically perated mechanically held contacts for fast positive connections. Transfer time shall be 160 milliseconds.

K. Enclosures: NEMA 4X

L. Circuit breaker protected. Maximum RMS symmetrical fault current – 65,000 Amps.


M. Factory test and inspect components, assembled switches, and associated equipment. Ensure proper operation. Check transfer time and voltage, frequency, and time-delay settings for compliance with specified requirements. Perform dielectric strength test complying with NEMA ICS 1.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Design each fastener and support to carry load indicated by seismic requirements and according to seismic-restraint details. Concrete-Mounting Switch: Anchor to concrete slab by bolting.

1. Concrete Bases: 4 inches high, reinforced, with chamfered edges. Extend base a minimum of inches in all directions beyond the maximum



dimensions of switch, unless otherwise indicated or unless required for seismic support. Construct concrete bases.

B. Set field-adjustable intervals and delays, relays, and engine exerciser clock.


C. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. Report results in writing.

D. Tests and Inspections:

1. After installing equipment and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements.

2. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters.

3. Measure insulation resistance phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground with insulation-resistance tester. Use test voltages and procedure recommended by manufacturer. Comply with manufacturer's specified minimum resistance.

a. Check for electrical continuity of circuits and for short circuits.b. Inspect for physical damage, proper installation and connection, and

integrity of barriers, covers, and safety features.

4. After energizing circuits:

a. Simulate power failures of normal source to automatic transfer switches and of emergency source with normal source available.

b. Verify time-delay settings.c. Verify pickup and dropout voltages by data readout or inspection of

control settings.d. Test unit functional modes and related automatic transfer-switch

operations.e. Perform contact-resistance test across main contacts and correct

values exceeding 500 microhms and values for 1 pole deviating by more than 50 percent from other poles.

f. Verify proper sequence and correct timing of automatic engine starting, transfer time delay, retransfer time delay on restoration of normal power, and engine cool-down and shutdown.

5. Ground-Fault Tests: Coordinate with testing of ground-fault protective devices for power delivery from both sources.

a. Verify grounding connections and locations and ratings of sensors.

E. Coordinate tests with tests of generator and run them concurrently.



F. Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and measured insulation and contact resistances and time delays. Attach a label or tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests.

G. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.

3.03 DEMONSTRATION

H. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Amtrak maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain transfer switches and related equipment as specified below.

I. Coordinate this training with that for generator equipment.

END OF SECTION


Metal-Enclosed Drawout Switchgear (Magnum Ds) – Low Voltage 16426-1

SECTION 16426

METAL-ENCLOSED DRAWOUT SWITCHGEAR (MAGNUM DS) – LOW VOLTAGE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE

A. The Contractor shall furnish and install, where indicated on the drawings, a

deadfront type, low voltage metal-enclosed switchgear assembly utilizing Cutler-

Hammer Magnum DS drawout power circuit breakers, as specified herein and

shown on the contract drawings.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. The low voltage metal-enclosed switchgear assembly and all components shall be

designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the following latest

applicable standards:

1. ANSI-C37.20 – Switchgear assemblies

2. ANSI-C37.13 – Low voltage power circuit breakers

3. ANSI-C37.17 – Trip devices

4. NEMA SG-5 – Switchgear assemblies

5. NEMA SG-3 – Low voltage power circuit breakers

6. UL 1558




2. Front view and plan view of the assembly

3. Three-line diagram

4. Schematic diagram

5. Nameplate schedule

6. Component list

7. Conduit space locations within the assembly

8. Assembly ratings including:

a. Short-circuit rating

b. Voltage

c. Continuous current rating

9. Major component ratings including:

a. Voltage

b. Continuous current rating

c. Interrupting ratings





B. Where applicable, the following additional information shall be submitted to the

Engineer:

1. Composite front view and plan view of close-coupled assemblies


3. Mimic bus size and color





2. Wiring diagrams


4. Installation information


1.05 QUALIFICATIONS



B. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 or 9002

certified.



acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided

demonstrating compliance with this requirement.

D. Provide Seismic tested equipment as follows:

1. The equipment and major components shall be suitable for and certified by

actual seismic testing to meet all applicable seismic requirements of the latest

International Building Code (IBC).

2. The Project Structural Engineer will provide site specific ground motion criteria

for use by the manufacturer to establish SDS values required.

3. The Structural Engineer for the Site will evaluate the SDS values published on

the Manufacturer’s website to ascertain that they are "equal to" or "greater than"

those required for the Project Site.

4. The following minimum mounting and installation guidelines shall be met, unless








the equipment.








1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. The switchgear shall bear a UL 1558 label. Certified copies of production test reports

shall be supplied demonstrating compliance with these standards.





1.08 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS


assembly shipped, and shall include instruction leaflets and instruction bulletins for

the complete assembly and each major component.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Eaton

B. Approved equal






2.02 RATINGS

A. Voltage rating shall be as indicated on the drawings. The entire assembly shall be

suitable for 600 volts maximum ac service.

B. The assembly shall be rated to withstand mechanical forces exerted during short-

circuit conditions when connected directly to a power source having available fault

current of 65,000 amperes symmetrical at rated voltage.

C. The bus system shall have a minimum ANSI short-circuit withstand rating of 100,000

amperes symmetrical tested in accordance with ANSI C37.20.1 and UL1558.



D. All circuit breakers shall have a minimum symmetrical interrupting capacity of 65,000 amperes. To ensure a fully selective system, all circuit breakers shall have

30 cycle short-time withstand ratings equal to their symmetrical interrupting ratings

through 85,000 amperes, regardless of whether equipped with instantaneous trip

protection or not.

E. All ratings shall be tested to the requirements of ANSI C37.20.1, C37.50 and C37.51

and UL witnessed and approved.

2.03 CONSTRUCTION

A. The switchgear shall consist of the required number of vertical sections bolted

together to form a rigid assembly. The sides shall be covered with removable bolt-on

covers. All edges of front covers or hinged front panels shall be formed. Provide

ventilators located on the top of the switchgear over the breaker and bus

compartments to ensure adequate ventilation within the enclosure. Hinged rear

doors, complete with provisions for padlocking, shall be provided.

B. The assembly shall be provided with adequate lifting means and shall be capable of

being moved into installation position and bolted directly to concrete per

manufacturer’s recommendations. Provisions shall be made for jacking of shipping

groups, for removal of skids or insertion of equipment rollers. Base of assembly shall

be suitable for rolling directly on pipes without skids. The base shall be equipped

with slots in the base frame members to accommodate the use of pry bars for

moving the equipment to its final position.

C. Each vertical steel unit forming part of the switchgear line-up shall be a self-

contained housing having one or more individual breaker or instrument

compartments, a centralized bus compartment and a rear cable compartment. Each

individual circuit breaker compartment, or cell, shall be segregated from adjacent

compartments and sections by means of steel barriers to the maximum extent

possible. It shall be equipped with drawout rails and primary and secondary

disconnecting contacts. Removable hinge pins shall be provided on the breaker

compartment door hinges. Current transformers for feeder instrumentation, where

shown on the plans, shall be located within the appropriate breaker cells and be

front accessible and removable.

D. The stationary part of the primary disconnecting devices for each power circuit

breaker shall be breaker mounted and consist of a set of contacts extending to the

rear through a glass polyester insulating support barrier; corresponding moving

finger contacts, suitably spaced, shall be furnished on the power circuit breaker

studs which engage in only the connected position. The assembly shall provide

multiple silver-to-silver full floating high pressure point contacts with uniform

pressure on each finger maintained by springs. Each circuit shall include the

necessary three-phase bus connections between the section bus and the breaker

line side studs. Load studs shall be equipped with insulated copper load extension

buses terminating in solderless type terminals in the rear cable compartment of each

structure. Bus extensions shall be tin-plated where outgoing terminals are attached.

E. The circuit breaker door design shall be such that the following functions may be

performed without the need to open the circuit breaker door: lever circuit breaker



between positions, operate manual charging system, close and open circuit breaker,

examine and adjust trip unit, and read circuit breaker rating nameplate.

F. The secondary disconnecting devices shall consist of floating terminals mounted on

the stationary unit and engaging mating contacts at the front of the breaker. The

secondary disconnecting devices shall be gold-plated and engagement shall be

maintained in the “connected” and “test” positions.

G. The removable power circuit breaker element shall be equipped with disconnecting

contacts and interlocks for drawout application. It shall have four positions,

“connected,” “test,” “disconnected” and “removed.” The breaker drawout element

shall contain a worm gear levering “in” and “out” mechanism with removable lever

crank. Levering shall be accomplished via the use of conventional tools. Mechanical

interlocking shall be provided so that the breaker is in the tripped position before

levering “in” or “out” of the cell. Interlocking that trips the breaker will not be

accepted. The breaker shall include an optional provision for key locking open to

prevent manual or electric closing. Padlocking shall provide for securing the breaker

in the connected, test, or disconnected position by preventing levering.

H. An insulating flash shield shall be mounted above each circuit breaker to prevent

flashover from the arc chutes to ground.

I. The switchgear shall be Cutler-Hammer Magnum DS low voltage metal-enclosed

switchgear, utilizing Magnum DS power circuit breakers as herein specified.

J. The switchgear shall be suitable for use as service entrance equipment and be

labeled in accordance with UL requirements.

K. Provide a rear compartment barrier between the cable compartment and the main

bus to protect against inadvertent contact with main or vertical bus bars.

L. Provide in the cell when the circuit breaker is withdrawn, a safety shutter which

automatically covers the line and load stabs and protects against incidental contact.

M. Provide a metal barrier full height and depth between adjacent vertical structures in

the cable compartment.

N. Provide a glass polyester full height and depth barrier between adjacent vertical

structures in the bus compartment with appropriate slots for main bus.

2.04 BUS

A. All bus bars shall be tin-plated copper. Main horizontal bus bars shall be mounted

with all three phases arranged in the same vertical plane. Bus sizing shall be based

on ANSI standard temperature rise criteria of 65 degrees C over a 40 degrees C

ambient (outside the enclosure).

B. Provide a full capacity neutral bus where a neutral bus is indicated on the drawings.

C. A copper ground bus shall be furnished firmly secured to each vertical section

structure and shall extend the entire length of the switchgear. The ground bus short-

time withstand rating shall meet that of the largest circuit breaker within the

assembly.



D. All hardware used on conductors shall be high-tensile strength and zinc-plated. All

bus joints shall be provided with Belleville-type washers.

2.05 WIRING/TERMINATIONS

A. Small wiring, necessary fuse blocks and terminal blocks within the switchgear shall

be furnished as required. Control components mounted within the assembly shall be

suitably marked for identification corresponding to the appropriate designations on

manufacturer’s wiring diagrams.

B. Provide a front accessible, isolated vertical wireway for routing of factory and field

wiring. Factory provisions shall be made for securing field wiring without the need for

adhesive wire anchors.

C. Front access to all circuit breaker secondary connection points shall be provided for

ease of troubleshooting and connection to external field connections without the

need of removing the circuit breaker for access.

D. All control wire shall be type SIS. Control wiring shall be 14 ga for control circuits

and 12 ga for current transformer circuits. Wire bundles shall be secured with nylon

ties and anchored to the assembly with the use of pre-punched wire lances or nylon

non-adhesive anchors. All current transformer secondary leads shall first be

connected to conveniently accessible shorting terminal blocks before connecting to

any other device. Shorting screws with provisions for storage shall be provided. All

groups of control wires leaving the switchgear shall be provided with terminal blocks

with suitable numbering strips and provisions for #10 AWG field connections. Each

control wire shall be marked to the origin zone/wire name/destination zone over the

entire length of the wire using a cured ink process. Provide wire markers at each

end of all control wiring]. Plug-in terminal blocks shall be provided for all shipping

split wires. Terminal connections to remote devices or sources shall be front

accessible via doors above each circuit breaker.

E. NEMA 2-hole mechanical type lugs shall be provided for all line and load

terminations suitable for copper cable rated for 75 degrees C of the size indicated on

the drawings.

F. Lugs shall be provided in the incoming line section for connection of the main

grounding conductor. Additional lugs for connection of other grounding conductors

shall be provided as indicated on the drawings.

G. Reusable insulating boots shall be provided to cover all power cable terminations.

2.06 CIRCUIT BREAKERS

A. All protective devices shall be low voltage power circuit breakers, Cutler-Hammer

type Magnum DS or approved equal. All breakers shall be UL listed for application in

their intended enclosures for 100% of their continuous ampere rating.

B. All power circuit breakers shall be constructed and tested in accordance with ANSI

C37.13, C37.16, C37.17, C37.50, UL 1066 and NEMA SG-3 standard. The breaker

shall carry a UL label.



C. Breakers shall be provided in drawout configuration. The 800, 1600, and 3200

ampere frame power circuit breakers shall be provided in the same physical frame

size.

D. Power circuit breakers shall utilize a two-step stored-energy mechanism to charge

the closing springs. The closing of the breaker contacts shall automatically charge

the opening springs to ensure quick-break operation.

E. Breakers shall be manually operated (MO) unless electrically operated (EO) is

indicated on the drawings.

F. Electrically operated breakers shall be complete with 120 Vac motor operators. The

charging time of the motor shall not exceed 6 seconds.

G. To facilitate lifting, the power circuit breaker shall have integral handles on the side

of the breaker.

H. The power circuit breaker shall have a closing time of not more than 3 cycles.

I. The primary contacts shall have an easily accessible wear indicator to indicate

contact erosion.

J. The power circuit breaker shall have three windows in the front cover to clearly

indicate any electrical accessories that are mounted in the breaker. The accessory

shall have a label that will indicate its function and voltage. The accessories shall be

plug and lock type and UL listed for easy field installation. They shall be modular in

design and shall be common to all frame sizes and ratings.

K. The breaker control interface shall have color-coded visual indicators to indicate

contact open or closed positions, as well as mechanism charged and discharged

positions. Manual control pushbuttons on the breaker face shall be provided for

opening and closing the breaker. The power circuit breaker shall have a “Positive

On” feature. The breaker flag will read “Closed” if the contacts are welded and the

breaker is tripped or opened.

L. The current sensors shall have a back cover window that will permit viewing the

sensor rating on the back of the breaker. A rating plug will offer indication of the

rating on the front of the trip unit.

M. A position indicator shall be located on the faceplate of the breaker. This indicator

shall provide color indication of the breaker position in the cell. These positions shall

be Connect (Red), Test (Yellow), and Disconnect (Green). The levering door shall

be interlocked so that when the breaker is in the closed position, the breaker

levering-in door shall not open.

N. Each power circuit breaker shall offer sixty (60) front-mounted dedicated secondary

wiring points. Each wiring point shall have finger safe contacts, which will

accommodate #10 AWG maximum field connections with ring tongue or spade

terminals or bare wire.



2.07 TRIP UNITS

A. Each low voltage power circuit breaker shall be equipped with a solid-state tripping

system consisting of three current sensors, microprocessor-based trip device and

flux-transfer shunt trip. Current sensors shall provide operation and signal function.

The trip unit shall use microprocessor-based technology to provide the basic

adjustable time-current protection functions. True rms sensing circuit protection shall

be achieved by analyzing the secondary current signals received from the circuit

breaker current sensors and initiating trip signals to the circuit breaker trip actuators

when predetermined trip levels and time delay settings are reached. Interchangeable

current sensors with their associated rating plug shall establish the continuous trip

rating of each circuit breaker. The trip unit shall be Cutler-Hammer type Digitrip RMS

520.

B. The trip unit shall have an information system that utilizes battery backup LEDs to

indicate mode of trip following an automatic trip operation. The indication of the

mode of trip shall be retained after an automatic trip. A reset button shall be

provided to turn off the LED indication after an automatic trip. A test pushbutton shall

energize a LED to indicate the battery status.

C. The trip unit shall be provided with a display panel, including a representation of the

time/current curve that will indicate the protection functions. The unit shall be

continuously self-checking and provide a visual indication that the internal circuitry is

being monitored and is fully operational.

D. The trip unit shall be provided with a making-current release circuit. The circuit shall

be armed for approximately two cycles after breaker closing and shall operate for all

peak fault levels above 25 times the ampere value of the rating plug.

E. Trip unit shall have selectable powered and unpowered thermal memory for

enhanced circuit protection.

F. Complete system selective coordination shall be provided by the addition of the

following individually adjustable time/current curve shaping solid-state elements:

1. All circuit breakers shall have adjustments for long delay pickup and time

G. The trip unit shall have provisions for a single test kit to test each of the trip

functions.

H. The trip unit shall provide zone interlocking for the short-time delay and ground fault

delay trip functions for improved system coordination. The zone interlocking system

shall restrain the tripping of an upstream breaker and allow the breaker closest to

the fault to trip with no intentional time delay. In the event that the downstream

breaker does not trip, the upstream breaker shall trip after the present time delay.

Factory shall wire for zone interlocking for the power circuit breakers within the

switchgear.

2.08 MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES

A. Key interlocks shall be provided as indicated on the drawings. These interlocks shall

keep the circuit breakers trip-free when actuated.



B. Each section of the switchgear shall be provided with a space heater

thermostatically controlled. Power for the space heaters shall be obtained from a

control power transformer within the switchgear. Supply voltage shall be 120 volts

ac.

C. Fused control power transformers shall be provided as indicated on the drawings or

as required for proper operation of the equipment. A manual disconnect shall be

provided ahead of the primary fuses.

D. Outdoor Non-Walk-in Enclosure

1. Switchgear shall be enclosed in an outdoor non-walk-in NEMA 3R enclosure

conforming to all applicable requirements of UL and designed to withstand wind

velocities of 125 mph. The enclosure shall have a roof sloping toward the rear.

Outer sections shall be the same widths as indoor structures except the end

sections of a non-walk-in enclosure shall be wider than the inner sections to

permit opening the inner door. Each end of the outdoor structure shall have an

end trim

2. The enclosure shall be provided with front and rear hinged padlockable doors

with wind stops for each section. Ventilating openings shall be provided complete

with replaceable fiberglass air filters which are removable from the exterior of the

enclosure. Provide necessary space heaters thermostatically controlled for

breaker, bus and cable compartments of adequate wattage to prevent the

accumulation of moisture within the compartments

3. The construction of the enclosure shall be modular so future sections can be

added without affecting NEMA 3R integrity. Provide interior fluorescent lights,

switches and GFI protected receptacles

4. The enclosure shall be provided with undercoating applied to all members in

contact with the foundation surface to retard corrosion

5. Power for the space heaters, lights and receptacles shall be obtained from a

control power transformer within the switchgear. Supply voltage shall be 120

volts ac

6. A portable overhead circuit breaker lifter shall be provided to assist in removal of

the circuit breakers from the enclosure

7. Each shipping section shall be shipped completely assembled

2.09 NAMEPLATES

A. Engraved nameplates, mounted on the face of the assembly, shall be furnished for

all main and feeder circuits as indicated on the drawings. Nameplates shall be

laminated plastic, black characters on white background, and secured with screws.

Characters shall be

3/16-inch high, minimum.

B. Furnish master nameplate giving switchgear designation, voltage ampere rating,

short-circuit rating, and manufacturer’s name.

C. Control components mounted within the assembly, such as fuse blocks, relays,

pushbuttons, switches, etc., shall be suitably marked for identification corresponding

to appropriate designations on manufacturer’s drawings.



2.10 FINISH

A. All exterior and interior steel surfaces of the switchgear shall be properly cleaned

and provided with a rust-inhibiting phosphatized coating. Color and finish of the

switchgear shall be ANSI 61.

PART 3 EXECUTION


A. The switchgear shall be completely assembled, wired, adjusted and tested at the

factory. After assembly, the complete switchgear shall be tested to ensure the

accuracy of the wiring and the functioning of all equipment. The main bus system

shall be given a dielectric test of 2200 volts for one minute between live parts and

ground and between opposite polarities.

B. The wiring and control circuits shall be given a dielectric test of 1500 volts for one

minute, or 1800 volts for one second, between live parts and ground, in accordance

with ANSI C37.20.1.

C. A certified test report of all standard production tests shall be shipped with each

assembly.


A. Provide the services of a qualified factory-trained manufacturer’s representative to

provide start-up of the equipment specified under this section for a period of 1

working day.

B. The Contractor shall provide three (3) copies of the manufacturer’s field startup

report.

3.03 TRAINING

A. The Contractor shall provide a training session for up to five (5) owner’s

representatives for 1 normal workday at a job site location determined by the owner.


representative. The training program shall consist of the instruction on the operation

of the assembly, circuit breakers, and major components within the assembly.

C. The Contractor shall provide three (3) copies of operating instructions and product

data for the Operations and Maintenance Manual.

3.04 INSTALLATION

A. The Contractors shall install all equipment per the manufacturer’s recommendations

and the contract drawings.



B. All necessary hardware to secure the assembly in place shall be provided by the

Contractor.

C. The equipment shall be installed and checked in accordance with the manufacturer’s

recommendations. This shall include but not limited to:

1. Checking to ensure that the pad location is level to within 0.125 inches per three

feet of distance in any direction

2. Checking to ensure that all bus bars are torqued to the manufacturer’s

recommendations

3. Assembling all shipping sections, removing all shipping braces and connecting

all shipping split mechanical and electrical connections

4. Securing assemblies to foundation or floor channels

5. Measuring and recording Megger readings phase-to-phase, phase-to-ground,

and neutral-to-ground (four wire systems only)

6. Inspecting and installing all circuit breakers in their proper compartments

END SECTION


Packaged Engine Generator 16460-1

SECTION 16460

PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes packaged engine-generator sets for standby power supply with the following features:

1. Diesel engine. 2. Unit-mounted cooling system.3. Unit-mounted control and monitoring.4. Outdoor enclosure.5. Sub-base fuel tank6. Critical muffler7. Sound attenuation

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. In addition, include the following:

1. Thermal damage curve for generator.2. Time-current characteristic curves for generator protective device.

B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection.

1. Dimensioned outline plan and elevation drawings of engine-generator set and other components specified.

2. Design Calculations: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Calculate requirements for selecting vibration isolators and seismic restraints and for designing vibration isolation bases.

3. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Detail fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include base weights.

4. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.

C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For packaged engine generators to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following:



1. List of tools and replacement items recommended to be stored at Project for ready access. Include part and drawing numbers, current unit prices, and source of supply.

D. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.


A. Environmental Conditions: Engine-generator system shall withstand the following environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of performance capability:

1. Ambient Temperature: 5 to 40 deg C.2. Altitude: Sea level to 1,000 feet.

1.04 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases for package engine generators. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases.

1.05 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of packaged engine generators and associated auxiliary components that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Cummins Power Generation; Industrial Business Group or a comparable product by one of the following:

1. Caterpillar; Engine Div.2. Kohler Co.; Generator Division.3. Generac Power Systems, Inc.4. Or approved equal.

2.02 ENGINE-GENERATOR SET

A. Factory-assembled and -tested, engine-generator set.



B. Mounting Frame: Maintain alignment of mounted components without depending on concrete foundation; and have lifting attachments.

C. Capacities and Characteristics:

1. Power Output Ratings: Nominal ratings as indicated, with capacity as required to operate as a unit as evidenced by records of prototype testing.

2. Output Connections: 480/277 Volt, 3-phase, 4 wire.3. Nameplates: For each major system component to identify manufacturer's

name and address, and model and serial number of component.

D. Generator-Set Performance:

1. Steady-State Voltage Operational Bandwidth: 3 percent of rated output voltage from no load to full load.

2. Transient Voltage Performance: Not more than 20 percent variation for 50 percent step-load increase or decrease. Voltage shall recover and remain within the steady-state operating band within three seconds.

3. Steady-State Frequency Operational Bandwidth: 0.5 percent of rated frequency from no load to full load.

4. Steady-State Frequency Stability: When system is operating at any constant load within the rated load, there shall be no random speed variations outside the steady-state operational band and no hunting or surging of speed.

5. Transient Frequency Performance: Less than 5 percent variation for 50 percent step-load increase or decrease. Frequency shall recover and remain within the steady-state operating band within five seconds.

6. Output Waveform: At no load, harmonic content measured line to line or line to neutral shall not exceed 5 percent total and 3 percent for single harmonics. Telephone influence factor, determined according to NEMA MG 1, shall not exceed 50 percent.

7. Sustained Short-Circuit Current: For a 3-phase, bolted short circuit at system output terminals, system shall supply a minimum of 250 percent of rated full-load current for not less than 10 seconds and then clear the fault automatically, without damage to generator system components.

8. Start Time: Comply with NFPA 110, Type 10, system requirements.

2.03 ENGINE

A. Fuel: Fuel oil, Grade DF-2 .

B. Rated Engine Speed: 1,800 rpm.

C. Maximum Piston Speed for Four-Cycle Engines: 2,250 fpm.

D. Lubrication System: The following items are mounted on engine or skid:

1. Filter and Strainer: Rated to remove 90 percent of particles 5 micrometers and smaller while passing full flow.

2. Thermostatic Control Valve: Control flow in system to maintain optimum oil temperature. Unit shall be capable of full flow and is designed to be fail-safe.



3. Crankcase Drain: Arranged for complete gravity drainage to an easily removable container with no disassembly and without use of pumps, siphons, special tools, or appliances.

E. Engine Fuel System:

1. Main Fuel Pump: Mounted on engine. Pump ensures adequate primary fuel flow under starting and load conditions.

2. Relief-Bypass Valve: Automatically regulates pressure in fuel line and returns excess fuel to source.

F. Coolant Jacket Heater: Electric-immersion type, factory installed in coolant jacket system. Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for Level 1 equipment for heater capacity.

G. Cooling System: Closed loop, liquid cooled, with radiator factory mounted on engine-generator-set mounting frame and integral engine-driven coolant pump.

1. Coolant: Solution of 50 percent ethylene-glycol-based antifreeze and 50 percent water, with anticorrosion additives as recommended by engine manufacturer.

2. Size of Radiator: Adequate to contain expansion of total system coolant from cold start to 110 percent load condition.

H. Muffler/Silencer: Type as required for non-residential area and sized as recommended by engine manufacturer and selected with exhaust piping system to not exceed engine manufacturer's engine backpressure requirements.

1. Minimum sound attenuation of 18 dB at 500 Hz.2. Sound level measured at a distance of 10 feet from exhaust discharge after

installation is complete shall be 95 dBA or less.

I. Starting System: 12 or 24-V electric, with negative ground.

1. Cranking Motor: Heavy-duty unit that automatically engages and releases from engine flywheel without binding.

2. Cranking Cycle: As required by NFPA 110 for system level 1.3. Battery: Adequate capacity within ambient temperature range specified in

Part 1 "Project Conditions" Article to provide specified cranking cycle at least three times without recharging.

4. Battery Cable: Size as recommended by engine manufacturer for cable length indicated. Include required interconnecting conductors and connection accessories.

5. Battery Compartment: Factory fabricated of metal with acid-resistant finish and thermal insulation. Thermostatically controlled heater shall be arranged to maintain battery above 10 deg C regardless of external ambient temperature within range specified in Part 1 "Project Conditions" Article. Include accessories required to support and fasten batteries in place.

6. Battery-Charging Alternator: Factory mounted on engine with solid-state voltage regulation and 35-A minimum continuous rating.



7. Battery Charger: Current-limiting, automatic-equalizing and float-charging type. Unit shall comply with UL 1236 and include the following features:

a. Operation: Equalizing-charging rate of 10 A shall be initiated automatically after battery has lost charge until an adjustable equalizing voltage is achieved at battery terminals. Unit shall then be automatically switched to a lower float-charging mode and shall continue to operate in that mode until battery is discharged again.

b. Automatic Temperature Compensation: Adjust float and equalize voltages for variations in ambient temperature from minus 40 deg C to plus 60 deg C to prevent overcharging at high temperatures and undercharging at low temperatures.

c. Automatic Voltage Regulation: Maintain constant output voltage regardless of input voltage variations up to plus or minus 10 percent.

d. Ammeter and Voltmeter: Flush mounted in door. Meters shall indicate charging rates.

e. Safety Functions: Sense abnormally low battery voltage and close contacts providing low battery voltage indication on control and monitoring panel. Sense high battery voltage and loss of ac input or dc output of battery charger. Either condition shall close contacts that provide a battery-charger malfunction indication at system control and monitoring panel.

f. Enclosure and Mounting: NEMA 250, Type 1, wall-mounted cabinet.

2.04 FUEL OIL STORAGE

A. Comply with NFPA 30, 37, NFPA 110 and UL142 listed.

B. Local approval requirements for the Philadelphia area.

1. Generator sub base fuel tank shall comply with local fire prevention regulations.

2. Tank design shall meet seismic requirements when appropriate vibration isolators are installed beneath the tank.

C. Base-Mounted Fuel Oil Tank: Factory installed and piped, complying with UL 142 fuel oil tank. Features include the following:

1. Construction: Double wall subbase, corrosion resistant steel with 3/16 inch steel top and bottom plates, internal partitions for strength; flange holes for anchor bolts; bracket and studs for attaching generator shock mounts and generator enclosure.

2. Openings: All necessary openings piped and ready for connection to generator fuel system. Fill pipe to be accessible through inlet in enclosure side panel.

3. Finish: Prime coat and two coats of scuff and weather resistant paint. Interior coated with a solvent based rust preventative.

4. Provide openings in fuel tank for conduit stub-ups into control panel.



5. Tank level indicator and low fuel level switch.6. Consult tank manufacturers about capacities available for size of set in

Project.7. Capacity: Fuel for minimum 24 hours' continuous operation at 100 percent

rated power output.8. Vandal-resistant fill cap.9. Tank shall be fully assembled and painted, ready to be installed on concrete

pad and accept the generator assembly and enclosure. Design fuel tank to act as the floor of the generator. The generator shall fit on spring isolators which shall be mounted on the tank.

2.05 CONTROL AND MONITORING

A. Automatic Starting System Sequence of Operation: When mode-selector switch on the control and monitoring panel is in the automatic position, remote-control contacts in one or more separate automatic transfer switches initiate starting and stopping of generator set. When mode-selector switch is switched to the on position, generator set starts. The off position of same switch initiates generator-set shutdown. When generator set is running, specified system or equipment failures or derangements automatically shut down generator set and initiate alarms. Operation of a remote emergency-stop switch also shuts down generator set.

B. Configuration: Operating and safety indications, protective devices, basic system controls, and engine gages shall be grouped in a common control and monitoring panel mounted on the generator set. Mounting method shall isolate the control panel from generator-set vibration.

C. Indicating and Protective Devices and Controls: As required by NFPA 110 for Level 1 system, and the following:

1. AC voltmeter.2. AC ammeter.3. AC frequency meter.4. DC voltmeter (alternator battery charging).5. Engine-coolant temperature gage.6. Engine lubricating-oil pressure gage.7. Running-time meter.8. Ammeter-voltmeter, phase-selector switch(es).9. Generator-voltage adjusting rheostat.10. Fuel tank derangement alarm.11. Fuel tank high-level shutdown of fuel supply alarm.12. Generator overload.

D. Supporting Items: Include sensors, transducers, terminals, relays, and other devices and include wiring required to support specified items. Locate sensors and other supporting items on engine or generator, unless otherwise indicated.



2.06 GENERATOR OVERCURRENT AND FAULT PROTECTION

A. Generator Circuit Breaker: Molded-case, thermal-magnetic type; 100 percent rated; complying with NEMA AB 1 and UL 489.

1. Tripping Characteristic: Designed specifically for generator protection.2. Trip Rating: Matched to generator rating.3. Mounting: Adjacent to or integrated with control and monitoring panel.

2.07 GENERATOR, EXCITER, AND VOLTAGE REGULATOR

A. Comply with NEMA MG 1.

B. Alternator, brushless, 4 pole, drip-proof revolving field.

C. Separately Exited Permanent Magnet Generator (PMG) System

D. Drive: Generator shaft shall be directly connected to engine shaft. Exciter shall be rotated integrally with generator rotor.

E. Electrical Insulation: Class H per NEMA MG1-1.65.

F. Stator-Winding Leads: Brought out to terminal box to permit future reconnection for other voltages if required.

G. Construction shall prevent mechanical, electrical, and thermal damage due to vibration, overspeed up to 125 percent of rating, and heat during operation at 110 percent of rated capacity.

H. Enclosure: Dripproof.

I. Instrument Transformers: Mounted within generator enclosure.

J. Voltage Regulator: Solid-state type, separate from exciter, providing performance as specified.

1. Adjusting rheostat on control and monitoring panel shall provide plus or minus 5 percent adjustment of output-voltage operating band.

K. Strip Heater: Thermostatically controlled unit arranged to maintain stator windings above dew point.

L. Windings: Two-thirds pitch stator winding and fully linked amortisseur winding.

M. Subtransient Reactance: 12 percent, maximum.



2.08 OUTDOOR GENERATOR-SET ENCLOSURE

A. Description: Vandal-resistant, weatherproof steel housing, wind resistant up to 100 mph. Multiple panels shall be lockable and provide adequate access to components requiring maintenance. Panels shall be removable by one person without tools. Instruments and control shall be mounted within enclosure.

B. Engine Cooling Airflow through Enclosure: Maintain temperature rise of system components within required limits when unit operates at 110 percent of rated load for 2 hours with ambient temperature at top of range specified in system service conditions.

1. Louvers: Fixed-engine, cooling-air inlet and discharge. Storm-proof and drainable louvers prevent entry of rain and snow.

2. Automatic Dampers: At engine cooling-air inlet and discharge. Dampers shall be closed to reduce enclosure heat loss in cold weather when unit is not operating.

C. Interior Lights with Switch: Factory-wired, vaporproof-type fixtures within housing; arranged to illuminate controls and accessible interior. Arrange for external electrical connection.

1. AC lighting system and connection point for operation when remote source is available.

2. DC lighting system for operation when remote source and generator are both unavailable.

D. Convenience Outlets: Factory wired, GFCI. Arrange for external electrical connection.

E. Sound attenuation.

2.09 VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES

A. Elastomeric Isolator Pads: Oil- and water-resistant elastomer or natural rubber, arranged in single or multiple layers, molded with a nonslip pattern and galvanized-steel baseplates of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area, and factory cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment.

1. Material: Standard neoprene.

B. Restrained Spring Isolators: Freestanding, steel, open-spring isolators with seismic restraint.

1. Housing: Steel with resilient vertical-limit stops to prevent spring extension due to wind loads or if weight is removed; factory-drilled baseplate bonded to 1/4-inch- thick, elastomeric isolator pad attached to baseplate underside; and adjustable equipment mounting and leveling bolt that acts as blocking during installation.



2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of compressed height of the spring at rated load.

3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of required deflection at rated load.4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed,

without deformation or failure.

2.10 FINISHES

A. Indoor and Outdoor Enclosures and Components: Manufacturer's standard finish over corrosion-resistant pretreatment and compatible primer.


A. Project-Specific Equipment Tests: Before shipment, factory test engine-generator set and other system components and accessories manufactured specifically for this Project. Perform tests at rated load and power factor. Include the following tests:

1. Test components and accessories furnished with installed unit that are not identical to those on tested prototype to demonstrate compatibility and reliability.

2. Full load run.3. Maximum power.4. Voltage regulation.5. Transient and steady-state governing.6. Single-step load pickup.7. Safety shutdown.8. Report factory test results within 10 days of completion of test.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas, equipment bases, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting packaged engine-generator performance.

B. Examine roughing-in of piping systems and electrical connections. Verify actual locations of connections before packaged engine-generator installation.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.



3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with packaged engine-generator manufacturers' written installation and alignment instructions and with NFPA 110.

B. Install packaged engine generator to provide access, without removing connections or accessories, for periodic maintenance. Design of all fenced enclosures shall allow complete access and opening of housing service doors.

C. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by equipment manufacturers but not specified to be factory mounted.

3.03 CONNECTIONS

A. Piping installation requirements are specified by manufacturer. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping and specialties.

B. Connect fuel, cooling-system, and exhaust-system piping adjacent to packaged engine generator to allow service and maintenance.

C. Connect engine exhaust pipe to engine with flexible connector.

D. Connect fuel piping to engines with a gate valve and union and flexible connector.

E. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."

F. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."

3.04 FUEL

A. Fill fuel tank completely with the recommended fuel.


A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. Report results in writing.

B. Coordinate tests with tests for transfer switches and run them concurrently.

C. Test instruments shall have been calibrated within the last 12 months, traceable to standards of NIST, and adequate for making positive observation of test results. Make calibration records available for examination on request.

D. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist.



E. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation.

F. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

G. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.

H. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until specified requirements are met.

I. Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and measured insulation resistances, time delays, and other values and observations. Attach a label or tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests.

3.06 DEMONSTRATION

A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train SEPTA's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain packaged engine generators.

END OF SECTION